===== стр 1 ===== ===== стр 2 ===== ===== стр 3 ===== ===== стр 4 ===== VARAHAMIHIRA’S WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION AND COPIOUS EXPLANATORY NOTES AND EXAMPLES BY Pandita bhushana V. SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI, ».a., Translator of “ Jatakaparijata,” “ Sripatipaddhati,”’ “ Phaladeepika,” «* Uttarakalamrita ” etc. SECOND EDITION 1956 Copyright Registered Price Rs. 15 po abltye 5s . Srerc: AGG "te kone ats rag ka Ve @( CALS 'F eS ; waa _ * fa” Bid. ===== стр 5 ===== Copies of this book can be had from: Vidya Rathna, K. S. Krishnamurthy, B. Sc. (Hons), 65, Govindappa Road, Basavangudi, Bangalore - 4. Printed at: SADHANA PRESS 66/1, V Main Road, Gandhinagar, Bangalore -9, ===== стр 6 ===== Hasgeansfeafrat ger Kreatoy | TAM WIT: ACA Be Aral Ha Gee Berra a greg weywe- fa feraztashegror mre | To the Memory of MY FATHER AND PRECEPTOR (THE LATE S. VENKATARAMA SASTRIAR, M.A.) I BEG TO DEDICATE THIS HUMBLE WORK OF MINE NOT MERELY AS A TOKEN OF FILIAL REVERENCE, BUT ALSO IN RESPECTFUL ADMIRATION OF HIS GENUINE LEARNING AND ° FIRM CHARACTER. ===== стр 7 ===== ===== стр 8 ===== CONTENTS Chapter I. The Signs of the Zodiac, their divisions . and their properties, a | Chapter II, Nature of the planets and their properties ww» 20 Chapter III. Manifold Births a ~~ 40 Chapter IV. Conception _ w 3 Chapter V. On Matters connected with Birth Time 92 Chapter VI, Early Death a gene wee 127 Chapter VII, Length of Life seve wee «147 Chapter VIII. Dasas and Antardasas 9 — .- 166 Chapter IX, On Ashtakavargas eve -. 197 Chapter X, On Avocation we 214 Chapter XI. Rajayogas sees we 221 Chapter XII. Nabhasa yogas sews we 249 Chapter XIII, Chandra yogas _ we «209 ‘Chapter XIV. Combination of two or more planets in a house, ewe ww 206 Chapter XV. Ascetic yogas sess ~-. 302 ‘Chapter XVI. The Moon and the several Nakshatras 308 Chapter XVII, The Moon in the several signs of the Zodiac _ wwe $318 Chapter XVIII, The Sun and other planets in the several signs of the Zodiac — 335 Chapter XIX. Planetary Aspects wees ae 864 ‘Chapter XX. Effect of Planets in the several Bhavas 378 Chapter XXI. Effect of Planets in the several vargas 392 Chapter XXII. Miscellaneous Yogas, — ee §408 Chapter XXIII. Anishta or Evil yogas _ .... awe 410 Chapter XXIV. Female Horoscopes ~ w. 440 Chapter XXV. On Death one we 467 Chapter XXVI. Nashta Jataka or Lost Horoacopes. ... 490 Chagter XXVIII, Decanates ove woe - Chapter XXVIII. Conclusion ons we OAS ===== стр 9 ===== TEMA ATT TSA? aa: a 1 ufsrTaesea: we _ 1 20 2 geafaaasena: .. _. 20 21 3 fararemeara: _ a 40 8 4 fararar: _ _ 53 22 5 wafaataraa: — .... _ 92 26 6 afer: _ . 127 12 7 engqataar: — _. 147 14 8 SIAL MATS: _— _. 166 23 9 eapsaneaa: _ an 197 8 10 @afeaieara: _ 6214 4 11 usa: _ _. 221 20 12 arraaneaa: _ _. 249 19 13° qegataeaa: _ _ 279 9 14 fgneamena: _ a. 296 5 15 yasaalaea: se _. 302 4 16 -ReasNseaa: _ a. 3808 14 17 (aq) uate: .. — 318 13 11 (ate) ufteterar: . 330 20 19 efenzeaa: see _. 304 > 20 wesw —_ aa 318 11 21 eqsraataend: _ _. 392 10 22 salolereara: _ _. 404 6 23 efasear: _ _. 410 17 24 genararar: _ _ 440 16 25 alfererena: _ _. 467 15 26 ABABA —_ ~. 490 17 28 sqaRIceart: _ _.° 54 10 ===== стр 10 ===== DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS — Spree fara olga CHAPTER I. Sass Slokas, 1 Benediction by the author, 2 Merit of his work as compared with several other works in the field. 3 The etymology of the word Hora ( git ) explained, + Parts of the human body denoted by the zodiacal signs, 5 Animal forms symbolised by the zodiacal signs. 6 The lords of the signs and their Amsas, 7 Trimsamasas and their lords. Riksha sandhis, 8 Another set of names for the twelve zodiacal signs 9 The Shadvargas, The term Hora ( g)qy ) explained. 10 Nocturnal and diurnal signs. —Prishtodaya ( ggizq ) Sirshodaya (siqtzq ) and Ubhayodaya ( snaea ) signs, 4) Signs—benefic and malefic-male and female-moveable, immoveable and dual—Eastern, Western, etc, The lords of ( gray) Horas and ( #q,07) Drekkanas, 12 The lords of Horas ( ett) and Drekkanas ( deo ) according to another school. 13 Uchcha (gq) and Paramochcha )qygqhq) Neecha ( dz) and Parama Neccha ( qqqaq}e ) 14 Vargottamamsa (.qajfaaigl )—Moolatrikona signs of the several planets, p A set of names for the 12 bhavas. Upachaya ( 8¢qq ) houses- 16 Another set of names for the 12 bhavas, Chaturasra ( wqzH )» Dyuna (Ga) and Ajna ( errert houses explained. ===== стр 11 ===== xvi Slokas. 17 Kendras. Which signs are powerful and ‘in which Kendras, 18 Panaphara (qupqz) and Apohlimas (erratfgr). Jamitra (sifiza), Trikona (fot) and Meshurana (Aye) explained, 19 When are the Lagna and other bhavas strong? The lengths of the several signs, Duschikya (gfaza), Tapas (a74) and Trikona (firetor)- explained. 20 The colours of the several signs. Plavatva (gacq) and Vesi (fat). CHAPTER II. 1 The several constituents of Kalapurusha (srsqea)- represented by the several planets, 2-3 The several names of the planets from the Sun down to Rahu and Ketu. 4 The form and appearance of the planets. 5 The colours of the planets. The deities presiding over them. The points of the compass of which the planets are lords, Planets— Malefic (qx OF qq) and benefic (atea Or 3H). 6 Sex of the planets. The elements of which they are lords. 7 The castes of the planets. Their d vision into Satva (ae4); Rajas (tsa) and Tamas (q@Aq@). 8-10} The nature and characteristics of the several planets. 103-11 The constituent elements of the body represented by them. 12 The portions of human abode or human haunt signified by the planets- Their articles of apparel. Substance pertaining ‘to the planets, The seasons they represent. 13 Their aspects. ===== стр 12 ===== Xvii Slokas. a 14 (i) The flavours and (ii) the periods signified by the planets. ie) Friendliness or otherwise among the several planets. A gencral method to find out the natural friends, etc., : Of any planet. 16-17 The natural friends and enemies of the several planets enumerated, 18 Temporal] mutual relation among planets—Five kinds. 19 Stthanabala (t41s)—positional strength, and Digbala (fe29~@)—directional strength, of planet. 20 Their Ayana (eyqq) and Chesthabala(Qgyqg)—motional strength. 21 Their Kalabala (qje@ae), Temporal strength and Nai- sargikabala (Qafijaae )— natural strength. CHAPTER III 3.2002) The yoga for the birth of an animal of the lower class. 3 Parts of the body of a quadruped denoted by the zodiacal signs. 4 The means of guessing the colours on the part of the animal, more especially the streaks on the back, 5 The yoga for the hatching of birds and the means of determining whether they are land or water birds. 6 The yoga for the springing of trees and a clue to ascertain their number. 7-8 The character of trees and the favourable or un. favourable conditions of their growth to be deter- mined by means of the planets presiding in the yoga, CHAPTER IV I The cause of the menses explained. The yoga which make it possible for a woman to mix sexually with man, . 2 The nature of the union, ete. ===== стр 13 ===== xviii Slokas. 3 When such a union leads to conception ? 4 When the particular Nisheka ( fqq) yoga may bring on illness upon either of the couple, and when death ? 4) Two pairs of planets playing the role of parents during day and night respectively and when they are propitious and when not ? 6 Yogas causing the death of a woman (who has conceived) before dslivery of the child. 7-8 Other yogas leading te the death of the woman conceiving, 9 Yogas leading to the demise of a woman conceiving through an operation or miscarriage. 10 The yoga at the time of conception tending to the happy condition of the faetus in the womb, 11-12 Yogas for the birth of a male or a female child, and of twins, 13 Yogas for the birth of a eunuch, 14 Yogas for the conception of double or treble embryos, 15 Yogas for the conception of many emkryos, 16 The stages of developinent of the child in the womb— the good or bad condition dependent on the strength or otherwise of the planets presiding over its growth during the several months of its stay in the womb. 17-20 Yogas leading to deformity and defectiveness of organs. 21 Probable time of delivery to be guessed from the time of conception. 22 Abnormally long periods of delivery. CHAPTER V 1.2 Birth of a child out of the father’s sight. 3-5 The bisth of a child with a caul, 6 Child born fathered upon the husband of the confined woman, ° - , 7 Child born during the father’s captivity. 8-13 Place of birth of a child described, ===== стр 14 ===== X1X Slokas. : 14 The yoga under which the new born child will be cast away by its mother, The yoga in which it will be taken care of by others and live long. 15 . Other yogas under which the new-born child will be abandoned by its mother. The conditions for the survival or otherwise of the cast away child, 16 Place of delivery ascertainable from the position of certain planets, 17 Accouchment in darkness, the manner of delivery— painful or otherwise. 18 The means of guessing certain particulars respecting the lying-in.chamber, the direction of the door-way, the nature of the lamp (fixed or moveable) the quantity oi oil and the portion of the wick burnt therein, 19 The nature of the lying-in. chamber. 20 The part of the main building in which the lying-in- chamber is situated. 21 The means of guessing the portion of the lying-in. woman and her coueh. 22 The means of guessing the female attendants within as well as without the lying-in-chamber. 23 The colour and appearance of the new-born child and the proportions of its body and limbs. 24 The three divisions of the child’s body and limbs corresponding to the Drekkanas of the Lagna and other bhavas. 25 The nature of the injury, ulcer or wound to be appre- hended in the part of the body corresponding to the Drekkana occupied by a mole or some freckle. 26 The ulcer or wound spoken of above is brought on invariably by the combination of four planets includ- ing Mercury in the 6th bhava especially- . CHAPTER VI Slokas. I Two Yogas causing the immediate death of the new born infant. ===== стр 15 ===== xx Slokas, 2-5 Some more yogas leading to the speedy death of the new born child. 6 A yoga leading to the instant death of the new born child, The yogas under which the child may live 8 years, 4 years or only one month after its birth, ¥ | Two yogas leading to a child’s death immediately aiter birth, Arishta yoga causing the death of both the mother and the child. 8 Some more Arishta yogas fatal to the child. 9 Yogas fatal (some of them) to the chifd and some fatal ‘both to the mother and the child. 10 An Arishta yoga ( exf¢saty ) to be averted by Jupiter in strength. il Fateful position of the Moon to be counteracted by Venus (gH), Mercury (ga) or Jupiter ( 7%) in strength, 12 When may the effect of an Arishta yoga ( e@fisan) be looked for ?—The longest duration of an Arishta ( erfts ) generally does not exceed a year, CHAPTER VII 1 The years assigned to the several planets under the Pindayurdaya- 2 ‘Lhe method of working out the Ayurdaya, Reduction in the Ayurdaya of a planet on account of its being in a depressed position, in a state of eclipse by the Sun or in a inimical house—Exceptions to this rule, 3 Reduction for the presence of planets in the 12th, 11th, 10th, 9th, 8th and 7th bhavas. When several planets unite in one bhava, the reduction is made in the case of only the strongest plariets. ; 4 Reduction in the Ayurdaya because of the presence of a mafefic planet in:the Lagna. The réduction is to be by half when a benefic planet alse aspeots.the Lagna, ===== стр 16 ===== xxi Slokas. 3 The maximum length of life in the case of men and some of the other living creatures. 6 When is the maximum length of life possible? An _illustration. 7 The faults in the methods of Vishnugupta, Devaswamin and Siddhasena. 8 A criticism azainst the views expressed by some of the _ other authors, $84 The Ayurdaya of Jeevasarman. 83-13 The process of getting the Amsaayurdaya ( siarqara ) 14 The yoga giving an immensely long life. CHAPTER VIL &@) qos 277 1-2 The order of the Dasas. . SASS Their periods, The Dasakarma of the planets posited in Kendra ( @2g ), Panaphara ( qr ) and Apoklima ( errqtiga ) houses. 3 How the dasa of a planets is matured by the influence of other planets, 4 Sub-periods of a Dasa ( gs; ). 5-7 The 8 varieties of a Dasa ( gq) explained. 8 A clue to find out the nature of the Lagna Dasa, whether it will be good, bad or ordinary. 9 Naisargika ( afij% ) dasa periods of the several planets- 10 In what positions to Moon influences a Dasa benefici- aily and in what, otherwise ? 11 The influence—benefic or otherwise—of the Moon in the several Rasis over any Dasa, 42-19 The effects—good as wejl as bad—during the Dasas of ; the Sun ard other planets, 20 . References to certain things in some of the previous chapters as relevant and applicable toa Dasa under examination, .f ===== стр 17 ===== ; Xxii Slokas. 21 Discovery of the specific Dasavipaka (qenfirqrs } ‘operating at a given time from a consideration of the of the moods and modes of the native. 22 Often times, the character of a current Dasa is reflected in the mental states and the surroundings of the person concerned. 23 What is the effect when two equal but contrary phalas are given by (1) one and the same plangt on account of its rulership or occupation of two houses—(2) two different planets when each gives effects contrary to that of the other ? CHAPER IX 1.7 The Ashtaka Vargas of the Sun and other planets, * 8 The malefic places in the several Ashtaka Vargas, The good effects revealed by the Aghtaka Varga are advanced by the planet concerned being well placed, that is, inan Upachaya ( gqgqq), ina friend’s house in his own house or in his exaltation, The same fail of effect when the planet is posited in an Apachaya (erqyq ) place, in his inimical house or in his depression Rasi, CHAPTER X 1.3 The sources of a person’s wealth and the profession to be followed for the sake of a livelihood. 4 A clue to determine the ways by which a person pequires wealth, CHAPTER XI 1 Yavana’s school that 3 malefics in exaltation cause the birth of a cruel king, and Jeevasarman's views to the contrary, 2-11 ~— Different types of Rajayogas. - ===== стр 18 ===== xxiii Slokas, , 12 According to the Yavanas, when people though born in ordinary families becume kings under the yogas described above, where is the doubt for people of royal families to become kings if born under the the yogas.? Varahamihira’s view stated, viz., that in the case of * persons born under the yogas hereinafter described, they will become kings if they belong to a royal family; else, they become only their equals. 13 Status of persons born with three or more planets in (gq) Uchcha or (eqatq) Swakshetra and at the same time trine to one another, Conditions under which according to Varahamuhira's view) even an ordinary persor, may become a king 14.18 | Varahamihira’s other Rajayogas. 19 A clue to ascertain the time when the acquisition or loss of a kingdom takes place. 20 Yogas indicating the births of Bhogins, wealthy, bandit chiefs of the stamp of Robert Macaire, CHAPTER XII 1 The four kinds of (q@jaqq) Nabhasa yogas and their number, 2 The three (eyjsry) Asraya and the two (¢@) Dala yogas explained. 3 The reason why some authors have not separately treated (made mention) of them. 4 The five ,yogas, viz-, (1) ( m¢y) Gada, (2) ( az) Sakata, (3) (Qqfiyq) Pakshin, (4) (sHz@ ) Sringataka and (5) (gg) Hala, described. 5 The four yogas, viz., (1) ( qqq) Vajra, (2) ( qq) Yava, (3) ( Gers ) Kqmala and (4) ( apg} ) Vapi explained, — A] A doubt :regarding the possibility of the aboye four ‘ yogas, and the author’s justification for treating them. ===== стр 19 ===== xxiv Slokas. - 7 The yogas (qq) Yupa, (sz) Sara, (gifts) Sakti amd (gug) Danda explained. 8 The yogas (at) Nau, (ge) Kuta, (gy) Chhatra, (qq) Chapa and (atgaqzg) Ardhachandra described. 9 (@qg) Samudra and (qa) Chakra yogas explained. 10 The seven (@eqq) Sankhya yogas, viz., (F) (eget) Vallaki, (2) (afer) Damini, (3) (apex) Pasa, (4) (Saiz) Kedara, (5) (38) Sula, (6) (4) Yuga and (7) (aitw1) Gola explained. ll The effects of persons born under the 3 (ena) Asraya and the 2 (ag) Dala yogas referred to in sloka 3 above. 12 When do the (gqj31q) Asraya yogas take effect ? 13 Effects of birth under the 5 yogas described in sloka 4 above. 14 Effects of the 4 yogas, viz-, (1) (ag) Vajra, (2) (aa) Yava, (3) (@q@) Kamala and (4) ajqy) Vapi. 15 Effects of the 4 yogas, viz., (i) (49) Yupa, (2) (att) Sara, (3) (3tf@p) Sakti and (4) (gvy) Danda. 16 Effects of the yogas (at) Nau, (%e) Kuta, (g9), Chhatra and (qq) Chapa. 17 Effects of the yogas (agaqzg) Ardhachandra, (qa) Samudra, (1%) Chakra and (avon) Veena. 18 Effects of the yogas ( qjqq ) Daman, (qyg) Pasa, (Barz) Kedara and (age) Sula. 39 The effects of (qa) Yuga and (stay) Gola yogas. The effects of these (aqq} Nabhusa yogas will be felt at. all times throughout life, ; ' QHAPTER xr. 1 The yogas termed. the. lowest (qpqaqzy Adhama, the midding (ay) Sanve and: thre highest (ety) Varishtta. ===== стр 20 ===== XXV 3lokas. , 2 ( q=gifeait ) Chandradhiyoga—T he Moon’s Adhiyoga and its effect. 3 ( era ) Anapha, (gat ) Sunapha and ( gaya) . Durudhara yogas defined. The cropping up of the ( Baga ) Kemadruma yoga. 4 Varieties of ( eq) Anapha, ( gammy) Sunapha and ( gaqu ) Durudhura yogas and their number. 5-6 The general effect respectively of ( Gah ) Sunapha, (erat, ) Anapha and ( Zeya) Durudhura yogas. The effect of a ( Baga ) Kemadruma yoga, 7-8 Special ( qa ) Sunapha and ( gag) Anapha yogas and their effects. The conditions under which the Moon will cause evil or do good, 9 Effects of benefics in the Upachaya ( eqeyq ) houses reckoned either from the Lagna or the Moon, CHAPTER XIV. ] Effect of the Sun being in conjunction with each of the other 6 planets. 2 Effect of the Moon being in conjunction with each 0° the 5 planets (other than the Sun), 3 Effect of Mars being in conjunction with each of the 4 planets (other than the Sun and the Moon). 4 Effect of Mercury being in conjuuction with Jupiter> Venus or Saturn. Effects of JupiterSbeing in con. junction with Venus or Saturn. 5 Effect of Venus being together with Saturn. Effect af conjunctions of more than two planets, CHAPTER XV 1 The planetary conditions leading to asceticism, and the various kinds of ascetics mentioned. : 2 The conditions under which persons long to, but cannot enter, the holy order. ===== стр 21 ===== XXvi Slokas, 3 Other yogas producing asceticism, 4 Certain planetary conditions under which ascetic yoga take precedence of Rajayogas and take effect earlier, CHAPTER XVI 1-14 27 Asterisms discussed. ; CHAPTER XVII 1-12 The effects of the Moon occupying (3q) Mesha and other Rasis. 13 When will the effects described above come to pass in full? The cases of other planets in the 12 signs, CHAPTER XVIII 1-4 The effect of the Sun occupying Mesha and other Rasis. A clue to the possible existence of a mole in the body and the part thereof. 57 The effect of Mars occupying Mesha and other signs, 8-11 The effect of Mercury occupying Mesha and other Rasis | 12-13. The effect of Jupiter occupying Mesha and other Rasis, 14-16 The effect of Venus occupying Mesha and other signs, 17-19 The effect of Saturn being in Mesha and other signs, 20 Effects ascribed to the Moon due to her position in the Zodiac (Ch XVII) or the aspect on her of other planets (Ch, XIX) should also be ascribed as due to the Lagna as well when in similar position, CHAPTER XIX 1-3 The effect of planetary aspects on the Moon in the 12 Rasis. 4 The effect of planetary aspects on the Moon in the several Amsas (other than Navamga), viz., Hora Drekkana, Dwadasamsa. 5:8 The effect of planetary aspects on the Moon in the several Navamsas, ' wt ===== стр 22 ===== SXVii Slokas, ; 8 The effects resulting from the Sun occupying the several Navamsas and aspected by the other planets. 9 The conditions for the fullness or otherwise of the good and bad effects described above. CHAPTER XX 1-3 The effects of the Sun occupying at birth any of the 12 houses from the Lagna. . 4.5 The effects of the Moon being in any of the 12 houses from the Lagna. 6 The effects of Mars and Mercury each occupying the 12 houses from the Lagna, 7 The effect of Jupiter being in the several houses from the Lagna, 8 The effects of Venus in the several houses from the Lagna, 9 The effects of Saturn occupying Mesha and other Rasis identical with the Lagna. Effects of Saturn in other houses. 10 The planetary effects will be full or otherwise according to the nature—friendly or inimical—of the sign occupied by the planet. Malefics in the 6th, 8th and 12th and benefics in the other houses generally promote the advancement of the native. ll The good infiuence of a planet in its several positions. CHAPTER XXI ; 1 The influence of planets when in their ( aa ) Swakshetra and ( feraera ) Mitrakshetra houses, 2 Effect of a single planet in exaltation aspected by or associated with iriendly planets. Effects of planets occupying inimical or depression signs. 2 Kumbha ( gq )}—(Aquarius)—as ascendant, 4.5 The effects of planets when posited in either of the 2 horas. _ ===== стр 23 ===== xxviii Slol as. . 6 The effects of the Moon occupying at birth a friendly, serpent, armed, quadruped or a bird decanate. 7 The effects of birth in each of the rising Navamsas and Dwadasamsa, 8 Effects when Mars and Saturn occupy their own Trimsamasas. 9 Effects when Jupiter and Mercury occupy their own Trimsamsas. 10 Effects of Venus in her Trimsamsas and of the Sun and Moon in the Trimsamsas of the other 5 planets, CHAPTER XXII 1 When do planets become ( ey-aqteqepyzaq: ) Anyonyakara- kaha or mutual workers ? 2 An illustration. 3 Another yoga for one planet being a karaka (worker) of a second planet, 4 It is a good horoscope where karakas exist. fs) If Jupiter, the lord of the Lagna, and the lord of the house occupied by the Moon be in angular houses, the middle portion of the life of the native, is good. The fruit of a planet’s Dasa matures differently according to its position ina ( gaz ) Prishtodaya, ( saarqz ) Ubhayodaya or ( shatz ) Sirshodaya ( qf§q) Rasi. CHAPTER XXIII 1 . Conditions which make the acquisition of a son or wife possible, Saturn and Mars in a special position bring ‘on the death of a wife and a son respectively. 2 Yoga’ leading to the unnatural death of the wife. 3 Husband and wife both one-eyed. Two yogas—under the first, the person born is one eyed and becomes mated with an oné-eyed wife; under the second, the person born has a wife defective in some:limb. ===== стр 24 ===== xxix Slokas. 4 Yoga for having a barren wife. A yoga for having neither wife or child. 5 Yogas leading to adultery. Another yoga under which a person will have neither wife nor child. A yoga ‘ under which a person marries at an advanced age. 6 A yoga leading to family extinction. A yoga to become an artist, Two yogas, one for being the son of a maid servant and the other for doing base act. 7 Yogas leading one to suffer from venereal disease, diabetes, piles, hernia and kidney troubles, leprosy, paralysis and rheumatism. ; . 8 Yogas leading to Pleurisy, Tuberculosis, Bronchitis, Scrofula, Asthma, etc. 9 Yogas leading to leprosy, 10 Yogas leading to loss of eye sight. 11 Two yogas—under the first, the organ of hearing of the person becomes damaged; under the second, ugly teeth are produced. 12 A yoga under which a person is troubled with goblins. A yoga under which a person becomes stone-blind. 13 Yoga producing windy complaints, rheumatism, epileptic fits, etc, 14 Clues to judge a man’s status in life, whether he is a servant of another and so on, 15 Yogas for a person possessing irregular teeth, a bald head, a weak sight and for losing a limb through some accident, 16 Yogas leading a person to suffer imprisonment or captivity. 17 A yoga under which a person is harsh in speech, yogas under which a person may suffer from epileptic fits, will stammer or gradually waste away—A clue to find whether a person is in service and the status therein. 7 .CHAPER XXIV | 1 ' Points-to be specially noted in a female’s horoscope and -he clues to them: ===== стр 25 ===== XXX Slokas. « 2 The points to be examined in a females horoscopo in view to ascertain her characieristics, 3-5 The character of a female varies jointly with the sign. and Trimsamsa of birth, This result is shown in reference to the signs owned by Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Jupiter and Saturn, Whichever of the two ( gayfaaigy ) Lagna Trimsamsa and ( qgfasis) Chandra Trimsamsa—is stronger, its effects will come to pass. 7 A yoga under which a female suffer from too much lust. 8 A weak 7th house without any benefic aspect and un. occupied brings a contemptible wretch for a husband. A yoga for having an impotent husband, Particular positions in the 7th house are answerable for a woman’s repudiation by the husband, widowhood ,or- unmarried life. 9 The planets in the 7th house that lead to widowhood, matriage or repudiation by the husband. Planetary condition under which a woman becomes addicted to other men, 10 The yoga under which a woman and her mother lead immoral lives. The yoga which with certain excep- tions leads to diseases of the womb. 11-12 Clues to the kind of husband a female will have. 13 Effects of the three planets Moon, Mercury and Venus. ‘ occupying the Lagna in pairs in a female’s horoscope. Effect of Mercury, Jupiter and Venus being in the Lagna. 14 The means of knowing whether a woman will predecease y oF survive her husband, whether her children will be few or many: 15 The yoga under which a female born may be a. dependant and have many husbands. The yogas under which a female becomes celebrated for her talents, learning and virtue. ===== стр 26 ===== XXxi ‘Slokas. 16 A clue to find the religious order, if any, that a female may enter, Applicability of the several yogas ata girl’s birth mentioned above to the time of her « Marriage, her selection, her gift and when a query is made regarding her. CHAPTER XXV 1 Means of ascertaining the ailment leading to death, and also whether the event will take place in one’s own country or abroad, etc. “2-3 death due to accidents and other causes, 4-10 Death under various circumstances and by various agen- cies detailed. il The cause of a person’s death is to be ascertained with reference to the 22nd Drekkana from the Lagna Drekkana. 12 The nature of the place where death happens. The duration of unconsciousness prior to death. 3 The final stage of the dead body, hovwv it is disposed of. 14 The means of knowing the particulir region to which the deceased had belonged in his previous birth, 15 The region to which the deceased gocs. CHAPTER XXVI { A clue to ascertain the ( ora ) Ayana of birth from the Lagna at the time of query. 2 A clue to find out the year and ( id ) Ritu of birth. 3 Procedure to be adopted in cases where the Ritu do not fit in with the Ayana already determined. 4 To find out the lunar ( ff) Tithiof birth, whether the birth was at day or night, and the exact ( efzqy ) Ghatika when it happened, 5 Another method to find out the lunar month of birth. 6 A clue to find out the position of the Moon at birth. 7 To ascertain the Lagna at the time of birth. 8 Another mode to find out the same, ===== стр 27 ===== XXXi1 Slokas. 9 For finding out lost horoscopes, the process of multipli- cation employed andthe several zodiacal and planetary factors that are required for the purpose mentioned 10 To ascertain the Nakshatra of the querist at the time of birth. 11 Year, Ritu, month, Paksha, day or night, Nakshatra> the Ghatika, the Lagna and the Navamsa Lagna at. the time of birth. 12 The four kinds of products and the respective result to be deduced from each, 13 A clue to find out if the birth was in the day or night and the particular Nakshatra at the time. 14 Result to be deduced from the fourth product—the Ghatika Lagna, Hora and Navamsa at birth 1S Another method to find out the Nakshatra at birth, 16 A third method for the same, The figures for the several Directions or Quarters, 17 Conclusion. CHAPTER XXVII 1.36 Decanates of the Twelve signs taken in their order fully discussed. CHAPTER XXVIII 1-3 The enumeration of the several chapters ir. this work, 4.6 The subjects treated of in the work ( qpay) Yatra. 7 The odject of writing this work stated. Reader’s. indulgence requested for all the shortcomings in - the work, 8 ‘A prayer that mistakes due to bad copying, etc., may kindly be overlooked by the wise, 9 About the author’s parentage, place of birth, etc. 10 His respects to the elders in the Science. emer ter. ===== стр 28 ===== PREFACE ASTROLOGY is a Science and it is very old The Hindus are the o dest surviving nation in the world and Astrology is their oldest science. One of the six Vedangas is Jyotisha or Astrology. Sir William jones says in his cssay on ‘the Antiquity af the Indian Zodiac’. 1 « Fhere is no evidence indeed, of 2 communi- cation ‘between the Hindus and Arabs on any subject of literature or science ; for, though we have reason to believe that a commercial intercourse subsisted in very early times between Yemen and the western coast of India, yet the Brahmins, who alone are permitted to read the six Vedangas, on2 of which is the astronomical sastra, were not then commercial and most probably, neither could nor would have conversed with Arabian merchants The hostile irruptions of the Arabs into Hindustan in the eighth century. and that of the Moghuls under Chengiz in the thirteenth were not likely to change the astronomical system of the Hindus.” 2 “In the first place, the Brahmins were always too proud to borrow their science from the Greeks, Arabs, Mogkuls or any nation of Mlechchhas, as they’ call those who are ignorant of the Vedas and have not , ee _ 1 Asiatic Researches, Vol, TL pp, 304-205. 2 Asiatic Researches, Vol, II, p. 302. ===== стр 29 ===== vi studied the language of the Gods...... When I mentioned to different Pandits, at several times and in several places, the opinion of M. Montucla (that the Hindus received them by intervention of the Arabs), they could not prevail on themselves to oppose it by serious argument, but some laughed heartily; others with a sarcasiic smile said it was a pleasant imagination ; and all seemed to think it a notion bordering on phrenzy. Infact, although the figures of the twelve Indian signs bear a wonderful resemblance to those of the Greecian, yet, they are too much varied for a mere copy, and the nature of the variation proves them to be original; nor is the resemblance more extraordinary than that which has often been observed... .” There are several works on Astrology written by ancient Indians. One of these is Brihat Jataka ( gesqla% ) written by Varahamihira. He was born near Ujjain. The cate of his birth is not known, but Mr. A A. Macdonell says that ‘“‘he began his calculations. about 505 A,D., and, according to the commentators, Varahamihira died in 587 A.D. He composed four works mostly in Arya (eat) metre, viz, Brihat Samhita (geafga), Brihat Jataka (ggstaq%) or Hora Sastra (ghar), Laghu Jataka (wgsas) and Pancha Siddhantika ( qegfagifeaay ). The date of these works can safely be assigned to the middle of the sixth century,” In addition’ to the above four works there is also another work of his by name Yoga Yatra ( @xraray), 2 manuscript copy of which is with Mr, Kerne in Leyden, - Holland. Varahamihira, as is evident in thé following stanza, is ===== стр 30 ===== Vii stated to be one of the “Nine Gems’’ in the king Vikrama's Court. WTA TTA TES qaearacetcnfsgiar: | SNe THA Ze: aarai var aceRrta Reamer Some are of opinon that Dhanvantari, Amarasimha, Varahamihira, Kalidasa, Vararuchi and the rest could not all have been contemporaries as Vikrama himself disappeared from the sixth century A.D. Hence the verse has lost all the chronological validity with refcrence to the date of the authors it enumerates; yet it has been ascertained that Varahamihira actually does belong to the sixth century A.D. Of the five works written by Varahimihira, Brihat Jataka ( ggaaq%) enjoys a great popularity. It is even stated that the Greeks and other nations had knowledge of this work when they studied Astrology. There are five commentaries on Brihat Jataka ;— {1) Bhattotpala ( agkqe) (2) Mudrakshari ( yma) (3) Subodhini ( garter ) (4) Sripatiyam ( stqetay) and (5) Dasadhyayec ( esyeajat). It may be asked, when there are several translations of this work already published, why superpose on the public another English translation of the same work ? Without detracting from the merit or sufficiency of the translations already in existence, the present ===== стр 31 ===== viii author would point to some special features of his own work in justification of placing it before the public-—' (i) Some publications contain only the English rendering without the original text. (ii) All appear to have undiscriminatingly followed only Bhattotpala’s commentary for their interpretations. In the persent work— (1) the original text is printed in bold Devanagari characters and the translation in bold English type ; (2) every stanza in the original is followed by an equivalent one taken from a very rare and hitherto unprinted work, Horamakaranda (gtaraaee) by Gunakara (qonet), a fatter author, who seems to have lived after Bhattotpala ; (3) The interpretation of Bhattotpala is not always followed in this translation. Points of difference have been noted in their appropriate places ; (4) Explanatory notes, designed to help in elucidation of the text,. have-been préfixed to eleven of the chapters; . . (5) Indian and western systems of Astrology have been compared as far as possible. with a view to bring out points of similafity:or difference; q 1 Vide Translation and notes of 4.8: ELI, '5; IV,'6, 10; V. 20, 25; VI, 6,9; VE, 748; Vid, 23,.Md, 12, 13,16: XE, 6; XVIII, 6; XX, 10; XXI,2; XXIII, 1,5, 14,17: XXIV, 5, 7,10; XXV, 6, 12; XXVI, 7, 10. ===== стр 32 ===== ix (6) the chapter on Ashatakavarga which is special to our Hindu Astrology with nothing corres- ponding to it in the Western system is very important and has been treated in considerable _ detail, The Ashtakavarga Plate (p. 212) and its use are also described in detail. This plate enables benefic dots to be computed with far greater facility than would be possible-with the "usual laborious process of calculation ; (7) asample horescope has been worked in the Ayurdaya (emgaia) chapter: This has been continued in the chapters on Dasa (my) and Nashta Jataka ( aBwas ); (8) illustrative examples have been freely given in the notes to facilitate comprehension of the theory propounded ; (9) parallel passages from other works with his translations for the same whenever necessary and all his notes are printed in smaller type to distinguish them from the text ; (10) the fist of contents of this work is another special feature of this book as it enables the reader to have at a glance an idea of the nature of the subject and its treatment; No effort has been spared to render this work easy and highly useful to the public, The author is however conscious that further improvements are necessary and possible and would welcome suggestions and criticism which will be gratefully ack nowledged and jncorpo- rated in future editions. ===== стр 33 ===== The author begs to express his deep indebtedness to Mr. M. Raghavendra Bhatt, the eminent Astrologer of Mangalore, for the very valuable suggestions given in the course of the preparation of this work, which, but for such aid and advice, could not,have been under- taken, He also takes vhis opportunity of offering his thanks to Mr. E. H. Bailey. p.a., F.as., Editor of the British Journal of Astrology, London, for his kind reference to this work in the issue of the journal for November 1928 in which he has promised to write out a special preface. This will be printed after its receipt and supplied to all purchasers. The author’s profound thanks are also due to the Government of His Highness the Maharaja of Mysore for graciously according permission to get this book printed at the Government Press- Gavipur Extension, Basavangudi, | V. Subrahmanya Sastri, Bangalore City, 11th February 1929. ===== стр 34 ===== PREFACE TO THE PRESENT EDITION I have great pleasure in placing before the Public the Second Edition of this Monumental work- This could not be done earlier‘though there was very heavy. demand for the book due to various reasons which were beyond my perview. I crave the pardon of the public for the delay. My experience in this Science for the last quarter centuiry has convinced me beyond any doubt that Astrology is definitely a Science and not a mere piece of mythology or fable. The only difference between this Science and other branches of Science is that this requires a Multidimensional analysis as against the normal three diamensional approach. A good amount of intutive knowledge coupled with a disciplined life is necessary besides a thorough knowledge of the Science Bhattotpala rightly observes in his Prasnagnana that the sincerity of the qucrist and his faith in the science is absolutely necessary before the Astrologer could proce:d further, It is my earnest desire that the several scientists in India and abroad should seriously consider introducing Astrology as a faculty for study. They will be doing nothing:new but only reviving what our Universities such as Nalanda, Takhasila were doing. I would be failing in my duty if I do not acknowledge with gratitude the spontanious wonderful financial assistance rendered by the authorities of the ===== стр 35 ===== xii Syndicate Bank, Manipal. But for this help, it would not have been possible for me to bring forth this edition. | am really happy to note that there is such an organisation like the Syndicate Bank to come to the aid of publishers like me to bring about such rare books. My thanks are also due to the proprietor Sadhana Press, 66/1, V.h Main Road, Gandhinagar, Bangalore-9, for his excellent execution of this work with minimum time. I also offer my thanks to my friends who have helped me in this effort. K. S. Krishnamarthy, ===== стр 36 ===== ll st arateng aa !l CHAPTER } TRTARISETT: Baek oitehera: THR TAS yAAATAT- artarafiat wae saat aCe drat setrgatafaiteaaT a at at A a Tag VahaTATTTTIT TRU Sloka 1.—May the Sun, who gives form to the Moon, who is the pathway for those who are after eternal bliss or salvation, who is the soul of the sages (who know themselves), who is the object of worship among those who perform sacrifices, who is the chief among the gods, planets and stars (the centre of the universe), who is the author for destruction, creation and preservation of all the worlds, who is invoked in the Vedas in various ways,—may that Sun of variegated rays, the light of the three worlds, give us speech. NotEs. By the use of the word stspaq (sasabhrit), the Moon is indicated. ‘The Sun is the cause of the Moon, By qeuisgaatenai (vartmapunarjanmanam) Mars is indi- cated, Kuja stands for ‘will or strength in Astrology. Ravi ===== стр 37 ===== 2 qemnat [Cu. I being the supreme will is the pathway for those who are after eternal bliss or salvation, Mercury is indicated by @neafyay (atmavidam). far (vid( means gy (Budha), By amar 7 (yajatam kratuhu), Jupiter is indicated, b ecause he governs the house of philosophy and sacrifices. By the use of the words eryzsatfaat wat (amarajyotisham bharta) Sukra is meant ashe is the embodiment of enjoyment implied in yay (bharta). The words gfeqat sreataca fee Faferay: (lokanam pralayodbhava- stthiti vibhuhu) allude to Saturn as standing out as the cause of destruction. By the use of the word erapqy (anekadha) all activity that is indicated by the zodiacal signs and the bhavas is referred to, The Sun is the prime cause of all the above effects. There are 27 words (q¢s—padas) in the whole sloka indi. cative of the 27 stars. By Jwlragigt «fH: (trailokya deepo Ravihi), the Sun as the cauce of the past, the present and the future existence is referred to, . ee seshahe: weftat errTeT qerrqiaanieaay Teas Tags eaealy NAAT AAT ATA AS zag TafafaadagS Wa WA ka Sloka 2.—Though treatises on Astrology well- written (couched in highflown language and superfine words) by, talented men are to be found in plenty, [ begin (constructing) this small boat (with several oars) of a scientific work of various metres and manifold meanings for the benefit of such of those as have failed in their endeavours to cross the vast ocean of Astrology. ===== стр 38 ===== St. 3, 4] USAT: 3 ¢ greases aeshs Tarraerng | anita Tad ace tae Ghee aaftera At Sloka 3.—According to some, the word gtz (hora) is simply an abbreviation of ergizya (ahoratza) got by the cancellation of the first and the last letters. Whatever has been acquired by a person through his #4 (karma)— whether good or bad—done in previous births, the hora. now reveals its fruition or effects. NcTEs. The commentary qaearef| (Dasadhyayi) says that since nies (Gulika) is the first planet to be considered as per all schools of Astrology, this sloka, if interpreted in another way, gives the method of finding out when Gulika rises at day and when at night on the several days of the week, Of. gremevy by qoTEK— merIsHIye Ot aT Sais oer Rafe ta | suafes et & earsaa serfsndt arta Zo: | gumeakarcmguesdautetae Sar | Shire fefa faenara dawT ATR ATS |! sorta TIRATAAR HTS TA Fay aataaqemggre ay wate | Fafeagar aa TAT ea e ufarreant aad Sarddren: Wen Sloka 4.—The parts of the body of qegeaT (Kalapurusha) beginning with Mesha are respectively (1) the head, (2) the face, (3) the neck, upper portion of the chest and the shoulders, (4) the heart, ‘(5) the. stomach, (6) the navel, (7) the intestines, (8) the ===== стр 39 ===== 4 TEM {Ca I private parts, (9) the thighs, (10) the joints, (11) the calves and (12) the feet. Mesha and other zodiacal signs in the heavens consist of nine quarters of stars reckoning from Aswini. Resi, Kshetra, Griha, Riksha, Bha and Bhavana are synonymous terms. NovEs. The twelve Rasis are supposed to represent the several parts of the body of Kalapurusha, Mesha representing the!head]and so on, The object of this division is to find out the full growth or otherwise of the different parts of the body of the owner of the horoscope according as the Rasis typifying them are associated with benefic or malefic planets, In the case of all horoscopes, the several parts of the body referred to above are generally understood to be represented by _the signs beginning from the Lagna, TOMET:— Tat qal agar gai Shira ag: sat EAT Sad st slew | akan: ssmanfeareret eae aml HySTAA VA TT eats H een Gat afiaa ane after ad aTISUATY THY TTA! | alal qaeAgeAT FAT | BAT TU: AAAEIT SAT AT 14 Sloka 5.—Sign Pisces consists of two fishes with their two tajls and heads in reversed positions. Aquarius is symbolised by a man with a pot. Gemini constitutes a pair of human beings (man and woman) bearing a:harp anda mace. Sagittarius is a man armed with a bow, ‘the hinder part of the body being that of a horse. ===== стр 40 ===== Su..6)] TUN GUR: 5 Capricornus is a crocodile with the face of 2 deer. Libra is a person with scales in hand. Virgo isa woman sailing in a boat with corn in one hand and fire in the other. The remaining signs correspond to things with properties indicated by their respective names. All the twelve signs move in the sky. NoTEs. . e@qe: (swacharaha) is another reading for epqq, (khal charaha(. It would then mean regions appropriate to the severas signs. These are described in Jatakaparijata I, slokas 10.12. The fellowmg conclusions may be drawn'from this sloka :—- A trae (dwipada) or biped signs are Gemini, Virgo (Libra, Sagittarius (first half) and Aquarius. \ —agug (chatushpada) or quadruped signs are Aries, Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius (second half) and Capricorn (first-half). Uae (jala) or watery signs are Cancer and Pisces, \ A. we (keeta) Or Centiped sign is Scorpio, _~Exception.—_Some say that Aquarius is a watery sign and ‘Cancer is a centiped sign. TMST-— qa: aagige feed sagas ase | domgubage ater atagent wget Fa: I. BHA TIA Aga AAA TA FANT Fergel Carey | RHI AMAT VAUATT: BIT WaleT UI faftatraaaeacaleataatan: | giencatitaas Teraam: | SECU GIGS CCRC CIEICLE § ; Saaantrartiaaa: wEcaTT: |G It ===== стр 41 ===== 6 zeae [CuI Sloka 6.—Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter are respectively the lords of the signs from Mesha onwards and also of their Amsas. The first Navamsa in the several signs from Mesha onwards commence respectively with Mesha, Makara, Tula and Kataka, The dords of the Dwadasamsas or jyth portions of asign are to be reckoned from that sign. ° Notes. It may be noted here that the first line of the sloka stops at afareas (Vrischika Rasi), These 8 Rasis indicate material signs and all planets so far are also material planets, The second line indicates spiritual signs and Jupiter and Saturn are spiritual planets. Another indication is Jyeshta (gy) and Moola (ag) are condemned, Also note that the first qaqjgy (Navamsa) in every Rasi is owned by a aq (chara) sign. TOE: — ataahatrary sraifta: shrafaietn | Haka: Fes Seearzy srean weat wara | evsicg frpfrcr fata hr 1S TA VHT GA: | Se TqraAAT HAL fae aeeawatersera ere ner Terra BATT Reaiggtaaral: aera aly: | MBA Tigvaanh a g armel fara Ta STN: feltgatiadten waqegs- feiraehangqgraiten: | WIAUAS: RAT HATA Rerrergenersern ATA II | THT: Bs ITY: TRA, UI ===== стр 42 ===== Su. 7, 8] een 9 ee es el Srchraqergeram: TATA TTA TST: | sats afi ¢ % fvrren: afrarifsmneaates: 19 1 Sloka 7—The Trimsamsas or degrees, #,¢., y,th portions allotted in an odd sign to Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are respectively 5, 5, 8,7 and 5. In an even sign, Venus, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn and Mars have 5,7, 8,5 and 5 degrees respectively. The concluding portion of the signs Kataka, Vrischika and Meena is called Riksha S.ndhi. NotEs. Trimsamsa divisions are greatly useful in female horoscopes, Each of the planets other than the Sun and the Moon own two signs, one odd and the other even. When a planet isin en odd sign, then take the udd Trimsamsa Rasi of the planet in whose Trimsamsa the first planet lies. Thus a planet in an odd sign in a TraferereT (Guru Trimsamsa) must be placed in the fiaiergvesy (Trimsamsa kundali) in Dhanus (an odd sign) and not in Meena, while a planet in an even sign in NOTE FE (Guru Trimsamsa) must be placed in Meena. TONE: — gagarnzaanar fear fraasirenn: | yparssagagen ga Radar Gat aafeonetrea egaatea: || fraagetargehoanatagestenen: | ate matt etrereert Faq ic Sloka 8.—Kriya, Tavuru, Jituma, Kulira, Leya, Pathona, Juka, Kaurpi, Taukshika, Akokera and ===== стр 43 ===== Hridroga are respectively other names for the first eleven signs (from Mesha). Fhe twelfth or last sign (ererat—Anthyabha) is termed ey (Chettha). TOMBE: — feaeten aides fre: sacasade: | Taree ae Sa: eae Aereiasay | ARR: MATER NHK FR | Ta arnnigheatranead as Qty TIT | ser aml Aa sa waaea SY It Sloka 9.—Kshetra or the whole, Hora or half, Drekkana or jrd, Navamsa or }th, Dwadasamsa or yath; and Trimsamsa or ,1,th of a sign are each termed a Varga of that sign. The term Hora means Lagna and also half of a Rasi. NotTEs, . Only six vargas are mentioned here, the others being can- sidered not so important. TOS: — WAAAY ATs TeAAR THA Tees WT ay Trees: bt waft waar anaikrsr quate Bhraed: Treaaeaeet Mare siga: Tam Fares: grea Rfryat: wera ea | avian avery waa Ser wa aaegTe: Tea 1 Fe Ul ===== стр 44 ===== $u. 1] | se: eee. 2 Stoka 10,—The signs Vrishabha, Mesha, Dhanus, - Kataka, Mithuna and Makara are termed nocturnal signs, The rest are diurnal signs and have strength during the day. The nocturnal signs excepting Mithuna rise wit their backs, The rest appear with their faces.. The two fishes (Pisces) come under waiqa (Ubhayo- daya-~both with their face and back). NotEs. Out of the material signs (8 signs as before from Mesha to Vrischika) accept the first four, and out of the philosophical signe, accept the first two. These six are night signs and are strong’at. night. The rest are diurnal signs and have strength in the day. Leaving Mithuna in the above, we get the gyqq (Prishtadaya) signs. Leaving out Pisces in the other six, we get the aaa | (SirshoJaya) signs, According to some, Mithuna is also an ewatga (Ubhayodaya) sign, Planets passing through Mithuna and Meena signs give good results in the middle portion, (Vide infra XXII—5) Ld | eaifssaetiavar Rane qatear: afryparearst Feaen: | weraes wateraea: RT II me: ata: geqafaa & sania: mimi: feagggEaey: aero; | araveeatCat AHA WAAR Te | Ct ee Sloka 1.--The signs fram Mesha taken 4g order a8 fierce BPI quapicious; maleand female; they are also termed moxcahie er sardigal, fixed, amd dual. . 2B ===== стр 45 ===== 10 Temas ; (Cu. I {mutable or common) signs respectively, Mesha Vrishabha, Mithuna and Kataka with their Trikona or triangular signs represent the four quarters commenc. ing from the East. In an odd sign, the Horas or halves belong respectively to the Sun and the Moon and in an even sign to the Moon and the Sun. The Drekkanas or the third portions of a sign are owned by the lords of the sign itself, of the son’s or the 5th house and of the Oth or Preto (Tritrikona), WUE — aaangrag san aRacesslearen: | eae: akadaa feipac: seetantza: eq: UI gatigkaceataecenarn a TASSCTAPARTTHATAT ETT | TAMAATATATA SMA | Sry det saat are aaa srnfrsafediarz | Rommndgrats alata caesar 18 tt Sloka 12.—According to some, the lord of the first Hora of a sign belonts to the planet owning the sign itself, while the second to that of the lord of the 11th house, and the three Drekkanas of a sign belong respectively to the lords of the sign itself, the 12th and the 11th from that sign. sy Notrs. _ The Yavana system is alluded to here by the word @fqq {kechit), According to this view, the ownership- of the Horas is not restricted to the Sun and the Moon, but is shared by all the planets, But this view of the Yavanas is not récogriised by - Marahamihira, nor even by authorities like Satyacharya, © ===== стр 46 ===== Si, 13, 14] BSAA: a dg qe — Ly Oo ener Bet ater Size Aorderenases feet Peon: VRPT AT ATTA ATT fet qaersfraftraat at g qaterradtaeny | wy: qaratqraknai Rafian fem Faz 1 TATIATAM HAUG OWL | wrafasl = fearecie ag: | | zaffanqarentratt- — - faranfigfafties aseadta: 11 83 Il Sloka 13.—Mesha, Vrishabha, Makara, Kanya, | Kataka, Meena and ‘lula are the exaltation signs of the, seven planets respectively from the Sun onwards; their, signs of ‘fall’ being the 7th from their exaltation ones The highest exaltation and ‘fall’ of the planets count- ing from the Sun are the 10th, the 3rd, the 28th, the 15th, the 5th, the 27th and the 20th degrees of the several signs. aTeTEe— - MANAG: YA MATT. FAT AI eaf ntaqnergermeeze waa | RrafgenmPafrighiwn gtearey aa TITTIES Tat : Ara: YAK ATATTTT: | | ae ’ Sufearracats wala ag ke ===== стр 47 ===== B eee (Cu, I Sloka 14,—The Vargottama or the best Navara is the first Navathsa iff # thoveabté sign, thé thiddlemost in a fixed sign, and thé tast im a Gommon sigw and gives good results. Simha, Vrishabha, Mesha, Kanya, Dhanus,, Tula and Kuniblia are the Mulatrikona (first triangular) sins of the planéts commeéndig with the Sun. NOTES. It will be seen thas thd Vavgottaritn Matdaivaé Wi the several Rasis bear the same name¢ ae thé signs themselves; For example, the first Navamsa of Mesha is Mesfia? the first of Kataka is Kataka, atid dd oti, 1hé midlémnesté Mewathed int Vrishabha is Vriehdbha, and 86 on, Planets situated in Vargottamamsas are said to be productive of immensé good. With the exception of Budha and Chandva to whom thefr owt éxaltation signs are Mulatrikona Rasié, the rest have their own odd signs as their Mulatrikonas, Spirez:— ITAA PAY Tae gIAeTsH: AAT: AT | urd: ai ash weaineageratatre attest: I qoutes aagaarenera es quicieraprggat weit Ferrante Wa: TT | Gqivteafiaatens: Teg qe freornee: Wat TG: SN II Grape ea: ager olen sen weer | SANTI tl RrereTggeeraneatey- garitaieaconia eereceraty 1 ===== стр 48 ===== Su. 16] eRe, OB funieafirgremafetr gfireadfierertt a Peake een : Sloka 15,—The several houses from the Lagna onwards‘are respectively termed (1) Tanu, (2) Kutu- fiba, (3) Sahortla, (4) Bardia, (5) Pittra, (6) Ari, 47) Pathnf, (8) Marana, (9) Subha, thy Aspada, 441) Aya, and (12) Rippha. The 3rd, 6th, ibik and Hth houses are called eqqq (Upachaya), bute not so aeeerdinig to sonte: Norks. ‘ Tanus=body, Kutumba=family, Sahottha=brothers, etc, Bandhu=relations, Putra=son, Ari=enemy, Pathni=wife , Marana=déath, Subha—virtuous deed, Aspad4+position, avo- cation, Aya=irtcome or gain, Rigpha—lost df experidifure. Yavaria does tot agree with Varahamilhtira at tegardd Upathaya. net dgaadesnen freigattact- Rrangeacatactaret Rem. | coc eee ee ee « SUG ¢haeraacnan || (Sar = ey = 19) _ Bereafamrrenterangantet fieteacagerracen 1 | eurequfray eqrady ga a aaNTE CAAT 1 2G II Sioa 16.—The following twelve names are a}so applied to denote the twelve houses respectively from: the ascéndant: (1) Kalpa, (2) Swa, (3) Vikranid; © 44) Griha, (5) Pratibha, (6) Kshata, (7) Chititelia, {8) Randhra, (9) Guru, (10) Mana, (11) Bhava and ===== стр 49 ===== 14 qe {Cx -I (12) Vyaya. The 4th and the 8th are designated Chaturasra houses, The 7th is called Dyuna (gambling) and the 10th house is known as eng (Ajna). | NoTEs. In this Chapter, the terms used to indicate one or the other of the twelve houses or a number of them may be divided into two classes, viz,, (1) those which are used as mere conventional names serving no other purpose than that of denoting the parti- cular house or houses they have been specially elected to designate and (2) those which, besides serving such purpose, also connote the functions of the houses they signify. Of the former class may be mentioned the following :— \H Hora (giz) for the Lagna; Duschikya ( gre ) for the 3rd house ; Meshurana ( AF ) for the 10th; Rippha ( {:q } for the 12th; Chaturasra ( wate ) for the 4th and the 8th houses; Kantaka ( q0gq), Kendra (ig) and Chatushtaya (agea) for the Ist, 4th, 7th and 10th houses; Panaphara ( qoraz ) for the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 11th houses; and Apoklima eTiatfea ) for the ard, 6th, Ith and 12th houses. The following belong to the latter class:—Tanu (qq) for the Lagna, (meaning thereby that everything about the body— its growth or decay—bealth, etc., has to be ascertained from the Lagna)- Kutumba ( era ) or Swa (qq) for the 2nd house, (thus indicating that information regarding one’s family, dayadins and wealth has to be predicted from the 2nd house); Sahaja (aes), Sahottha ( ggey) or Vikrama ( fagay) for the ard house; Bandhu ( gag), Vesma ( aya), Griha (gg) or Sukha ( ge) fgr the 4th house; Dhi (qt) or Buddhi ( gar ), Putra (9%), ete. for the 5th house, and 80 on. . ee NET: — ; os matty MgUa & Nguiznred | ===== стр 50 ===== S.. 17,18] watson: es |. wee wey waht cect feet ef eer | TERNS TAHATE TET MATE: | ara aquray eae Te say er aararra Paglt-% eA | ‘ aahyefatreler aad agaieay | fares adluat we SaqNAAT | | BLSEVTITEIT: aASTITIaAATT | ag aaifaitty sere: steamegam: Tsay | Lo lt Sloka 17.—The 7th, the Ist, the 4th and the 10th houses are known by the terms Kantaka, Kendra and Chatushtaya. If these happen to be reptile, biped, ‘watery and quadruped signs respectively, they possess strength. NoreEs. The author gives here the fgzqq@ (Digbala) of the Bhava.. If the 7th Bhava happens to be a reptile Rasi, its Digbala should be put down as ore Rupa (unit of strength). The same will be the bala if the first Bhava is a biped sign, or the 4th Bhava. happens to be a watery sign or the 10th Bhava happens to be a quadruped Rasi, (Vide Sripati Paddhati ITI, 21.) TTET— Sararqqaasaaaaats wif wenegeadfirnty | BUNA TEA weahereukragTgTen: || ' Hraeae TEL Wa Te. mae ftgeneg gay aq | — Siterrentat gat Grater qt carat owt ferent ===== стр 51 ===== 16 wa — [ead y Sloka 18—The houses next to the Kendras, that is, the 2nd, the 5th, the 8th, and the 1ith are known as Panapharas. The 3rd, the 6th, the 9th and the 12th are Apoklima houses. Hibuka, Ambu, Sukha and Vesma are also terms denoting the 4th house, The 7th house is known as Jamitra, the 5th as Trikona and the 10th as Meshurana, It is through this last house that one ought to ascertain his profession. TOUT — | Rea: of RONay azeRT BT: CNA TAY waa | Tee lege Gener tenfey care wqdaeg | drerenfaaeahRagar acta sraicect wren Beaaatise AAT a eT areTse | qe fiance: gage art watt 4 q- ages aed ary aay sare Hare aT aq |) 38 lt Sloka 19.—The Lagna becomes strong and power: ful only if it be aspected or occupied by its lord, Jupiter or Mercury, and not by other planets The biped signs are strong during the day if they happen tobe in a Kendra position; the quadruped signs ase .strosg at night when in the same Keadga position, All reptile and watery signs when in Kendra position possess strength in the two periods of junction between day and night (morning and evening). The measures of the first six signs are represented by: the numberg 20, 24, 28, 32, 36 and 40 respeatively, The game eo a: the inverse order give-the measpres of the gecond six signs. The third house is known as Duschikya; the Oth. as Tapas and Tryadya as Frikena, : - ===== стр 52 ===== $1; 19} sreresenyy: 8 (lapel neste ppt ennaenpareasamnsaneensireiheiatih aii So Notes. ° The Lagna becomes strong when occupied or aspected by Jepitet, Mercury or the lord of the Lagna, The same is the case with évery house and:not otherwise. faqerza: (Dwipadadayaha)—(1) f§qq (Dwipada), (2) square (Chatuspada) and (3) ae (Keeta) and gg (Jala); (these go together]. If bipeds occupy Kendras in day time, they are strong; if quadrupeds occupy Kendras at night, they are strong; if centipeds and watery signs occupy Kendras at the two sandhyas, they are strong. The Sun in the Lagna or the 7th house indicates Sandhya kala. The Sun in the Sth, 9th, 10th, 11th or 12th house indicates day time, The Sun in the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, Sth or 6th house indicates night time, Take an example: Mesha Lagna. Birth at night time, Lagna becomes strong. Kataka as 4th house becomes weak. Libra as 7th is also weak. Makara as 10th is partially weak. The results therefore of the 4th and 7th houses are not good, and ‘of the 10th are partially good, because it is half-quadruped. Another interpretation.—}-geqq (Kendrastthath) is another reading for @egeeq: (Kendrastthaha). The meaning wil) then be: If in a day birth, bipeds occupy Kendra houses, they are good ; if quadruped signs happen to be gor¢x (Panaphara) houses in a night birth, these houses are good; If, in a twilight birth, the reptile and watery signs happen to be Apoklima Bhavas, they are good. Take an example: Mesha Lagna, Birth at night. - The 2nd house is a quadruped sign,; it is good. The same remark for the 5th. That this interpretation is rational is borne out by (1) it will give strength to all Bhavas as otherwise it will be partial to treat of only four houses (viz-, the Kendras) ; (2) the author has already talked of Kendras inthe 17th sloka. But this view is not "accepted by Badarayane(-eyprerent ). The latterha}finf the sloka: ‘Since:the Jatter~ part inimedi-: ately follows, this:is given to indicate the period when good or’ ‘bad results wilt! fsHtow, Pa, ===== стр 53 ===== 18 TEMAS [Cu I In the example taken above, we can say that earning began between 24 and 28 and children will be begotten at 36. These figures are also useful in finding out the relative lengths of the several parts of the human body (Vide infra V—23), 20 20 | 24 28 at Measures 32 ——— of the 28 Signs 36 32 36 40 | 40 TUR — MYACHAZATET HUTA aT Asal TY | SVC Hawes Hey uaQaeng ys Pens: HakeaIwATrPacsl BST tae frac: gralsa Aer: aufeari Reta ge aaa aAAaEha | STMAMTAITAA Geaeagewamy GarPsrany I te 34 | 3g | + | 49 4 Bt 4a 6 54 6 | 63 63 TH Es YRrgra Teer yay: faa: om: waRTET: fie: SECT | ===== стр 54 ===== ‘Si. 20] TUS: 19 ; e * ' Cg CU: TaTATTA Tl: a4 ealearney feaatgargzieda a AR i Ro Nl q Sloka 20.—Red, white, green (parrot’s hue), pink, pale white, ‘piebald, black, golden, yellowish or brown, variegated, deep brown and white are the colours assigned to the signs from Aries onwards. The point of the compass which is assigned to the lord of a sign indicates the characteristic of Plava or slope of the sign. The second house from that occupied by the Sun is called Vesi NoTEs. The Plavas of the several signs, These are useful in locating the direction towards which a thief may have absconded in the case of queries regarding things stolen. A king that sets out onan expedition in the direction indicated by the Plava ( wa ) of Janma Rasi_ ( aaa) will soon return victorious after subduing his enemy. Crystal or Red | white | Green white Deep . brown Pink Varie. Pale gated white ——- | - -— we cnn Black | Piebaa . giv: fee: geaquenzern, ayaegaTeaatTe: I Recefergegenget, Fafa: eafefeaa Te ===== стр 55 ===== CHAPTER Il Teatasagtseaa: aiaea feagenacaag: acd say a ITT aay gage Rar aay Ga Ragas | Tiara cata, fread Aer gat Tas aftelaaiaa aftat tea: agatga: ugh Sloka 1—The Sun is the soul of Kalapurusha; the Moon, his mind; Mars, his strength; Mercury, his speech; Jupiter, his knowledge and happiness; Venus, his sexual love; and Saturn, his misery. The Sun and Moon are kings; Mars is the} commander in.chief ; Mercury is the heir-apparent; Jupiter and Venus are the ministers and Saturn is the servant. NoreEs. In the notes to Sloka 4 of Chapter I the several parts of the Kalapurusha ( @17Hq ) beginning with the head were stated to be counted from Mesha and those of the owner of a horoscope from the Lagna, This is so for as the external appearnce, etc., of the several parts of the body are concerned. Now the in- herent qualities of the person are to be ascertained from the planets. These planets are then known as Karakas ( @r¢qy: ) and appertain to the owner of the horoscope just in the same way as they do to the Kalapurusha. The several gonstituents of Kalapurusha will be strong or weak in proportion to the strength of the several planets repre senting them, But Saturn is an exception. When; Saturn is Strong, there is less of misery; when he is weak misery pre. dominates, | ===== стр 56 ===== Su. 2] Reavtisena: ee: | The effects of these qualities will reveal themselves during ‘the dasa periods of the planets concerned, By the word Sukha (ga) used in ths text and translated as ‘happiness’ both weath and progeny are also to be understood in addition to health and knowledge. Jupiter is the giver of health, wealth, progeny and knowledge and that is why his association and aspect are said to be extremely beneficial. In saying that the Sun and the Moon are sovereigns, it must be understood that the Sun is the king, the Moon being the ‘queen. Similarly, Jupiter is the Manthri ( af?qa) and Venus his wife. TOMS: — SSAA Wala fearaHateg hia a: AT WAT AGA SAA AMAT Qesa: | wet Se cry Tay BT a: ( ft) Sena war Wat agate afaot wa ene: tie: aaa: atacia- Gat feat aaategga: | AY TRY LEH TWIAT: ale eqs aagetseay 18 Ul Sloka 2.—The Sun is known as Heli; Chandramas and Sitarasmi are the names of the Moon; Hemnan, ‘Vit, Gna, Bodhana and Induputra (son of the Moon) are the names of Mercury; Ara, Vakra, Kruradrik and Avaneya (born of the Earth) are the names of Mars; Saturn is called by the names Kona, Manda, Surya- putra (son of the Sun) and Asita, ahatshe: aredtsatcdical Tet agigan: fa aegis | ===== стр 57 ===== 22 THT [ Cx. If TECIISTTT Rraiia Fa: TUAAAGIST Ate WHT 1 3M Sloka 3.---Jeeva, Angiras, Suraguru, Vachasampatt and Ijya mean Jupiter. Sukra, Bhrigu, Bhrigusuta, Sita and Asphujit are the names of Venus. Tamas, Agu and Asura are the names of Rahu. Ketu is known as Sikhin. There are also other synonyms found in other works- THN WHT TT Fz- ¢ ATA THT ae: | qaleaay ST TEMTICMTAT: TU: GAY wealt: SNF 18 UI Sloka 4.—The Sun possesses a dark-red form. The Moon is white. Mars does not possess a very tall stature and is of a pale-redcolour. Mercury has the dark-green hue of Durva or bent grass. Jupiter has a body of yellowish hue. Venus is neither very white nor very black. Saturn is dark in form. auirearateafatmeftacarfta ranean ¢ qeasaasngacaasa: ata: KANT | mean gmartaanateg hears: c a dittexardlgaraata: Wo Tadaa: 4A. Sloka 5-—Red, white, reddish, green, yellowish, variegated anid black are the colours of the planets from the Sun onwards. Fire, water, Kumara, Vishnur Indra, Indrani and Brahman are the presiding deities of the planets from the Sun in-their order. The Sun ===== стр 58 ===== Si. 6] fadtisena: 23 Venus, Mars, Rahu, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter are respectively the lords of the quarters East, South-East, South, South-West, West, N orth-West, North and North-East. The waning Moon, the Sun, Mars and Saturn are known as malefic planets. Mercury in conjunction with any of them is malignant also. NoTEs. The Moon in conjunction with or in the two signs on either side of the Sun is weak. The Moon is generally a benefic. But a very weak Moon, must be treated as malignant. Mercury is by nature a benefic planet. But his benefic quali- ties are so weak that he may better be classed as indifferent— neither benefic nor malefic, He becomes{really benefic or malefic according to his association. If he is associated with weak Moon the Sun, Mars or Saturn, he is a malefic. When associated with the waxing Moon (afgaeg—Vriddhi Chandra), Jupiter or Venus, he is a benefic. When he is alone, he is more a_ benefic than a malefic. TPMNSE— . art: Wa: NorefadaBra: gona gaixaor: | WTA: QaREA Aequayg: Sasa) BATT iT © UTE: HeTSTqIAT- ba) e aftareg: alga: afeaeg a RU | : qegeiaadan: Quatera: e- : dyegaiagash ata: 11 BMI TERIA | srarareag fearen: Gabsrarepat: e ° gaadt ayant afraat gadt aca ae: feyaraexnat ara ahraaea: FT Ng A ===== стр 59 ===== 24 TENT [Cu. Il Sloka 6.—Mercury and Saturn are eunuchs. Venus and the Moon are females. Therest viz, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter are males. Fire, Earth, Ether, Water and Air are respectively under the control of the five planets Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. TTT — ata aétet agai Ba: wrest a shal faeatore | wjaa aftgea faa afeanal weart Aue: I . FRAMES: AAA SAAAMAITA: BAM: BI I Aine: gays gael gat geraasasray | ¢ e ° Taasta gad gaat and aaa el Sloka 7—Venus and Jupiter are Brahmins. Mars and the Sun are Kshatriyas. The Moon is a Vaisya, Mercury is the lord of the Sudra community. Saturn is the leader of the outcastes. The Moon, the Sun and Jupiter are planets typifying Satva ( @@q—purity, good~ ness). Mercury and Venus are essentially the planets of passion. Mars and Saturn own Tamas (@¥W@) or darkness as their distinguishing characteristic. NovEs. According to Parasara the Moon and Mercury represent the Vaisya community and Saturn, the Sudras. As regards the Gunas, these should be ascertained after examining the strength of the planets owning, occupying and aspectirig the Lagna and the Rasi occupied by the Moon. But it must be remembered that the planet in whose Trimsamsa the Sun is situated plays a prominent part in moulding the Guna of the native, ===== стр 60 ===== Si. 8, 9] fedtatseara: 26 gee — AAT Waa sage: MUTATE | fssiftarrafan waa saat: agian | aeq seisaterae: Rat weds: Naas | aaraagaama Ramagewaanfenon at: eA ayfiquey qaracg: frase: afiarersa: | TYTATTIGUIHH: WHA IA ANH GAEH cit Sloka 8.—The Sun has eyes of a reddish-brown colour and a square-built body. He is of a bilious temperament and has a limited quantity of hair, The Moon has a thin and round body, has wind and phlegm in his composition, is discriminating, is soft in speech and has fine eyes, Noves. facy (Pittha) indicates high intellect, aq (Kapha) indicates philosophical temperament. @jq (Vata) indicates laziness indolence, TUBE: MAIN AZARAA: TNS RAST: | frafiuaaeagvama: TaTenfarareRAT: UI WD 3g: SRMISMIM uMAda: Gan: TAA: | THAT: MATTT: MAF Nl JIT TASH ATA: Il RTH TEU SIT: Are: Fars: SATET: | farang aaaeerets: framemnneee 18 Sloka 9.—Mars has fierce eyes, a youthful appearance and a generous disposition. He has bile ‘in his Composition ; he is exceedingly fickle. He his a slender waist. Mercury is stammering in his speech, is 4 ===== стр 61 ===== 26 TEMAS [ Cu. II always fond of fun, and is of a bilious, phlegmatic and windy temperament. TUT: — feat set dasashaa: goat ewe | ASA THM Fal VL Wars: Hae Aes: | qateal yaraagheth Be: aa TAASTTT | Awa ayaa: Brea cfs: ea Teta: Reger seers: Agata: ancwas: | aq: get araag: garaa: saad faamaea: | Sloka 10.—Jupiter possesses a big body. His eyes and hair are brown. H¢€ is exceedingly intelligent. He is of a phlegmatic temperament, Venus is ever fond of €ase, possesses a beautiful body and has soft eyes. He has much wind and phlegm in his composition and has black curled hair. TOT — wapgta: sadtante: enas: exaarsaxz I Man ie: faara: aseg Valfira seaager Ta: | geafagrme gaatseat sfattnrng: Snares | aagarfemen afar: ARSASTA Aistat UA: ATL || wetae Bae HAITI: equfas: Teas | MACITTNY YR ATTR , HASAULTITHASTAAT: 1 LLU ===== стр 62 ===== Si. 11, 12] fxdlaisena: a7 Sloka 11,—Saturn is disposed to inactivity. He has eyes of a reddish brown colour, a tall body, large teeth, stiff hair and limbs. His composition has phlegm and wind in it. Saturn, the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter and Mars are respectively the lords of the following constituent elements of the body, viz, muscle, bone, blood, skin, semen, fat and marrow. Notes All diseases mentioned in Chapter XXIII are based upon this; e.g., Mercury governs skin diseases. Venus governs venereal diseases. Jupiter governs brain diseases, such as madness, etc. The Moon governs diabetes, menstrual diseases, etc. ToT: — dan: gorag: Rat qaisea: eeretshraa | a ATA Asa: HA: areata: qagasegea: | carsaaacerratasegeta: FATT aa CyoraMafhaed wey es careAy aa enenftitagharsaraeret geared ar: fae: TyeITaeTE TA UT Slokha 12,—A shrine, a watery place, a fire place,. a pleasure ground, a treasury, a bed chamber and a heap of rubbish are to be assigned as the places of the planets from the Sun onwards. The articles of apparel appropriate for the Sun and other planets are a thick cloth, a new fine robe, one singed by fire, a cloth washed in water, an ordinary garment, a durable mantle, and a rag respectively. The substances ascribed to the planets from the Sun onwards are copper, gems, gold, alloy of metals, silver. pearls and iron. The lords of the six seasons reckoning from Sisira ( fife) are Saturn, ===== стр 63 ===== 28 TEMA [Ca Venus, Mars, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter accord. ing to the Drekknas or third portions of a sign presided over by them. NoTEs. . . . . Substances Planets Their appropriate Their articles ascribed P ppare to them Sun Ten.ples, places of Coarsecloths.... Copper worship, Moon Marshy places... Newcloths ... Jewel (afer — Mani) Mars Fire places such as_ Burnt cloths ... Gold Kitchen, Engine rooms, etc, Mercury _—_— Play grounds .. Wetcloths ... Alloys Jupiter . Treasureroom ... Mediumcloths Silver Venus . MHarems .. Excellent cloths Pearls Saturn . Hillocks, useless Rags, torncloths Iron places Application of the above.—Suppose the Muon in progression {as per any system) comes ju trine to Venus. It has to be predicted that the person will get or wear new and good clothes. Suppose the Sun is square to Mars, We must say that cloths will be set fire to by accidents. In the case of anativity for example, the Moon, -as ruler of the 4th house indicating investments, in conjunction with Saturn means uscless marshy lands, cic, The Planets and the Seasons indicated by them.—These are useful in finding out the proper seasons (of birth) in the case of lost horoscopes. ; If there is a planet in the Lagna, then the season typified by that planet should be predicted. When there are more than one planet in the Lagna, then it is with reference to the strongest planet, If there is no planet in the Lagna, it is only in that case that the season should be predicted with reference to the planet owning the Lagna Drekkana. — ===== стр 64 ===== Sx. 12] frdtatovae: a9 The six seasons, their approximate periods and their lords are given in the following statement :— Approximate period Name of the Lord of the season ~~ f| sd $ASON 6 From | To a I | q@aeq (Vasantha) | 20th March | 19th May | Venus 2 | seq (Grishma) —| 20th May | 1Sth July | Mars and : the Sun 3| af (Varsha) ....| ‘20th July | 19th Sep. | | The’Moon 4| sq (Sarat) | 90th Sep. | 19th Nov. | Mercury 5 | gurq (Hemanta) -| 20th Nov. | 19th Jan. | Jupiter 6 farfitc (Sisira) “| 20th Jan, ) 19th March | Saturn 2 Application of the principle.—The Sun afflicted by (proz es- sion) the Moon will cause ill-health and bad things in Grishm2. The Moon afflicting Mercury by progression will bring ill- health in Sarat Ritu (sI ° U farsa fgncaea aeq: Seiad aay | CN Al Aerhanlnaaaceaceaneasysqya: m™N_ CLS oe. Mage: wsaniqaaaones 1241 Sloka 15,—According to some, Jupiter is the friend of the Sun. Jupiter and Mercury are the friends of the Moon. The friends of the Mars are Venus and Mercury. The Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are the friends of Mercury. The friends of Jupiter are the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn are the friends of Venus. Saturn’s friends are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. According to Satya’s view, a planet’s friends are those who own the 2nd, 12th, 5th, 9th, 8th, and the 4th houses reckoned fram his Moola- trikona sign as also that owning his exaltation sign, ===== стр 68 ===== Su. 16] factaiseara: 3S: provided they do not conflict with the lordship of the. remaining houses. NotEs. In the first half of the sloka, Varahamihira sums up the. Opinions of: others which do not commend to him, He.agrees with Satyacharya whose view is as follows :— gerearmaaigea gaa srasa gaa | wae frat aa aly a wafa ar UI Planets are friendly to any given planet when they happen to own the 5th, 12th, 2nd, 4th, 8th and 9th houses counted from the planet’s Moolatrikona Rasi or when they happen to own the planet’s exaltation Rasi, The rest are his enemies- Place the planet in its Moolatrikona and mark the 2nd, 12th, 5th, 9th, the planet’s exaltation Rasi, the 8th and the 4th. Planets twice invited become friends; planets once invited become acquaintances and planets that arc uninvited become enemies- But the Sun and the Moon become friends on a single invitation (as each owns only a single sign in the Zodiac). The Sun invites Mars twicc, Jupiter twice, the Moon once and Mercury once. Venus and Saturn are uninvited, Therefore Mars, Jupiter, and the Moon are the friends of the Sun, Mercury his acquaintance. Venus and Saturn are his enemies. TUNHL: — aaigetagn gat saat Rae Araseg | arsawa: Gea waka Seifaqan faa waa |. eaARMATAPANA TACHTSTF NAT: | eafiatgeal Wt ¢: anaes aaa II Uq vealed) aaa aha Ranh an ca: frenbafeeeRass eect ae: eae sflertts | HAAMET FACT Teel ashesfaaat aat | 4 fr aafeet gaea faq: ag: amare ee ===== стр 69 ===== 34 TEMA [ Cu. I a aleaftanadt tga qedtsit cacqa aearat geal aat gayE gaer Aura | aaat geal a: gigs: alter qeysray a tran: cabrarorats gactsd) qar afta: 1) 20 II Slokas 16, 17.—The Sun’s enemies are Venus and Saturn. Mercury is his neutral and the rest are his friends. The Moon’s friends are the Sun and Mercury. The rest are all neutrals to him. Mars’ friends are the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, Mercury is his enemy. Venus and Saturn are neutrals to him The Sun and Venus are the friends of Mercury; the Moon is his enemy. The rest aré his neutrals, Venus and Mercury are the enemies of Jupiter; Saturn is neutral to him, The rest are his friends, Saturn and Mercury are the friends of Venus. Mars and Jupiter are his neutrals. The rest are his enemies. Saturn's friends are Venus and Mercury. Jupiter is neutral towards him. The rest are inimical to him. The planets that were declared (by Satyacharya) as friends of a particular planet due to their owning certain houses reckoned from the planet’s Moolatrikona sign have been re-stated by me in the above. NoTEs. These are mere applications of the principle quoted in Sloka 15 above, It should be noted that to ascertain the friendship or other. wise of a planetjoccupying any house, we have to consider the particular planet’s table and not the table of the ruler of the house where he is in. Thus in the following example, the Moon is in Leo. We must look to the table of the Moon to find out how the Moon is placed whether in a friend’s house or otherwise, ===== стр 70 ===== St. 18] feaiatsear; 35 For the friends of Rahu and Ketu, the following is stated in Sarwartha Chintamani ( aaldfaearatt: ). ueteg Rentit aqisaaege: Saaaa azafta ase: | Sun | | Venus -| = Saturn zoneL:— waren Raagel aqua galfeen caakas sna yeaa | fravaeiga Faken aaa et eg- San FT Talos TANS BE | aahianr Garda Fa saifeene: sfyaieg ar: ANAT TCTIMTARAeTTUMTAeyfeqaI- WHS TET! TIRATASTRSTARTTTT aA e e cams geaaiq dua aaftai- WHS FT Tae Taga: Beqdq 1 Le I Sloka 18,—Planets are mutually friendly for the time being when they occupy the 2nd and the 12th, the 3rd and the lith, or the 4th and the 10th places from one another. Some include the exaltation place also in ===== стр 71 ===== 36 TEMA [Cu, H this list. They are inimical if they occupy other positions. Ascertain which are the planets that own two houses out of the seven already mentioned and thus determine what planets are naturally friendly, what are naturally neutral and what are inimical and also find out which are for the time being friendly. If there is friendliness both naturally and temporarily on the part of a planet, he is a great friend. Those that are enemies both ways are deadly foes invariably. That planet is but a friend which has the character of being friendly and neutral from the two points of view, while the one which has the character of being neutral and inimical is an enemy. A planet that is inimical in the one case and friendly in the other is to be taken as neutral. Nortrs. The principle of f@q (Mitra), oerfeyfyaq (Adhimitra), ay (Satru), etc., does not apply to planets placed in gg (Uchcha), qatar (Moolatrikona), ¢qgyq (Swakshetra) and gyq (Nee- cha). qnat: — THI _MIATraaa Mensa eT ere? feraqnanh eras afr sagen: | ash acanahaaghvafraggeaeat Aa: | AAAATARIMAA: TATATS CATETTITTT | Rg gafieeat cfatat aaa: faaeftoatt e123 Sloka 19.—A planet has positional strength when it occupies its exaltation sign, a friendly house, its moolatrikona house, its own Navamsa Rasi and its ===== стр 72 ===== Si. 20] fevers: 37 Swakshetra sign. As regards the directions, Mercury and Jupiter are strong in the East or rising sign. The Sun and Mars are powerful in the South or 10th house. Saturn is strong in the West or 7th house. Venus and the Moon re strong in the North or 4th house. NoTEs. The positional strength (¢yfeqqe Stthanabala) of planet, will be better understood by a reference to Sripati’s rules on the Subject (vide stqfaqgfe, III, 2 and 3). To calculate the correct fe7qe (Digbala) of planets, please see stiqfaggfa III, 7 and 8. TONSE— . Ramattereneaye: energie za: waka: | TARAS ere APA: EN mane UI amar sata TTA: afer: AT | frafataarercaineaakuaragraana: | aan feefroney wea Pathe: wnTIsIaaA, | BU Halal WASHTMAT FA TTATAT Fa: | sitigga 3 wqudenasias tera: gate: 1 Banas waharqel amaaraam: ofa: | fageatr gf sracdenaftadtiga: cite: 1 Sloka 20.—The Sun and the Moon in the gaqaur {Uttarayana) or northern course possess exceeding motional strength. The other five planets possess Cheshtabala when in their retrograde motion or when in their conjunction with the Moon. Their rays become brilliant when they are placed in the north in planetary war and must be considered to possess Ssyae (Chestabala). ===== стр 73 ===== 38 TEMAy [ Cu. IE NoreEs. For Cheshtabala vide sfiqfaqqfa, II, 15 to 18, Cheshtabala is said to consist of 5 sub-divisions ; what these are, it is not exactly known, | qxj—Vakra, qayqq—Samagama, aquaqqe— Udagayanabala. grqgaaqeg—Ayanabala and qeaqe—Yuddhabala,} TONET> — ana Cygasatea: Tez, art saa safrgReated | aehuer ofa apracarara- Aes TH TRAANTASH I fafa afrgaela: aan ashe area agefaana: ty: acalea: AT | SATA eTAVIUAAT: BINT AVITTATA Tad Aaa 1 V2 Sloka 21.—The Moon, Mars and Saturn have a@weae (Kalabala) or temporal strength at night; Mercury possesses it both day and night; the rest during the day only. The maletic and benefic planets have strength (qazaa—Pakshabala) in the dark and bright halves of the month respectively. Each planet possesses Kalabala in his hour, day, month and year, Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, the Moon and the Sun rise respcctively in natural strength ( qaffi#qae—-Naisargika bala). ; NOTEs. The author treats in this Sloka of g@aq (Kalabala) and fraiiae (Nisargabala). ===== стр 74 ===== Sx. 21) fafeatera: 39 Kalabala has 7 sub-divisions, viz., (1) qa@tqaqe (Natonna- tabala) (2) qayq@ (Pakshabala), (3) feqafee feanras (Dina- ratritribhagabala), (4) qqqa@ (Varshapabala), (5) aaqqae {Masapabala), (6) fgaqqqes (Dinapabala and (7) gRIqaS (Horapabala). For details regarding the calculation of these balas vide stiqfaqgfa, ITI, 9 to 14. aenet:— 3 7 TARA MATH TN Tae wate free | ange: Kraan: HME: | Frege sirahraciary watts gaat fenre | magn maa wan: afaara firs ata | dfafagqatratafen aie: Met Kei gEagys: AT A: | atea: fad qaqa age = oT: warearaag aay wets 1 ===== стр 75 ===== CHAPTER III faafastarear: [Note.—In this Chapter, the words gj (Amsa) and yyq Bhaga) have been used by Varahamihira to imply Dwadasamsas and not Navamas as will be seen by the word ferqat (Dwirasabhaga) in the opening sloka. This Chapter can be used with advantage for horary pur- poses, when a thing is lost or an animal is lost, or to enable the agriculturist and breeders of animals to find out the best season for cultivation or for breeding purposes. It can also be applied to an ordinary horoscope to see how much of animal nature the Jataki ( sia ) has or to see if the horoscope indicates human activity or becomes useless like inanimate beings. Further, it can be utilised for ascertaining if the native is fortunate or not with respect to animals or cultivation and ii so to what extent. EN aN RU: gafetifiadas aba: ala TEI waaay | TATA BTAMTTAATT aed aterie ware faethe: 8 I J Sloka 1.--If, at the time of the birth of any living creature or of a query regarding it, the malefic planets are found to be strong and the benefic ones weak, and if a neutral planet (Saturn or Mercury) ===== стр 76 ===== St. 1) Taatseara: 44 be in kendra position or aspect the rising sign, the astrologer may declare the birth of a diving being similar in form to that indicated by the Moon’s Dwada- samsa provided this Dwadasamsa belongs to what is called a fag (Viyoni) sign (Mesha, Vrisnhaba, Kataka, Simha, Virschika, first half of Dhanus, Makara, or Meena). NoTEs. feathraeq (Viyonijanma) means a living’ being inferior in status to man, whether of the animal or vegetable kingdom, For an animal to be born, determine whether the Dwada- samsa occupied by the Moon belongs to a Viyoni Rasi (faafz- art). These are the Rasis where an animal is likley to be born. Along with the above, the benefics should be weak, and the malefics should be strong. One of the neutral planets like Mercury or Saturn should be in an angnlar house with respect to the- Lagna or aspect the Lagna, Then only we must predict that an animal indicated by the house owning the Dwadasamsa occupied by the Moon will be born, Lagna | Sun | Mercury Venus | Moon 2° | Moon 2° Mesha | Mars Dwadasamsa, | Jupiter | (An Exampl Saturn (An ple) | Pot | ===== стр 77 ===== 42 TEMA (Cu. Il Lagna Sun Mercury Venus | Moon 2°; Saturn Another Yoga Mars Jupiter Suppose a person comes and puts a question (Horary) and such positions of the planets in the zodiac as above are shown at the time. Then we have to judge that the person has lost an animal and of the kind indicated by the 4th house from the Moon, Suppose we come across such a position in the nativity of any person, We have to judge that the man is fortunate in ani- mals. Another interpretation for q-giqnigvaalnamasy (Chandro- pagadvirasabhagasamanarupam). A form typified by the Drekka. na amsa (fggquii==2 x or 4rd) occupied by the Moon. In queries of theft, etc., these are useful to predict the form of the thieves, etc. TANF — a qi: araafehras: argh: sade Sexe vaafe zn aiea Rrearkrare: | qa afavarsaracrenttrsng Rifssd ale ay wages AANA: 1 Also anrael— a ~ a giana: aahaeraiesy a . ateatevat Bz asf an Reeth: ear, ===== стр 78 ===== St. 2] adaiseaa: 43 By at a2 Seuferaragaars | Maeno May AKU HAT | aA Qe WN Haldlat WAST HSTATA | Salat WA: WTaT- HAT ATT I alors avegr aired ta yaAT: | . wigan aaa qaffaat carta TAT aaa aa fen sargnsraakzar: | " QHITA FT ISN Toa antares | AS ge waa Saat fre: | aeae Fa eargaay auea Raa a aq wagrerangaanssaad 7a | HNN HATTA ATF | aza qaaaisasmiafasa: | saa ade wa agar: aan: | TAA TAI AT ASAAB VA | aafea Tees: Gataararels | eran seats at oe ar gigas sez: | ahasaafiga: Mea a aaa acaq II grat afsa: cana: Teed Aaeed Tera: | aa 4 farfdaa egonft Aarenfeaq Sloka 2.—Finding that the malefic planets are strong and in their own Dwadasamsas while the benefic planets arc strengthless and in Dwadasamsas ‘not their own; and finding also that the rising sign is a fatty (Viyoni), the astrologer may announce tha birth of a faatfasea (Viyonijanma) as before (i.e , corresponding in form to that indicated by the 12th portion of the sign occupied by the Moon, provided the Rasi owning the 12th portion in question is a fafa Viyoni) one. [Bhattot- ===== стр 79 ===== 44 FETs [ CH. pala interprets tqurm (Swabhagaga) to mean ‘in his Navamsa.’ ] NotEs. In the undermentioned example, Moon 4° indicates Vrisha- bha Dwadasamsa. The man, we judge, will be prosperous in cows, In horary figure as above, breeding of cows, etc., indicated Moon 4° Mercury Sun “tae Veuns 2° An Example Mars 9° Jupiter 2° Saturn go by Vrishabha will be prosperous or we may judge according to to the question, that a cow has been lost. In the above figure, suppose the Moon was in 29° of Mesha. He will then be in Meena Dwadasamsa. This will be very good for fishing, TU RL— game sega festa: en aoa tars ITH EN: | mrenutimaeta fattest saga res fret, | fra: fatrrater gy nw qetas FS_CIST Wa | ===== стр 80 ===== Su. 3, 4] qaelseay: 45 grrecananray Yaga firageafiane aanay il 311 Sloka 3.-—In the body of a quadruped, Mesha, signifies the head; Vrishabha, the mouth and the dewlap; Mithuna, :the forelegs and the shoulders; Kataka, the back; Simha, the breast; Kanya, the sides ; Tula, the belly ; Vrischlka, the anus; Dhanus, the hind legs; Makara, membrum virile and the scrotum; Kumbha, the buttocks; and Meena, the tail. Yuta: — Trae aeaneet Tt Teles T ge Vues ae! Wat T Fahl | qe HATA fess wey Ges faded gaa: wegkearafies | Also azael— awa Farsatwasney fryaal et: | geeaabag a faire saad | fear auaen ofaaaeit Raat garad | TITINITARTIA Saaz | yaaa: Bq WA Bqewqat 3 | NA TISAI H EIT ATH LAM: It waa RETA aratareeaal | COM Ala TATATTTT tat at ade ee Sloka 4.—By putting together all the strong poin‘s whether derived from the rising sign or the rising ===== стр 81 ===== 46 TEMAS [ Cu. IIL Dwadasamsa, the presence therein or the aspect thereon of certain planets, the astrologer should be able to give out the colours that may be found in the creature born faatf (Viyoni); the number of the prevailing hues, he should declare suitably to the planets in the Lagna; and as to the streaks on the animal’s back, if any, he may guess them in accordance with the planets in the 7th bhava. NorEs. Find out how many planets are posited in the Lagna or aspect the Lagna, If these planets are strong, then only they must be taken into consideration. If not, find out the rising Dwadasamsa and predict the colour of the animal (as described inI, 20and II, 5). The greater the number of planets in the Lagna or aspecting the Lagna, the greater will be the varieties of colours on the animal. The colour on the back of the animal (natural stripes of the animal at its back) should be predicted through the planets placed in the 7th bhava from the Lagna. TUT: — eH iRaEAM ETAL ATT TUMHSA IA WASTE | wnearaaan fe aga ani. er ala agalaneear TY I Also aael—- aafgaqaaasal aeqees eval | ef a Faz fag ao aly UI RTT ARAM TAT ANT | VARGA: SI: Te Tat wactaat | Sard aaa fantasy aaa | IAM TTA: sala aot Faraz It ===== стр 82 ===== Su. 5] aaaseaa: 47 efter saatfer strats steht fer ania fife cet aerated ca: Het ge: TWIST II TM WATT IT AAT Faz | qual TES Sy Gavlaat agi Fea II quate: weRateqeg Tae | gwaNee: ai: wea: Gighratsh : agua Ta: wigertreaienearatrary | aifaasent arnt waa TATA UI TNs and walas interpret the word gfsq (amsa) in the sloka as Navamsa. AT CMA WIT TW MET TH WATTHT | gatas a fam: wamrgan aaktesaara | Sloka 5,—When the rising decanate isa qfarza.or (Pakshi Drekkana) or when the risiny Dwadasams is that of a moveable sign or of Mercury and has a str ng planet‘in it, land or water birds may come into existence according as the rising decanate and the Dwadasamjas in the three cases are occupied, if not aspected, by Saturn or the Moon. Notes. The Pakshi Drekkanas are the 2nd in Mithuna, 2nd in Tula, Ist in Simha and Ist in Kumbha. If a Pakshi Drekkana as above is rising and be aspected or occupied by Saturn or the Moon, then birds are born or indi- cated as the case may be, If Makara, Mesha, Kataka and Tula (movable signs) Dwadasamsas are rising aspected or occupied by Saturn or the Moon, then birds are born or indicated as the case may be. If the Dwadasamsas of Mercury (Mithuna or Kanya) are rising occupied or aspected by Saturn or the Moon, then birds ; re born or indicated as the case may be. ===== стр 83 ===== 48 WAR (Cu. If In the above, Saturn indicates birds who live on earth as opposed to birds living in water, The Moon indicates birds on water. The previous sloka holds good for predicting the colour of the bird, Bhattotpala and Gunakara interpret gjzq in the sloka as Navamsa, TONEL!— frag Fea aTEAaTA FT agTt aid Be akrgaaatast ae a Riles: Panga aqaaarateks ga: masa Ray WAATSyaAA TAMIA II Also arast— emgaeantt adm afsar az ATT | MIT at em: erage: waza: BAT | sx e ar-cahiatitasaeni IAG TSAAIFa TAT: | BARE: Taste Taed Arar waded LT Aa: TSATAA EN Sloka 6.—With the Lagna, the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun, all devoid of strength, the astrologer may announce the springing of trees. Whether they spring in land or water is to be decided from the character of the rising Dwadasamsa; that is, from the fact of its belonging to a land or watery sign. The trees growing in land or water will be as many as there are Rasis from the Lagna up to the next land or watery sign. Notes. The Lagna, the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun must be power. less, Find the Dwadasama of the Lagna. If it be a fiyatfix ===== стр 84 ===== Si. 6] ase: 49 (Viyoni) sign and at the same time be a land or watery Rasi, then we may say that the trees are either in land or watery places. Suppose it is Makara Dwadasamsa (first half) that is rising. This will indicate a tree in a garden or park. Suppos® the Lagna to be 17° in Kanya, Then the rising Dwadasamsa is that of Meena. This will indicate a tree near the river. If the qeqfq (Tarupati)—the ruler of the Lagna Dwadasa- msa—is away from the Lagna, predict the number of the trees by the signs intervening the Lagna and the qg@qfq (Tarupati). According to aggyeegepf (Dasadhyayee) the following is the rule: Find out the Ayurdaya of the Hegel (Kundali),” Convert the years, months and days into days. The number arrived at will indicate the number of trees or plants. Suppose the 14th degree ‘of Mithuna to be rising. Then the rising Dwadasamsa is the 6th in Mithuna Rasi, i.e., Vrischika. If at the time the position of Mars (the lord of Vrischika) be Kumbha, the number of trees will be the number of Rasis separating Mars from the Lagna, i.e , from Mithuna'to Kumbha, i.c., 9. Again, from the slokas of Saravali quoted below, the following has also to be noted: If the lord of rising Dwadasamsa either occupy his exaltation sign or be retrograde in his motion, the number already obtained should .be trebled. If he be in his Vargottamamsa, or his own Dwadasamsa, Navamsa or Drekkana, such number should be doubled. For example, If Mars in the instance cited be retrograde in his motion, or instead of occupying Kumbha be in Makara, his exaltation sign, the number 8 (Makara being the 8th from Mithuna) should be trebled, We shall thus have 24, But if Mars should occupy Mesha Navamsa or Mesha-Dwadasamsa of Kumbha, i.e., his own sign, the number of trees will be only 9 x 2 or 18 and so on. TTS — SareMaTaTaS: Tear yeah: aay | were Talat TATE: II 7 ===== стр 85 ===== 50 aqesat [ Cx. II wav sariate vat J ast aaa | fears AaargatatHe | Also q1t— guraraaatnpeafias yaaa Peat MBAS TT STAMTT: | VAM AASASTRAT: WAT: Wy- WIAA CBASA: NTT: BINA: II . - iy wear ay safe wagaMaT alas: dataicaateen acne dla: | aifladt anorarqaars ya: faranfaeg: azaheny yfrgta ya: Mot Sloka 7.—lhe Sun yenerates trees that are in- war lly strong (missive); Saturn produces such as are unsightly, The Moon gives birth to those that are sappy; Mars brings forth thorny ones; Jupiter and Mercury produce respectively fruit-bearing and fruitless trees. Venus ushers into the world those that merely blossom but bear no fruit, We have to siy again that the Moon mikes his trees oily and those produced by Mars have strong-scented boughs. NorEs. This must be applied to the horoscope of every landlord. The Sun governs timber and other trees which are inwardly strong, Saturn indicates useless trees ; Moon, sappy trees; and Mars, thorny trees or plantse Jupiter governs trees bearing fruits. Mercury governs good trees but not bearing fruit, Venus will produce flowery trees or plants, Moon represents oily trees while Mars denotes ugly onese The land investments are indicated by the 4th bhava and its lord. Some people are unfortunate in land investment, because ===== стр 86 ===== Si. 8] ahasea7; 51 the 4th bhava and its lord are weak, Coming to progression (by any system), progressed Moon in any aspect to planet in radix, good or bad, will indicate good or bad fortune in the trees or plants indicated as above- TTT — faahrerearay ataary ata Saale fg welt: HOeRAQIT FZ | MAGIA easy aaa we SyQMTETAUNT Wags: | | Also mqaal— HAAN HIG BOLT TLV | Aaa Me Ta: HARA II eonveteat Vat: Giaaaclsaeaal ga: | garnemeqages aad saa | asad eft ayia atifa a4 faataneaa | aye sata Aeza: aR wafer qeareatacamifaa: =< Il Sloka 8.—When the planet presiding over the birth of a tree. being benefic, is in the house of a malefic one, it generates a good tree ina bad place. The result is reversed when the condition is reversed. That is, if the tree-producing planet. being malefic, occupy the house of a benefic one, a bad tree will spring up in a good soil. The number of trees of the kind spoken of before will be the number of Dwadasamsas reckoned from the planet’s own Dwadasamsa last occupied by it up to the alien one which it now occupies. ===== стр 87 ===== 52 TEMTT [Ca Mi TTL: — aay weg ateat Bhat PE GIG NITE: HTS ST | wait & Aral We BT TAA: MAL a agammaataca vata | Also anradt— BU: Arazeen saahs Fah PAT | aa maaaa saat gat ae Il saad: qage wate ren: Bet Tet: | WSASIMIAAT Mstswat J TAI za: II aiming aaaaen wafer aaa: | MSA Tl AVA AW AA: NH PETA TAT | N. B.—The reader will do well to go through Chapter 53 of alway (Saravali) for detailed information on fRapftseq (Viyo- nijanma). ===== стр 88 ===== CHAPTER IV fErear: Paurqeaimaands TI T Aedagenieed ANFIMAY YaMAAI ata sara aria 1 2 1 Sloka 1,—The menses of 4 woman which are due to the interaction of Mars and the Moon, i.e., of bile and blood, set in every month when the Moon is in an ereeena (Apachayasthana, Ist, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th. 9th or 12th) from the Lagna. But if the Moon occupies 4 different position, /.¢., isin an sqaaeia (Upachaya- sthana. 3rd, 6th, 10th or 11th) and is aspected by a benefic male planet, the woman lovingly unites with a man. Notes The Moon governs fluid matter of a woman. Mars sizni- fies the blood of awoman, A combination of the two causes menstruation. ATM (Narena). The word means a man in the true sense- that is one capable of procreating. apffeqy means a female who can menstruate. qtggy (Peedarksha) Rasis are erqqyq (Anupa- chaya) places, i.e., Ist, 2nd, 4th, Sth, 7th, 8th, 9th and 12th houses, gqwq (Upachaya) places are did, 6th, 10th and 11th houses. By the word Te (Subhapumgraha), Jupiter is here meant a3 he is the only benefic male planet. If the Moon in his transit occupies an gqyq (Uppachaya) place and be aspected hy Jupiter on the 5th day after menstruation, the woman joins her hand and conceives, ===== стр 89 ===== 54 Tema (Cu. IV The gqyq (Upachaya) and aA (Anupachaya) places are to be counted from the Lagna and not from the q-qzyft (Janma Rasi—Moon’s place). It is necessary that Jupiter must throw his aspect on the Moon on the Sth day after menstruation for conception to be possible. Along with this, should any hermaphrodite planet strong in position aspect the Moon in transit, the conception cannot take place. The position of all planets except the Moon should be with reference to the radix, (nativity at birth.) If we take a woman’s horoscope, it will be seen that there will only be 3 houses where Mars afflicts the Moon. But 2 of them or likely to be qyggy (Peedarksha) houses. In the following horoscope Mars aspects Kumhha, Vrisha- bha and Mithuna which happen to. be the 7th, 10th and 11th houses respectively. Leaving off the 10th and Uth which are ‘gqgaqgq (Upachaya) places, Kumbha is the only Rasi where when the Moon comcs in Lis transit that menstruation is capable of effect in giving or causing conception, _ on oe Moon Radixofa | | woman Saturn Logs Jup- | Mars Wen Merc. For concspiion to take place on the 5th or the following nights, the Moon by transit on the 5th day after menstruation must receive the aspect of Jupiter without there being any other aspect from a hermaphrodite planet. From the above principle it is possib'e to deduce whether a woman will have issue or not.. Yue following additional information is found in other works :-— ===== стр 90 ===== Su 1] aguisea: 55 If, in the case of a woman as soon as she bathes after the stoppage of the menses, the Moon in her orbit should occupy an Wpachaya Rasi and be at the same time aspected by powerful Jupiter, she will have sexual intercourse with her husband. If the Moon in the above said Upchaya position be aspected by the Sun, she will have sexual union with an officer of the king, If the aspecting planet be Mars, the union will be with a voluptu- ary. If it be Mercury, the intercourse will be with a fickle. minded person. If Venus be the aspecting planet, it will be with a beautiful lover, If it be Saturn, she will have criminal intimacy with an ordinary servant. If the Moon be aspected by several malefic planets, the woman will leave her own house and become a prostitute. TONEC— aafaasegs sokeds aaa: afreagaaan relorqgar Peart | saa araaifat Haat gevaataa waftraraates ar . Waa gh eafeal ear Keatgar uss TTaT | neta veataagha: dare feranfa Jaa 1 Also aiqaai— Taare HyTITareasy Baw | Saad yadlai wade Tt Bay || ecue sasaanqnaalace it TI | Oz TH Ele faa Tt: TAWA ay tI oq agate iat mea rads afr a7 | sae foe Taare ett Te | BIFANIT WAITED TIM GefRcamat | gai sale ata fia: geass: 0 SE HAT ES ged! we fea aay | usTgeIn we Ua BAA | ORs He MNT Ewart: Hoss: we: | ai: wag wen Te Was FAA: 1 ===== стр 91 ===== 56 THA [ Cu. IV es eee oa aaretanaige aaa aaa Teal frgaraT MARCaRItTAsed ay ges aferaara: 11 RU Sloka 2,—The kind of copulation that the native can have is such as it is with the creature typified by the 7th Rasi. If the epeqzrr (Asta Rasi) or the 7th house, from the aq (Adhana) Lagna be aspected or occupied by a malefic pianet, the union will be in wrath; but if the seq (Asta Lagna) be aspected or occupied by benefic planets, the union will abound in amorous play and laughter. NorEs. It should be noted that the twelve Rasis are Night and Day Signs. Night signs represent enjoyment in darkness and Day signs enjoyment in the presence of light either of a lamp or of the Moon, Further, Mesha and Vrishabha represent the enjoyment of a quadruped of the ram and buffalo kind. Mithuna, Kanya, Tula, Dhanus’ first half and Kumbha represent the enjoyment of a human being, Vrischika and Makara (latter half), Kataka and Meena—q@jz (Kecta)—represent copulation among centipeds which is bad. Simha (Lion) represents an enjoyment by force. Why ? Because, the lion is a forcible animal, Makara ( Ist half } is very good for enjoyment; and soon. A combination of the above two ideas will come to this: consider that Mesha represents the 7th house at the time of enjoyment, A man and a woman under such circumstances enjoy each other like a quad- ruped in darkness, Similarly for the rest If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th house from the enafaeq (Adana Lagna), then the enjoyment takes place much against the wish of one of the two. Another interpretation.—If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th, the woman concerned gets into anger after satisfaction if Mars should be the planet concerned ; without satisfaction or ===== стр 92 ===== Sr. 3} ayia: oF ee enjoyment if Saturn be the occupying or aspecting planet, If the Sun be the malefic concerned, there is a repulsion at the outset itself. If benefics aspect or occupy the 7th, then the union will be followed by faapaq (Vilasa) and grq (Hasa), i.e, real con- jugal bliss, . que — UA Tae UBS Resear waht aera: TNT | eaaneTahrs MUTE aT Te: aijahese enfisae Also anraét— fsaqien feurget gaa aaa agar | ATSGGSIUN WTA AATITT II RASYAAIES ATTHVE WAZIFA | art abe: ata Teenaad aifrerenay | viecamahis: aT. qt fratieadaasht ar | aaroey fe fat hrntire at featniearirare: 1 31 Sloka 3.—When the Moon and Mars (in the case of a woman) or the Sun and Venus (in the case of a man} occupy their own houses or their Navamsas, there will be a conception of an offspring. Conception will equally take place when Jupiter occupies the Lagna or one of the Trikona houses. These planetary conjunctions fail of effect with regard to people void of virility, just as the Moon-beams in the case of the blind. Notes. “ The commentator Bhattotpala explains that it is not necessary that'alt the four foregoing planets should’ be simultaneously in 3 . ===== стр 93 ===== 58 TEM [ Cu. IV their Navamsas; for conception to take place, it is enough that the Sun and Venus are in their Navamsas in the erqqa@y (Apacha- ya) houses of the male, or the Moon and Mars occupy their own Navamsas in gqqyq (Upachaya) places of the female, If Jupiter is trine to the gyyypaqy (Adhana) Lagna, the union is likely to bear fruit. fag az (Vibeeginam) here means ‘ of those who have lost their seed or potentiality on account of old age, accident or operation.’ TST — wal Uae Test ATT TAMA ay WHAT | NAAANGTAMATTAT FT Tata date aa cera: I a og afran atn neearaeay | fener frdtsraed frente 1 Also aiael— srqam aaa aa ga: aaiaaneal | Fata HAVA A Ag Tag wale | qaamaaghy aiarqaad: gtey at | aaa aware maa Maat vale | CCEA GARELIOEE IE meme gawarhareaay | sqarant aeqart Fad aM azar aemg safety 8 UI Sloka 4,—Mars and Saturn in the 7th house from the Sun bring illness upon the husband. The two planets nthe 7th place from the Moon affect the wife with iisease. They bring on death if they be in the 12th and the 2nd place of the Sun in the one case and of the, ===== стр 94 ===== Su. 4] aqutsean: 5D Moon in the other. If one of them be in conjunction with the Sun or the Moon, and the other aspect the Sun or the Moon, they likewise cause death. ‘ NoTEs. A) If Mars and Saturn occupy the 7th place from the Sun at the time of copulation, the man is likely to suffer very much from venereal complaints. If Mars and Saturn occupy the 7th place from the Moon at the time of copulation, it is the woman that would suffer. \“ Another meaning—(3) If Mars occupy the 7th from the Sun, and Saturn, the 7th from the Moon, the man and woman will respectively fall ill. Satur | | Mars Sun | Moon | eT In other words the above cases can be briefly put thus : \/ Sun opposition Mars and Saturn; vA. Moon opposition Mars and Saturn: “Sun opposition Mars; and L“Moon opposition Saturn, If such a yoga as mentioned above happens to be in the radix of a native, we may safely say that the native is bound to suffer from venereal diseases. This is exactly the western princi- Pepe. , ‘/ If Mars and Saturn at conception be on both sides of the Sun, i.e., 12th and 2nd from the Sun or 12th and 2nd from the ===== стр 95 ===== 60 Temes [Cu. IV Moon, the death of the man or the woman should be predicted, In the above principle Mars should be in the 12th and Saturn in the 2nd; it is an important principle that Saturn in the visible half of the zodiac will increase the life. Hence in the present instance if the life is to be cut short, Saturn should be in the 2nd alone. garrecit ait aq agaeeqy (Kujarkajau yutau tatha ta- deka drishtya) means Mars must be in conjunction with the Sun and Saturn in opposition or in the 4th from the Lagna, Then it will cause death, This amounts to 1 / (1) Sun conjunction Mars square Saturn or (32) Sun conjunction Mars opposition Saturn causes death of male, am | ios aturn sen - (1) = @) - Mars Mars Sun Sun . fa Moon conjunction Mars square Saturn or \7(4) Moon conjunction Mars opposition Saturn causes death of female. \A(5) Sun conjunction Saturn square Mars or S (6) Sun conjunction Saturn opposition Mars causes death ‘of male. |] | | | | Mars , e ae (5y _—_— (6) __— aturn aturn 1 Sun Mars |) Sun | ===== стр 96 ===== Se. 5] aguteara: . 61 eee a as sYvYvOOOOOOVVYoWovrorooooo Vv Moon conjunction Saturn square Mars or \ oe Moon conjunction Saturn opposition Mars causé$ death of female, NST — WAT WG ABTA: MAAS) aa? | Ta Beat FATA T atartiraqa | ftaagat fanaa aaa Afr aera | facamaagdfaat 4 aadlagargaal aa: gat 4 Sloka 5-—The Sun and Venus are termed father and mother respectively of the seed sown during the day; Saturn and the Moon, during the night. Failing to play the role of parents, each of these pa'rs of planets get the designation of paternal uncle and maternal aunt. They become propitious to the pair they represent when they occupy the odd and even houses (the male among them being in the odd, the female, in the even). NOTES. The Sun represents the father at day time, and Venus, te mother; Saturn, the paternal uncle; and the Moon, the mother’s sister, At night time, Saturn represents the father, Moon, the mother ; the Sun, the paternal uncle ; and Venus, the mother’s sister. If the Sun isin an odd sign, and Venus in an even one, it is good for both the man and the woman, Similarly, Saturn in an odd sign and the Moon in an even one is good for paternal uncle and maternal aunt, The Sun and the Saturn are planets that stay tolerably for a long period in asign, viz., 30 days and 30 months respectively. If the above principle is applied, it becomes fallacious as there cannot be so many deaths among those born during the periods when the planets in their transits complete their passage in that sign, It should therefore be taken as eftsrata (Ojabhava) and not ertsrzrfat (Ojarasi), Then it will prove correct. — | ===== стр 97 ===== 62 THIF [ Cu, IV TUB: — ore aaa eae) Urat wafranatant airat sre acest waded fraTaagee TAANLa WoT I eral Tusa: AAATear BS J Yr Teg: ea | aed aga HA TG Bq aT THETA UI Also amaat— eae masad gaa asst Feat = | | aaah fadanaa aaa: UI wnifganataa: fag: feasaer Sat: Te: | Maha: BATES Ta AZ Il afmargecranargaca yaeand sqaatraied a aa et Rafsateteyaaee = Lagna Navel |2nd Drekkana Shou- Ider Chest ens Side | Arm ight. be followed. If the tirst decanate of the Lagna happens to be the 2nd decanate of the Rasi, the order is II, III and I. If the 16 ===== стр 157 ===== 122 TEMAS [Cu. V Left, Knee | Thigh | Testicle | Anus Calf Kataka ‘ Lagna Pelvis ————~| 3rd Drekkana_ |Generat-} Legs II ing organ Calf | Knee | Thigh Tewict ight. first decanate of the Lagna is the last decanate of the Rasi, the order is III, Iand II. This is the meaning of afgadenoratiat: (Uditairdrekkana bhagaihi). TSC — frat eat olen satel ey aarer saa seer mata NEA + IY Cewrearea: Alera Ara | after Rene su aeryqtaad Mga FT TT | gat dreryed & aa frend erorragsy aRaq WIA AH YAXA ey semfeaq wagin fturdaty ata: eTgeTMTR aearaieashaahaa aa ga yaa at meagre Rant sasasisa: aT 1 BU Sloka 25,—When a drekkana is occupied by a ‘malefic planet, there will be an ulcer or wound in the part of the body indicated by the drekkana. But when it is also occupied or aspected by a benefic planet, the astrologer should declare the existence of a spot there. When the planet happens to be in its own Rasi or in Conjunction with Saturn, the ulcer, wound or mark Should have been in the portion of the body indicated ===== стр 158 ===== Si. 25) GRAATSMART: 123 from the very birth. If the planet be in positions other than those described above, the ulcer, etc., will crop up later on. If Saturn be the planet to cause such ulcer, etc., it will be due to a hurt caused by a stone or some wind disease. If Mars be the planet destined to inflict an injury it will arise from fire, a missile, poison or serpent bites. [f Mercury be the malefic planet, thd injury will arise by a fall on the ground froma height or by a blow received from a clod or some such earthy substance. If the Sun be the malefic planet, the injury will be inflicted by some piece of timber or a quadruped. Lastly, if the Moon be the malign planet, the hurt will come from a horned creaturc or by liquids, such as acids. Jf other planets than these, viz., Jupiter, Venus, the waxing Moon and Mercury not in conjunction with malefic planets occupy a drekkana, there will be no mark or moles and the result would be all favourable. NotEs. ferndgeg (Stthira samyuteshu) has been interpreted as in conjunction with Saturn.” In the following nativity, all the Lagna Sun ave 20° Mer, 29° J upiter Mars 2° Moon 19° Sat. 21° ===== стр 159 ===== 184 a {Ca V LLL LE malefics are in the invisible portion of the Zodiac. Therefore, if at all there should be marks or moles, they must be on the right side of the body, In the above figure, to determine the decanates of the various bhavas according to the principles laid down in Sloka 24, we proceed as follows :— Now Layna is Mesha 25°, It is the Srd decanate of Mesha, As the Ist decanate of the Lagna happens to be the 3rd decanate of Mesha, Table IIf applies, Therefore the 1sy decanate of the Lagna symbolises the pelvis. The 2nd decanate of the Lagna happens to be the Ist decanate of Vrishabha, order being III, I and II throughout; the first figure (I) applies, Therefore the 2nd decanate of the Lagna symbolises the head, Similarly, the 3rd decanate of the Lagna (2nd decanate of Vrishabha) symbolises the neek (Fig. II); and so on with respect to the other bhavas, In the same horoscope, the order with respect to every bhava being III, I and II, the Sun’s position represents the right shoulder; Saturn, the right side; Mars, the right testicle; Moon, the right side ; Mercury, the right testicle ; Venus, the right eye. NTT: — gaa nar AAy Aral Belee: SnyRter wee | aubramkacm aaanrgé afiataden: 1 at Agata AT: eA eea: aha FAIA TUS | Age SAT gaATA we TaAgAT TA: AATBe I qaegaga ena seqraerc | arirgé Tee T SHUR AMAIT It Bhattotpala interprets Rawage (Stthira samyute) in the text as “in ah immoveable sign br Navanisa,” ===== стр 160 ===== Si. 26} qa aoeerr: 128 angefter afery att ra: are set: aaa framaenafi: geagag a | ANHTAA: TW AF aarrarihra Aenakaree: deagqay aeenay 11 2G I Sloka 26.—When four planets whereof Mercury should be one, come together in a decanate of a sign, that part of the body indicated by the drekkana will invariably get an ulcer or wound or some mirk according as the planets coming together are benefic or malefic. The part of the body indicated by the decanate occupied by Venus (in case Venus becomes an wg Asubha) will have an ulcer, wound or mark. [This applies if Venus is alone.] If Venus be aspected by benefic, a mole or mark will be caused. If he be in conjunction with benefics, the person will possess an auspicious mark in the portion of the body indicated. NotEs. Venus becomes an ay (Asubha) if he be in combustion {that is within 5° from the Sun) or if he be weak in Navamsa or be in inimical house, etc. Some books read the 3rd quarter of the sloka thus: gomHqgu: 98S wAdat waatfaa. The trans. lation will then be ‘‘ A malefic planet in the 6th bhava from the Lagna brings on the ulcer or wound in that part of the body which the Rasi indicates.” The reading yrgt 2@ is better. gg . here means the 6th planet ur Venus. In the example given in the previous sloka, Venus is ina neutral house ( qq) !¢ss powerful than yqqg (Swagriha) or gy (Uchcha). He is going to the operative conjunction—hence weak, He is in STAAALT (Satru navamsa), Hence he is an efgnq {Asubha), He will therefore cause a mark on the right eye. ===== стр 161 ===== 126 Teas [ Ca. V. This sloka indicates permanent mrrks caused from birth, The time when the ulcers, etc., indicated as above occur will be during the Dasas and Antardasas as mentioned in Ch. VITI— SI. 21 infra. TNT. — UA AH FIFA: SAU WAT wa aon vate usage | VR: BAN ATHTAHA- Tafetkasnaaeatsh eer: II Also wrerafiea— UT] MANGA: Vet: Brat: HT Avaly | a aal taaarat @ feat sony E | SUT TS AATF TA | MARIA ANT TA a AA AT: 11 geny sisal gata fies ae BENG MYATT AMAA ESET: II HVVIGRASS AA Kat FT Aa | Weel Ta Sealy agers th ===== стр 162 ===== CHAPTER VI afterear: aeaat adie nedteanaftaana | seas Thrarata: eget a arveafs ue a Sloka 1.—If the birth be at twilight (i.e:, an hour before sunrise or sunset) and in lunar hora and when the malefics are at ihe last portions of the several R asis {some take it as Ragafy Riksha sandhi only), the yoga will cause death (immediately). The Moon with the three malefics occupying each a Kendra will also lead to the same effect. NoTEs. The condition as to birth at q-tqy (Sandhya) and in Moon’s hora must also be understood to exist in the second yoga, The aspect of benefics is not to be considered in the above yogas. Compare western principle—Moon is square. opposition or conjunction to malefics in angular signs and twilight birth, Tet — SR RUT AIAAAAIATAAN: | TIPAMET: Ca Bese I Also anawt— araane: Te: aaa geaRaetcang | aah Tae: BR AUT TT UI Also gtasgtq— erearat arava: atatcrat ara ee: : WR Beysrueag Taey ce fe | ===== стр 163 ===== 128 TET [ Ca. VE THT TITIAN HE aleag | alee | e e A . fast fart agala sia: waf§eaearaftay 8 i Sloka 2,—If malefic planets occupy the {Purva chakra) and the benefics the latter half of the zodiac and if gfiqz* (Vrischika) be the rising sign, the person born meets with his destruction immediately. The same effect happens when malefics (the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Saturn) surround the Lagna and the 7th bhava (i.e., when they are just risiny or setting, or some rising and some setting). NoTEs. The principle is all malefics in the Lagna will wreck the constitution; so also the opposition of malefics to the Lagna- By the term qa (Purva chakra) is meant “ the oriental ’» or eastern half. If Simha 10° be the Lagna, the portion from Vrishabha 10°, Mithuna, Kataka, Simha, Kanya, Tula and the first 9° of Vrischika comprise the yaaa Malefics in the orient- al hemisphere (when they are rising ur ascending the midheavan) and benefics in the occidental (setting or culminating) lead to immediate death. Purva chakra and Apara chakra may also be interpreted as invisible and visible hemisphere—compare western princlple, that malefics in the invisible half with benefics in the visible half will lead to death. aaa — TAT TA: AUATETIS TAITIS | gemma aaa was qaaTe: 1 . By the term #y~ (Keeta), Vrischika alone is meant, apyaet- RT TST TT: MeaKAAaT Sz | ghaash Tea Tae weEwasRaT | | Be, eo sects Weta Bee ee Tate Site es ee be ===== стр 164 ===== Si. 3] TRS: 189 But gqopee includes gazq as well— TR Tale VATS AT PTT: | saahiaaiaa sausage I In the following example, the malefics are below the earth (anywhere between Ist and 7th) and benefics above the earth, and Vrischika is the Lagna, Death is certain soon after birth. —__—| An example |———_ Saturn Moon: Venus Mars tak | Merc | , Sun Jup. TNA RIT Tay Tal | a CEA YA Al Ga wafer UR Sloka 3,—If two malefic planets occupy one the Lagna and the other the 7th place from it, and if the Moon be in conjunction with a malignant planet and be not aspected by benefic ones, the death of the new-born. child will soon happen. . , Notes If one maiefie in:the Eagna be in opposition: with another maitfic.in the:7th bhava and’ the: Moon isin conjanction' with a malefic unaspected by benefics, it‘ will lead to deatit,. ' , 17 ===== стр 165 ===== 130 TESTA [ Cu. VI The word Pal (Krura) may mean Mars only, If the Moon be with Mars while the Sun and Saturn are in opposition in the lst and the 7th houses, then it will be twilight. Compare the spirit of the first sloka supra, TMNET:— TASH SAT WS MT ge ATT | qaesat Vat sanessharswes: II Also azadi— TATASS BA AA HA ar ass ashe | HUSTIIASAYNESS AULT: II efit fam saat atecaeat: | HaT BNA A Aq fas frat watq ue Sloka 4.—!f the waning Moon occupy the 12th place from the Lagna and all the malefic planets be in the Lagna and the 8th place from it, and the benefic ones be not in the Kendras, the astrologer may predict the death of the new-born child at once. NotEs. When the waning Moon is talked of as being in the 12th hause, then the Sun must be in the Lagna, Therefore two male- fics in the first and one in the 8th, or all the three malefics in the Lagna are possible. Three malefics rising in the Lagna at twilight time is bad for life. Two malefics in the Lagna in quiucunx aspect with a malefic in the 8th house or the Sun rising in the Lagna in quincunx aspect to two malefics in the 8th house in conjunction is also bad. ===== стр 166 ===== : ae pete |Jop [ates | Satur mft:— att SR Saat TATeASAT: Sree: geass fra a7 I Also aaet:— UTTATTA: MISS TIT | afarer waht weg? Beal BMeT: UI HO aya: Tal MUeaagqenn: | a wrHae: Yarieay sae U4 Sloka 5-—When the Moon in conjunction with a malefic planet occupies the rising sign, the 7th, the 12th. or the 8th house and be not aspected by benefic planets, these latter being in positions other than the Kendras, the death of the new-born infant will happen quickly. | Notes a The word ET (Krura) may mean Mars who’ unfailingly causes death, and as he is one of the planets governing childhood ===== стр 167 ===== 138 TEMAS [Cu. VI in the Jafijeqsn (Naisargika Dasa), That the Moon in con- junction with Mars in the 12th or the Lagna will mean that the Moon is just risen or rising, Note that the Moon in the 12th, Ist, 7th and 8th houses is bad, [Vide Chapter XX, Slokas 4 and 5 infra]. The Moon in the Ist, 7th, 8th, or 12th, that is, the rising or setting position for Moon in conjunction with Mars is bad when benefics fare not in angular positions. This is also the Western principle. aaa — SAMSAMTAT TMS WA Fs YuElwele | yg draseahieg Naf aa sna: 1 Also ana: — TANARIS ASAEPATRAT | CR CIC CHRECICCECCIC GMD ahraftianat faamnyntsd Tas anes corey faa: fafa: | aargraaea afeitea aad aa morated = wafafha fame 118 11 Sloka 6.—When the Moon occupies the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna and is aspected by malignant planets, the death of the new-born infant follows quickly. If the Moon in the position described be aspected by benefic planets, the child will live 8 years, If aspected by benefic and malefic planets mixed together, it will live orfly 4 years. If the lord of the Lagna be benefic and in the 7th in operating conjunction with a ‘qnainGe: anc in, affliction with three:malefics, them the cid: lies, it, a, month. ===== стр 168 ===== Su. 6] 133 NorEs. The Moon in the 6th or 8th is generally bad (Vide Chaptet XX infra). If she is also afflicted in opposition by the Sun, Mars and Saturn (malefics becoming oriental), it is bad for life. When such Moon is in opposition with benefics (all the three), it is bad for life before 8th year. According to the Naisar- gika Dasa, it is Mercury that governs the period from the 4th to the 12th year of a child. When the Moon is in opposition with malefics and benefics, it will shorten the life by 4 years. In the above, if the combination be of— __ (1) three benefics and 1 malefic, the child will live 7 years; (2) three benefics and 2 malefics, he child will live5 years; (3) one benefic and 3 malefic, the child will live 1 year; (4) two benefics and 3 malefics, the child will live 2 years. Aas — aararats at weeaaifrefiadt we | ae: Mies: dheawenss ergrge: dee aragesn FA Aea7 | TINA: Bisa MBAS Latter half, As interpreted by me, i.c., aaaafed fanaa gx nafaha afta, the following is an example :— Lagna | | Sun | Venus l Mercury | Mar ae | or Mithuna, —_———| Jupiter and Saturn are in the same degree ; ; iter }) | | |e ===== стр 169 ===== 134 qemat [ Cu. VI Lord of the Lagna, i.e., Jupiter is in the 7th in operating conjunction with Saturn, a malefic. He is further afflicted by three malefics, viz, Mars, Sun and Mercury (who should be con- sidered as a malefic when in conjunction with a malefic planet). The ruler of the Lagna, (the benefic Jupiter in this case) is set- ting in the 7th house in operating conjunction with a malefic while it is in affliction with three other malefics, which are rising. This will lead to death within a month, Lagna | Sun | Another Mer- example Moon Moon Venus | | Mars | N.B.—ln these two cases, Mercury should be taken as a malefic as otherwise the yoga will not be complete. The commentator Bhattotpala says in Connection with this sloka : “eulga gage agaia a tafeceszaa Reatmns: | aam ae qwerty. abana wIatal Nada: araTH A ACNAZ: | -/ Thatis, if the Moon in the 6th or the 8th place be not aspected by any planet, the child will not die, Again, when the Moon in the 6th or the 8th bhava happens to be in a house owned by a benefic planet, or, being in a Rasi of a malefic planet, be at the same time in conjunction with benefic ones, then too, the child’ will not die. In support of the above he quotes from Yavaneswara the following sloka:— _ SMe Aramsyaa ween wkaraz | e. aalguefa gaihrneadtiivase serge a1 It ===== стр 170 ===== Si. 6] qEISENT: 135 He also adds that the Moon in the 6th or the 8th house from the Lagna and aspected by planets whether benefic or malefic does not cause death to the native when the birth happens to be in the day time during the dark half of a month, or in the night time during the bright half of a month ( Cf TYASTSVSHEL- afd, etc. Chapter XIII, Sloka 8 infra) and quotes in support of this the following sloka from Mandavya’s ( qveeq ) work: aa fad waft oa a acai astisunefa gagueeafa: | a& waa Rafsarmasls qaaaeg cele fata. fey a ea The commentator adds—« gaftqgya gedtssa at wa a ate fut afer adage: nes maa wa Ruvsiifee wesaq | aat antes ot fsa waafe gues fiea- TTA | ARTEATT ASTATTS SH | aaenen: Teabehacaal ea A TASTE | Maa ALN: RE: TAA BATA UI i fraaftq7een WIEs: TH alek frre atesiseat | OYA AATHIATA HASeAaAGMa- Saft weiengaa I 1 GUSH: atea Ha eRrohare: | TaEwMeears aeareaee: SAT I ATMS Ee: TAA aS | MSA HATTER, ales Here: 1 Also gtawara— | aftr gered aa: artfizt ae: CRTOTTCT SRT THES TMEHT || aiteahreredshere we TTTge lew ===== стр 171 ===== 136 TE [Cu. Vi aeismivuey wet aeiwateet | TAMA Hae AANA: IW Ar | afew fens arta fafa afr | aA F Ha MaMAedeay | Note.—The 6th and the 8th bhavas are considered bad, he. cause, one is setting and the other has already set, Bad planets ‘n those bhavas are better there than good ones (Cf sfaqaa f&:%. qgisag—Chapter XX, Sloka 10 infra.) Opposition of benefics. to the Mogn in these two places only hastens death. . . aN er dit ait faa wae 1a: mena faakyaagh Fae) ° ba’ oY uy wa vata aqaordery Tt- ¢ e a wart ary ale az a quatiqa: ates: loll Sloka 7.—If the waning Moon occupy the Lagna and malefics occupy the 8th or the angular houses, the. death of the new-born child should be predicted. The same thing snould be divined if the Moon be in the midst of two malefics, (i e., within 5°) and at the same time occupy one of the following places, vzz., the 8th 4th or 7th [If the Moon hemmed in between two malefics be in the Lagna, the 7th or the 8th house, and be not aspected by strong benefics, the child will die along with the mother, ’ NoTEs, an The benefics though aspecting will not save the’ mother unless they are rulers ‘of! good houses in the hoaroscope-or are very well dignified, This, ig the farce- off Sfaraghger Paksibhri- dbhihi), This word goes with every Nne-of tnaipka,. . ..° ===== стр 172 ===== Si. 8] qwtSeT: 137 | Jup. |Saturn | Mar | IT LOOP : |Child’s death} Mars Moon along with |——— — Sun mother Saturn 24° — Lagna Mere | | In the above example, Jupiter being the ruler of the 3rd and 6th not being dignified will not save the mother, TUNEL: — agfaa: se: sen ry Fanaa | wetaacageaa + tals: Garaget wereracdtat | fan asitaa: gasket qraedfertyanet: Bs: | mira: aera aeaceatrg: I Also aiaai— | aft afaik Fer ne: Seg aeqaetal | walt faoFacasa aqanfraeata Sa TIGA wags Wey Tet: | faa safe frat Tacky clad ae: 11 Magaaeand erameaeadt TF | Mraraees wat ae wa a 1 ASAT: Ty PUTER Te: GE TAT | feat guded: aerer wnceenfr | usaeay afxedteraty ax aod Ta: | mo: Ney Graf a wteqtagest uc 18 ===== стр 173 ===== 138 PLR IGE [ Cu. VI Sloka 8.—If the Moon unaspected by _ benefics happens to be at the end of a sgayafey (Riksha Sandhi— end of Kataka, Vrischika or Meena) and if malefics occupy the trines, the child born dies quickly, The same effect happens if the Moon is rising in the Lagna in Opposition to three malefics. NoreEs. The Moon posited at the end of Kataka, Vrischika or Meena in trine to all three malefics will bring death. If the Moon be in the end of Meena, and malefics in the ends of Kataka and Vrischika, these two houses happen to be the house of grave (aug Smasana) and Death ( eqq, tq Ayus, Randhra respectively of thc zodiac when reckoned from Mesha. The Moon in Kataka, maleficsin Vrischika (House of Death being the 8th sign) and in Meena (House of exit or undoing sqq Vyaya or 12th sign), this yoga also brings in early death. aaa! — Ra rsnfrand aes Vee: | glare: TRA Be ace ster aqaated aed Tx Ha Praag, qafqaaragen tal ¢ aaa: | scala ca} aftaiat a franizarai- fraargatatia: gaa wafea et Sloka 9.—When the Moon with Rahu is in con- junction with another malefic (irrespective of its position) and Mars occupies the 8th, both.the mother and the child will die; and the death will ensue from the effect of an operation if the Sun be in the Lagna. (The force , of g can only be brought about as above.) Again, when ===== стр 174 ===== St. 9] TSA: 139 the Sun or the Moon occupies the Lagna and malefics be in the 5th, 9th and 8th and benefics in their strength do not aspect or be not in conjunction with the Sun or the Moon in the Lagna the new-born child (and the mother) will die NoTEs. The words yeq qeg have been interpreted as ‘ Moon in association with Rahu ” and not necessarily ‘ eclipsed’ as under- stood by some. The eqgq in conjunction with this ‘ y¥q qeg’ may be either Saturn or the Sun, as shown in the following examples :-— Mars | | Ketu |} Mars | | Ketu aagen- TAREOTE here, Fae ah ee | Sun ag} GTA: = [Lagna Merc. I Lagna | II Se Venus n Rahul [so {)—t~t*téiG;' Rath Moon | Jup. | Moon Jup. /Venus Saturn Saturn Saturn | Jupiter Ketu | Mars wafrgaataqen | tatganet: | Il | Lagna ff Venus ion Mera Rahu ===== стр 175 ===== 140 TET (Ca. VE : | : | | Mars | Rahu Rahu Saturn Sun Latter half of |Saturn Latter half of ———| thesloka | -__]{/--_| the Sloka {____ Example _ |Merc. Example /Merc. 8° 19° — {| {lagna jup. | | tars | Ketu]j Jup. Ven Sun Ketu The interpretations given above appears more rational and many instances (ef the simultaneous demise of mother and child) that are of common occurrence may be brought under the yogas cited in the first half of the Sloka, In the first yoga, the Moon, whatever may be her position, is very much afflicted, being in conjunction not only with Rahu but also with another malefic, and the 8th house is occupied by Mars as well. With the above» the Sun’s position in the Lagna is further necessary to cause the demise as a result of operation. Moreover there was no neces- sity for Varahamihira to use the word gay if he did not intend any one of the planets, viz., Saturn or the Sun, The word ay should be taken only with za) that is next to it and need not apply to sez in the first line which is far removed, in asmuch as so many words gt faqarfaet wafrgqaaay intervene. The commentator Bhattotpala takes the word geq (Grastha as referring to eclipse (lunar or solar). According to his view, the translation of the first half of the sloka will be ‘ when the Moon in conjunction with Saturn is eclipsed in the Lagna and Mars occupies the uth place from it, both the mother and the child will die, and the death will ensue from the effect of an operation if the Snn be in the above position, (i-¢., if the Sun in conjunction with Mercury and Saturn be eclipsed in the Lagna and Mars be in the 8th place fromit.)” So that such deaths should be expected only in times of eclipses, and those by opera- tion especially in the Solar ones. According]to this interpreta- ===== стр 176 ===== St. 10] ase: 14% tion, theword ergy in wguated Het Fz can mean only Saturn and no other malefic planet. For, an eclipse of the Moon can occur only on a full-Moon day and the Sun will then be in the 7th place or in direct opposition. Consequently Mercury will not be near the Moon. TOMEI MAA BMGY ve Wa CH aera | aq: eacqag area Faas | qaafatragaeiiaga: greet | wand Janay ae eifsaaa az frases Also ataat-- TENA AF UPL BAT FASTA | mal ard fat axa J TAT II Ba VRE TT TT afeatenafrag | MAeSTHE: BE ANT APIA Aas: I SN N SN SOMO EUS (CRC CEC ICCC ESI D Gaal wate acamartat a afear gem a Afsa 1 ke I Sloka 10,—If Saturn, the Sun, the Moon and Mars’ occupy respectively the 12th, the 9th, the Ist and the 8th places, they will conspire to bring about the death of creatures born under this comhination unless they be aspected by Jupiter possessed of strength. Notes. In the example given below the Sun is square to Saturn, The Moon is quincunx to Mars. The Sun has gone down the midheaven while Saturn ascends it, The Moon is rising. afeay gam slfagat :—may mean only trine aspect ( fixgjoy ¢fp: ). ===== стр 177 ===== 142 TEMA: [ Ci. VE —_——_]| An Example | Lagna Moon Mars Sas | | Sun TUBL:— . . e . ° e e . . Ty: | saagumragenay: porwr Saeseraya aT: IN From the quotation given below from ayqyaey (Saravali), it will be seen that the same effect is produced if Saturn and the Sun interchange places in the yoga described in the text. _ BAFAATAA TARTS AAIAT: | MAY TASHA: Y: VEN TAU A ATER: II In order that the four planets may be aspected by Jupiter’ the Jatter must occupy the 5th house from the Lagna. If he should aspect only some of them, or be weak though he migh® aspect all the four planets, the child will die. It will escape death only in case Jupiter in full strength aspects all the four planets. Tac MII—_ VMsAaA: naa RAAT afrtarget ate aff Afgan: 1 TV HUT ANAT ARE | Small AY TY Bal TATATAT TE: UI The planets mentioned in the sloka in the text as respectively occupying the 12th, the 9th, the Ist and the 8th houses may also ===== стр 178 ===== St. 10] ISSA: 143 be taken in the following order, viz., Saturn in the 8th, the Sun in the Ist, the Moon in the 9th and Mars in the 12th. TEAM IA— | qual wacumanncaadad: | eraiairyaanetearaar 127 UI The sloka is also capable of the following interpretation :— split up saqaqateaaaqa into two, thus: sqqqqy and Seay Ta ; alco akraaams yas into two, thus : erfazfy and AMET When Saturn and the Sun are in the 12th and the Moon and Mars are in the 9th, or when Saturn and the Sun are in the Lagna and the Moor. and Mars are inthe 8th, unaspected by powerful Jupiter in either case, the result will be the same. TENSTIA— UT Saal Faas) VAT Tet | aa wear aaeT ae ACTA AT II Tq Vara aed Versa Ta | aa WHAT War aa AANA II The inverse order may also be applied in the above view. atre— HIT SIM WaGANA Te AI | dma gavel Jaq ae acme ANSANA WAS AA ATSAT | aug qaaat Baar awnanfesra The words sqqaqaqlzaaqa May also mean the 8th house counted from the 12th, the 9th and the ist; i.e., the 7th, 4th and the 8th from the Lagna. geegtan— aquagcig gafrgemteem | EIA aa Feet Veta Be: |! aan weeeg gen: aka Fra: | SATA Var Se AAAS AAT | ===== стр 179 ===== 144 TAR [Cu. V Again, the words orfaatfaaeng yh are capable of being interpreted as epfaaafeacfaamy yfan:, that is Saturn and the Sun, Saturn and the Moon, and Saturn and Mars placed in the 7th, the 4th and the 8th houses from the Lagna. Cf, Sa PIATRA AA: AAA TA | qussa Rua aaa: A eae qeque Ebi gee: | DAIgakqata: UAT BIT | PINT AAAT ASAE - camaga aco aftacka: | x a TITgIalagagaqes- c ° a afatin gatsaarfeat at kk Sloka 11.—The Moon in conjunction with malefic planets in the Lagna, in the 5th, the 7th, the 8th, the Oth or the 12th will bring on the death of the new-born infant unless aspected by, or incoujunction with Venus, Mercury or Jupiter in strength. Notes. The Moon here need not necessarily be waning as opined by Bhattotpala. If she be in conjunction with malefics (not one— egugat may be interpreted as agua) iu setting or culmi* nating horizon, is enough, Lhattotpala bases his opinion on the following quotation fiom azz frracaaeiafaon: ATT ZIZe: | qT Ast: BARAT TAs Fae I TNE: — Pao aeaag Tx TNT Has wea: | daitad hagnepiai uatet Sa gisen et | ===== стр 180 ===== 81. 12] FHSAA: 145 Va way aaa weary @ a aqyETaa | Maes aaa acl wierd feo ghafaq RM Sleka 12.—4f a child is born under a fateful cambi- nation (eftsak1) whereof the period has not been specified, the death of the child will take place when the Moon in her periodical courses goes to the house occupied at the time of birth by the strongest of the planets producing the er&gain (Arishtayoga). The same event may also happen when the Moon goes to her place (occupied at the time of birth), or the Lagna (at the time of birth) and is aspected in strength by malefic planets. The sages say this death may be expected to happen within a year. NotTEs. In the previous yogas find out who the worst malefic planet is that causes carly death and the place occupied by it. Find out the Rasis of the Moon and the Lagna. Now, we know that the time taken by the Moon for making one revolution is 27°32305 days approximately. The Moon , therefore makes about 13 revolutions in the course of a year. Wherever the Moon in the course of her orbit comes to any of the three places mentioned above, viz., (1) the Rasi occupied by the Moon, (2) the Rasi signifying the Lagnaand (3) the Rasi occupied by the strongest malefic planet causing the efivain death will happen. We thus get 39 probabilities. The Moon must be powerful (weafe-Balavati) to cause death, That is, she must be weak Moon or be the ruler of the 6th or the 8th house. Thus the number of probabilities is limited to 13. There is another condition, viz.» that the Moon should receive strong aspect of all the malefics, the Sun, Mars and Saturn. Then only, death will take place, This seduces to one certainty. 19 ===== стр 181 ===== 146 aera [Cu. VI It may also be noted here that the general trend of the author in treating of early deaths in this Chapter, refers chiefly to the position, good or otherwise, of the Moon, thus indicating démise within one year, which is the afifp (Naisargika) period accorded to the Moon in any one’s nativity; other later periods of demise being alluded to as stray cases, OTST — . DARKS cwae feat Hand eeTSss WPT | | » - WA TAs Aas HA ag aeqare: afes: 1 Also arqaei— AY afer: Way AT aT SA TASH Tl TZ | qVaAS Ties Tea WARS: ST II ===== стр 182 ===== CHAPTER VII APTANA: qraTaahey TATA TATTET TAT MT | aafafitentingaecaaa caf: wage wR ‘Sloka 1,—The numbers 9, 15, 5, 2, 5, 11 and 10 with 10 added.to each represent according to the views of Maya (#a), Yavana (qaq), Manittha (afey) and Saktipurva (sfpqd) the periods of Ayurdaya in years contributed respectively by the Sun and ather planets when in their exaltation, 1 OY: / + Naves. TST — " , Fafafergen Paez fea gy gafrke aaa: foeraiiin qata 1 Also arast— Saat i afta: waafeafa: |. , fru: fagtagara siesta gta | A Te: wares gaaTaale: fart aga Rosy: aaa: 1 Thc figures given for the several planets in this sloka are for the Pindayurdaya and are als. helpful to find out ‘the approxi- mate income or salary of « persone pees asisg gale fe craeaTwsgaay are tata ufiget aera | ftea ae Rggendiaa aaa: e ‘0: . mikeaghy + +4 x 195 = 8°875 years. Venus contributes 10} + oie x For 19:97 years, _ Satatt gives 1d + a == 10°44 years, ===== стр 185 ===== 150 Tema [Cu, VIL In the example, there is no planet that is quartered in the house of its enemy, So there is no reduetion on that count. As regards the rule about combustion, Venus and Saturn ase eclipsed. Their years should be reduced by half, But they come under the exception and their years are therefore not reducible. The years for the Lagna =4 12 or 4:36 years. | 200 TST! — naa WANG ATT TATE | alate ataengnasaes | AAT ATT AA ATTRA SATA SAM: | aamaaitr fata aateaiat aren aR A Wdgea uaataaailzas: srateta | fsighn: BaNceUR: BS AAT FRE TT! UI wergaafaag eka saga ara TAA | simqaenzas ara fos ante a Aafia TU Also auaa— MAYES! FE: MEI: VTA WAVSSTT | | erkrentnan wel Ufraratt ae: I gaits Rratcay ab qaeaitutirg | ARIA THAN AASE wea Il MURA: MTA TWyWAT: | aera aaa -oe Uzet SAT 1 een! wi. . Bare AT waIB MAM : fred eqaATMARY TAZ) ~ a ATT FAA TURAL... Tarr als TA AME Ta 3 I , “ ested oy Bry” Sloka 3.—When malefic | planets occupy the 6 bhavas counted backward. {rom the I2thy ,;sha whole, ===== стр 186 ===== 81. 3] eamtteara: 151 a half, a third, a fourth, a fifth and a sixth, respectively of their Ayurdaya is Jost. When benefic planets occupy such positions, the loss is half of that incurred in the case of malefic ones. When, several planets are ina bhava, only: the. strongest of them causcs a reduction in the Ayurdaya, Satyacharya says so. : Notes. | | } 4 1 {Lagna 4 } | 4 |Lagna rr _ 7 } 1 For . For ' ——~| — malefics | «benefes | | 1 1 x | Io | 1 1 The principle to be noted here is that the deduction is enjoined for planets—whether benefice or malefic—if they are in the visible half, pr ; In the present horoscope, according to the above rule, there are two planets in the 12th, _ viz, Mars and Mercury, of whom Mars is stronger, Mars therefore loses all fis years, This reduction is enough aud reduction in the case of Mercury is not necessary. oo oo, The Moon is in the 10th house. He is benefic and therefore loses }th. His Years whten'réduced will be 14°554. ‘. ‘Jupiter is in the 9th. He loses 1th and his reduced period ig 7°766 years, |...” Lo «" It should however be clearly understood that the above qompytations are only. rough and not quite accurate in asmuch as i Perea is made between a planet occupying the Leginning of a bhava and another occupying the end of it. Both are made ===== стр 187 ===== 152 TEMIs [Cu, VE to suffer the same amount of reduction which is not correct. Again, suppose there is a planet occupying the beginning of the 12 th house and another the end of the 1!th, the relative distance between them being say only 2 or 3 degrees, If the rules enunciated above are to be strictly applied, one planet (that is in the 12th house) loses his whole period while that in the llth loses only one half wh‘ch is mathematically not correct. To calculate the Ayurdaya periods of the several planets correctly and accurately, readers are requested to refer to the Sth Adhyaya of Sripatipaddhati and the sample horoscope worked out by me. therein. TOTS. — SCE CECE § aa sagas BS: WTA | wal 7S Wey Ta7e MA wase fenboranqagabrey. ti Also aradt-- ating diaiaag’d: vara 1 wpa: ary ale Saag He Raa 11 ara aihrat Tie ast aghrten: | QS Ua Fel Bia eae: TAT TE: I ag kaaaataracaren- e a INSTRUCT MIT | a fasaaha ffia aaa : aleahra cane: sea wae uel Sloka 4.—Multiply the Ayurdaya found by the ! . . - number representing the Navamsa portions—whole and fractional—of the Lagna that have emerged from the horizon, Divide the product by 108. “Fhe quotient fa years, months, etc., is the period $9 be iminished from ===== стр 188 ===== $x. 4.} wane: 153 i the Ayurdaya found in consequence of a malefic planet occupying the Lagna. If the malefic planet in the Lagna be aspected by a benefic one, the reduction will be only by half of the period above found. NotTEs. The greatest amount of reduction under this count will be yigth of the whole Ayus when the Lagna happens to be the very end of a signe According tp some, the number of years of reduc. tion is obtained by multiplying the total number of years already obtained by the number of Navamsas between the first point of Mesha and the Lagna—whole and fractional—and dividing the product by 108. Thus, should the Lagna be at the very end of Meena, and if a malefic should occupy the same, the whole Ayus is lost! The former view appears more rational. The latter view is not favoured either by Bhattotpala or by Kalyanavarman. The commentator also adds that when there are two planets one malefic and the other benefic occupying the Lagna, the planet that is nearer tothe rising Navamsa is alone to be considered and not the others. If the malefic planet be nearer, then the reduction enjoined has to be made; but if the benefic be nearer, then no reduction need be made, The word FET (Krura) in this sloka does not include the waning Moon; for, says the commentator. AA CAST AOA LA A HT: | TAM A WTTAT: qaarpaeaakay wat vale enh | fafrraaa alate ges gedgeay i gfa In the exapmple, the Lagna is O—14°—-32’ or 4pnNavamsas. This is to be divided by 108 and multiplied by the several Ayur- dayas already found. As there are two malefic planets, viz., Saturn and the Sua in the Lagna and aspected by Jupiter, a benefic, the reduc.ion to be made in the Ayus will be xX; 20 ===== стр 189 ===== 154 TAA (CH. VII TOUT: — BMY VAIL TIS SANT HATACA Taare Hoa sails darzAaq | wmuqaiaa Sfxd quetafineacs TH- aamMge hoes fata aaiae ater 1 Also anradi— waiateha sr Beat Tas ez | aTavecteafiesy asifetaag | NIN TAT Ht BeaENY TAT | aqag Teded Hate TTT II angen waaattat wt a fra eMart aiacaracaa: Wa FT Hla: | Ren aengaraiencieas gat wad SMa Fasalea: 7 TWAT 4 I Sloka 5—The full period of life in the case of men and elephants is given as 120 years and 5 days, while in that of horses it is 32 years. It is 25 in the case of asses and camels and 24 for bulls and buffaloes. Twelve years are allotted for dogs and 16 for sheep and the like. Notes, The maximum period fixed above for men will be possible in the example given in the next sloka. Even then all the planets cannot be in exaltation, nor can all of them be exempt from the reductions enjoined in Sloka 4. By rule-of -three process, we get the Ayurdaya of horses and other animals. Suppose it is required to find the longevity of a dog, Cast the horoscope of the dog, and calculate the Ayurdaya as you do for a man, and say you get 90 years. The Ayus of the . 12x90 . dog will be 120 years 5 days or 9 years roughly. ===== стр 190 ===== St. 6] SAAS: 155 i OTE — erat aaa sa Zafongéh ea: wale: AA ACLAGSATTA TAS AUET TT | ames densa qa: gai gage ae Prasad Also anaét— feat: ofp: Ga aa acaPamz | aifasitaragaerngat J Wee | aus: Vaart wage safeg | Iai g aleaes aford Gaza | aaeat Tara gerMANZUe ST AI afatrarcaigg fea afraay aff qeaatiey vata fe Wega: TATA aft anon afta: waRAT 1 I Sloka 6.—When the last degree of Meena is rising and Mercury has passed 25 minutes in Vrishabha, and when all the other planets are in their full exaltation, the person born at such a time lives for the full maximum period of life prescribed, viz., 120 years and 5 days. Notes. The position of the planets and the Lagna in the horoscope will be thus :— Sun — O— 9°—59' Jupiter =... SB 49-59! Moon we IL %°—59' Venus wee 1]1—26°—59' Mars wee 9—2'7°—59" Saturn we 6—19°—85S' Mercury .... 1— 0°—25’ Lagna we 11—29°—59' ===== стр 191 ===== 156 Temay [Cu. Vir Lagna Moon ae Sun | Mia Jup. Mars | Batra Mars in the 11th house suffers a reduction of 4 and Saturn in the 8th house 1th of their respective Ayurdayas, The periods of Ayurdayas contributed by the several planets will thus be—- Sun .. 19 years ~ Jupiter .. 15 years Moon... 29 ,, Venus. .... 21, Mars... 74, Saturn ... 16 ,, Mercury ._.. _7 years 6 Lagna..... 9 years or a total months and 5 of 120 years and days. Oo days. TUT: — Migan ae arafey TAA WIS 7 | OA: WT wae au: Bp aastt aa GAA: II Also arraél— MAW aa Vatzataeas | afy ated eageea: Vay? IF WIT II ° Ne ergata feoyarsit 737 aren fradaa TH area sraaseratte Ren aga: eae 9 Sloka 7.—This method of calculation of Ayurdaya has the assent of Vishnugupta, Devaswamii and ===== стр 192 ===== Si. 7] aeaseare: 187 Siddhasena. But the fault of these people lies in this that it doés not give usin any case Jess than’ 20 years leaving out of account the ef%s (arishta) period till 8 years. | Notes. Varahamihira here criticises the’ methods of Vishnugupta, Devaswamin and Siddhasena, According to them after qajftp (Balarishta) none can die before 20, That their system iS wrong is self-evident. ‘In -his commentary on this sloka Bhattotpala gives the following horoscope and says that the total longevity does fall below 20 years ;— Lagna—|st Navamsa of Kumbha, Sun, Moon and Venus occupy their exaltation degrees, Saturn, Jupiter and Mercury occupy their depression degrees and Mars is in the 28th degree of Kumbha, The Sun, the Moon and Venus contribute 19, 25 and 21 years respectively. Venus| Sun | Merc. ‘Satural Moo Mars | Ligna | Jup. | | ee Saturn, Jnpiter and Mercury give 10, 74% ard 6 years res. pectively, Mars gives 133 years Jupiter being in the 12th house suffers reduction of 3} years, There is thus a total uf 19+ 25+ 133+6+4+3$+4+21410 or 98} years, He adds that Mars ===== стр 193 ===== 158 TEMA [ Cx. VIT a being in Kumbha, the Ayus of 98} years suffers a reduction of 10x9 or5th and the net Ayus i f 98 16 jog. te yus is $0 4 or 16 years 5 months, etc, That the above view of Bhattotpala is not correct will be evident from the fact that there is no HUTAELT (Krurodaya- harna) in this horoscope inasmuch as Mars is not in the Lagna bhava (though in the] Lagna Rasi) but only in the 2nd house since he is mure than 26° removed from the Lagna. Further, even supposing that there is a malefic planet in the Lagna bhava, it isa question, as already pointed out previously, whether we are justified to reduce the Ayurdaya by more than yin th for pur. posses of Krurodayaharana. aaa gota: ae ~ . mS afeag are amafacaaea: TAAIST ag ala: wists ae ANaaig: qaaafaasty ie tl Sloka 8 - That combination of planets which enables the native to live for the maximum period of life (120 yeirs end 5 days) has been pronounced by others as one leading to emperorship. The defect (in this system) is thus self-evident as there are many who live up to this period even without wealth. Notts In order to live the full maximum period (120 years and 5 days) of life, we have seen that a man shorld have six planets in exaltation, But according to some authors like qaq (Yavana) and others, such a gman will be aking. (vide infra Chapter XI-1). This sloka is therefore evidentiy a criticism levelled by Varaha- mihira against the methods of Ayurdaya adopted by Yavana, Badarayana, Parasara and others, Varahamihira does not accept ===== стр 194 ===== Si. 9} AAAS: 159 the above vicw of Yavana and others, viz., that six planets in exaltation at birth will usher a king into the world. Nor does he concur in the view that merely because there are planets in depression, they will not make oneaking, if there should be Rajayogas as given or understood by him, ead fame Aaa FETA GATT: CaTrAZ | megmaaactaaes qgaira aes aaaeaq 18 tl Sloka 9.—Jeevosarmin lays down in accordance with his own doctrine that the (maximum) period of life given by each planct is 7th of the maximum aggregate period (120 years and Sduys) The declaration of aq (Satya) that the Ayurdays of the planet correspon fs in years to the number of the sign (aft) whose Navamsa is occupied by the planet is in agreement with the views of the majority of astrolocical authorities (vide the next sloka) Nores According to Jeevasarman ( Paz ) each planet when in exaltation gives }th of 120 years, 5days or 17 years, 1 month, 22 days 8 Ghatikas and 34°35 Vishatilas, Cf. sasat— anasiat i sal aaa Aer azn | aueqqenal HaeaRASS 17 II mAsTUNTI: ng BIA aay | Roars ga sid seers afaaeaet: I Jeevasarman’s Ayurdaya is to be resorted to when the L1z 1a, the Sun and the Moon are all weak (vide siiqffz7gfqa V—32). It ===== стр 195 ===== 160 Tema [Cu. VIL a, has also to be noted that just as in the favargata (Pindayurdaya)” the several reduction, viz., SA HATELOT (Chakrapataharana), w@aera (Neechardhaharana), aqaaea (Sathrukshetrahani), etasdelfas (Asthangatahani) PUTAETT (Krurodayaharana) will have to be made and then the resulting length of life ascer- tained. By the words ggqa@q (Swamatena) Varahamihira means that Jeevasarman (of the Bengal School) stands alone unsup. ported so far as his method of Ayurdaya is concerned, TMNET— waaay frye were: EAfTgeqac (8641) ar | wel Teoateray (504) orga Res ass: | Also aqadt— wea RAS aeTat Ia ales GUATTT: Uist Taha GM Hawa Hy II bden ° ale refs fadbaca TaRTATAy | of WCHUNAISHA TT AUNT AAA U1 Fo Ul Sloka 10.—According to Satya's rule, the signs, degrees, minutes, etc, traversed by a given planet ought to be converted into minutes and divided by 200. If the quotient be a number exceeding 12 subtract from it as many multiples of 12 as youcan; the remainder gives the number of years, months, ete. NoTES. In the example given under Sloka 2, the Sun’s position is 0—17°—43', His period of enygey (Ayus) is 55) 3 years. ===== стр 196 ===== Su. 11] SAAS: 161 a The Moon’s period is “jy” = 85:35 years. Since this is greater than 12, his net period is 1°35 years, The position of Mars is 11—27°—53' ;_ converting this into minutes and dividing by 200, we get Buy = 107-365. Subtract- ing multiples. of 12 we get 11-365 years which is the ena (Ayus) contributed by Mars. Mercury gets alas or 106*27 minus 96 or 10.27 years, jJupiter’s period is a or 72°425 minus 72 or 0°425 years. Venus’ period is 4°215 years. ; Saturn gets 8°38 years. TET: — wrawafadam: wfsa gala aHe | qTanraanfeates winagtagaysay | Also aag-- fronifeaen ais salayaaa: aA: | BITASHEA:? NA: VATAT TAT: guradaattar ubigea frase | qaanty mane MANU ETA: | . A ° e MIKI THAT | fretactaaabrat: | afeaareg waaaiaa aMAAATAAASTCAT «ULV UN Sloka 11.—The Ayurdaya of a planet is to be trebled when it is in its exaltation or in its-retrograde position, The same is to be doubled whaa,the planet is in a Vargottamamsa ( qayieeReS ), in its owa-Navamsa, in its own house, or in its owm- decanate. This.is the ai ===== стр 197 ===== 462 zea (Ca. VIE peculiarity in the method of working out the Ayurdaya according to Satyacharya All else is similar to what has already been stxted. Notes. The Sun is in his exaltation. His period has to be trebled. Mars is in Vargottamamsa., Jupiter is in his own house, The Sun is in his own decanate. The same advantages exist for Mars and Jupiter. The periods of these have t» be doubled. (But according to Sloka 13 infra, only one multiplication—the biggest—is to be made.) According to some, when a planet undergoes multipli- cation more than once, add up all the multipliers and then ‘multiply only once. The Sun’s period is 5°315 x (3+ 2) or 26°575 years. The Moon’s period = == 1125 years, Mars’ period = 11:365) x (2 +2) minus whole or 0, Mercury’s period = 1) 27 years, Jupiter’s period=0:425 x (2+2) or 1:7 minus } xa or 1°-4875 years. Venus’ period = +215 years, Saturn’s period = 8.38 years. TOUT aalatfertha get FT | aitareaqeumeal f&: Also aadl— aifaa tvyad PHY AAT | far draeaha gor amgwat: 1 az TIAA? Aa: eqcipanfaferare: | SATAN TH Bo Trafsyaa: | aaizdiad at asayoten: | naka wot tre a qemtaa7 | . ===== стр 198 ===== Si. 12] SANSA: 163 facat atasfaa carta faifeaar feta a ate | KUTA ASTAT: 8 AA a we area: THATTAE: «UNA Sloka 12,—But the Lagna gives its era (Ayus) corresponding to the character of its rising Navamsa, {.€., as many years, months, etc., as the number of the Rasi owning the rising Navamsa indicates. If the Lagna be strong, it gives in addition as many years as there are Rasis in the figure denoting the Lagna. In this aenggia (Satyaurdaya), the reduction due to the presence of a malefic planet in the Lagna does not find place. The years assiyned to the planets in the previous Ayurdayas are not to be used for calculation. NorEs. The author talks of @aiyq (Lagnayus) here, The Lagna is strong in the horoscope under reference. The Lagnayus is therefore + i or 4358 + °484 or 4842 years. TOUSTs— sigrat ate aA: Tai: Galt TEA F AT AIATAT: aasanafatica aaa saa etageel ube: | TAIT aa fea grad tenth: | MATH FT IANA e c . eH T ATA aga HI ULAR ===== стр 199 ===== 54 TOM [ Cu. VR Sloka 13.—The rule of Satyacharya is preferable {to that laid down by Maya or Jeevasarman). But some make the process inconsistent and unwarrantable by a series of multiplicitions. The dictum of the Acharyas (Satya and others) is the following .—~ (1) Where several multiplications crop up, only one, and that the highest, is to be gone through (For instance, when a planct is in its own house, and in its exaltation and in retrograde motion, the Ayurdaya is not to be doubled first and then the result trebled and the second result further trebled. According to the rule, the Ayurdaya should be trebled once for all.) (2) Again, when there are several reductions applicable, only one, and that, the greatest should bé made. (For instance, a planet may be in an inimical sign and may be eclipsed by the Sun. It is enough if the reduction by half, 7.e,, awga-Asthangata reduction, be made:) — ares fafara agationat- ae fe Rar fated ane I Also artradi— aETSAAMTA ai BABA | augers: OI aT FBI GUase: I figuat Ranitaaata fate: | ar Fer saeetra aan Serrast t aeafeared gelivan ahraty ayy TF Ber | aaftqaestay 38- chrafeegiarenitar emg ee ===== стр 200 ===== Su. 14] SAAS: 165 Sloka 14.—When (Cancer) Kataka is the rising sign, and Jupiter and the Moon occupy it, and Venus and Mercury are in Kendra (angular) positions, and the remaining planets happen to be in the 11th, 6th and the 83rd bhavas from the Lagna, the person born will have an immensely long life without reference to the order of reckoning treated of in the Ayurdaya Chapter. Notes. This sloka gives an exception where the ordinary rules of Ayurdaya are not to be applied at all. Venus , Mee | Sun | — aga up. Mars | | sate geet:— MARU HSS Berrngea: ara | eran: atarar: te faeniaaraghter 1 Also anraai— Be Te Vg: Fat geania | VironreseieangTyaate 1 ===== стр 201 ===== CHAPTER VIII TAMAS ATA: seat fiaaerReg Rea: nqmarty weysey a aa: Kets | a ff a patina: tegaearraa waa f& as Garnheashe = 2 Sloka 1,—Of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, whichever is stronvest will have its dasa first. hen will come in the first portion of the life the dasas of the planets in the Kendra position with respect to the strongest of the aforesiid three ; the dasas of the planets placed in the succedent houses will occur next, viz., in the middle portion of the life; and the dasas of planets in the cadent houses will happen in the concluding portion of the person’s life. If there be no such planet in the Kendra and Panapara houses, it does not mean that there sre no ripening of dasas in those particular portions of the life. The dasas of planets in the Apoklima house will then ripen in the first period of life. NOTEs. By the expression sqaraaang (Udayaravisasanka) and the order in which the words are used, Varahamithira implies that if all the three aye equally powerful, then the Lagna dasa comes first, next that of the Sun and then the Moon’s. If only two of them are powerful (of the same strength), even then the above order holds, If, for example, the Lagna and the Moon have equal strength, the Lagna dasa comes first and then the Moon’s dasa follows. ===== стр 202 ===== Su. 1] SAS: 167 net Cf. Ratereta— saigaguamrsasaa: Meme tase aeaaiekaaaite agg yaaa Paasa | aeqaaag: Tunaaaalernsars | When the first dasa is thus arrived at, the next dasa will be that of the planét occupying a Kendra with re-pect to the ruler of the first dasa. Now if two or morc planets should be situated in such a position, then the dasa of the strongest of the lot would lead off; then would follow that of the planet next in strength, and so on. But if such planets should be possessed of equal strength, then the one thatjhas a longer Ayurdaya would have his dasa prevail earlier. 1f in the above case, the Ayurdaya again should turn out to be equal, then the planet which should first become visible after its conjunction with the Sun would rule the earlier dasae But Yavaneswara’s rule is not so hard and fast when he says: aalfrat a: saatfrat at ae: a ga: afar eater: | If such planets should however chance to have eq.al strength, equal longevity and equal rising after their conjunction with the Sun, then that planet wihch is anterior in the general order of precedence among the significators would rule the dasa in question ; and this general oider of precedence is usually taken to be (1) the Lagna, (2) the Sun, (3) the Moon, (4) Mars, (5) Mercury, (6) Jupiter, (7) Venus, and (8) Saturn. As an example, let us suppose the Moon to be the strongest Significator ina horoscope, and the Lazna, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter to be in Kendra positions with respect to the Moon and both the respective strength and longevity of each of these four Kendra occupants to be quite the same. As it will be completely out of the question to think of an apparition alter a solar con juction in regard to the Lagna and the Sun, the gz,qq (Dasa krama) in this supposed case will be first the Lagna dasa (as tha Lagna is anterior to the Sun in the general order of precedence) and then the dasa of the Sun; of the remaining two signiflcaters, Mars and Jupiter, whichever will be the first to become visihle after its conjunction with the Sun will rule the third dasa and so ===== стр 203 ===== 168 TEA [Cu. Vit on, But if these two should have a simultaneous apparition after a solar conjunction, then Mars would rule the third dasa and Jupiter the 4th in the general order of precedence, TURE > — enmeegat wala afer: siftte za Ma: BegyAYy se AIG alsa: | VRPANTN BAMA A Az fia: Byte wala & aianweaag: I Also aas}— VUMATAA A Fal AA AAA! | adsaeRaaat a ea: gy: aaa CAMARA BS yorss WaT | A AGHA AGTAG TAT TA I Let us consider the following horoscope :-— Strength Lagna .. O—1+4° 9-137 Rupas. Sun w.- Q—17° 9-015 __,, Moon —_ 9—I14° 8-197 __,, Mars ww. L1—28° 7731 s,, Mercury wv. 11—24° 6.209, jupiter we 8—]° 8°738 yy Venus w-- O—14° 7459, Saturn «- O—28° "TT Lagna ee Mercury| Yenus Mars | Sun | | Saturn Birth at half a —_____| ghatika before |_-_-__ Sun rise on 30th Moon | April 1853 4.D. : | | | ===== стр 204 ===== St. 2] BEAST: 169 Since Lagna is the strongest of the three, viz., the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, its dasa comes first, There are 4 planets in the Kendras with reference to the Lagna, viz., (1) the Sun, (2) the Moon, (3) Venus and (4) Saturn arranged according to their strength. The dasas of these follow next in order. Jupiter is the only planet in the Succedent houses. His dasa therefore occurs next. In the cadent houses there are two planets, Mars and Mercury. Mars being the stronger of the two, his dasa precedes that of Mercury. The dasas cf the several planets with their periods arranged in their order are— ° Lagna we 48431 years Saturn w- 0°8146 years Sun ~ 16:2502 ,, Jupiter .. 0°8433 ,, Moon ..- 18778 ,, | Mars we LE1978 _,, Venus .. 9°8040 _,, Mercury .... 14-9717 __,, My: St Aa F arta FLA TA A TASET TIT | ara agai Igaicea aat sy Mey wamteaeT Sloka .2—The dasa periods of the several planets will be only so much as have been contributed by them for the Ayus of the native. When there are ;several planets together for consideration, precedence should be given to the planet which predominates in strength. When there is equality in strength, that which gives a longer lease of Ayurdaya will have its turn first. When there is equality even in regard to the period of Ayur- daya of the planets,’ thut which rises first after being eclipsed by the Sun gets its disi prior to its fellows. PD ===== стр 205 ===== #70 PLInE? Ca. VIE: NotEs. See notes on the previous sloka, USTs da Aa aeongded Beg FE AT | TAT Al TM Hal FLAY Fag F I ama BVI asAFa Gals: | anmiagrasty aarncsaatiea: I Also arraai— age Ba sea aT Ta TET AAT | aakeeeirat sa ater eeaveaney Tea: Brat TAM: | gat eansaateas ATASTTE! aa wag sat vaalfeae | CRATSETIA eala J sae RTE: TAT ATT | TS BOT TATA: Aale- teag ceenena: aferaaiet 8 I Sloka 3.—Plancts placed in the following positions in regard to the lord of a dasa mature it by their several influences in the proportion of the numbers given opposite to them to the antirdasa period of such lord, A planet occupying the same house as the ; lord ofj the dasa sve sit we A planet in a triangular bhava we A planet in the 7th house see wen A planet in the 4th or 8th house awe ft ===== стр 206 ===== St. 3] ATM SAT: I71 Notes. When there are several planets in a house occupied by a @maty (Dasanatha) or in the 7th, a Trikona or a Chaturasra house from that Significator, the strongest alone of such planets must be taken into consideration as capable of being an OTeaSSTAN (Antardasanatha) under that zaaiq (Dasanatha), So says Bhattotpala in his commentary. He justifies this view by pointing to the use of the singular number in the expression amy! (Ekarkshagaha), Fralorzea: (Trikonagrihagaha) and also quotes in support of his view the following .— qa +— aeetaraat a vate serra frzraer | as: | Oe gat wea aa Raa faa: UI Also &xaqgfa:— TEATS RNTENSMA BAA AN | MAAC fasta: BY gal | But this view is not accepted by feaqrazeag, the learned commentator of the above work, for, he is of opinion that all the planets posited in the same sign should share the number of years due to them and not the strongest alone and would further have the expression ‘* THHNIZS 7» inthe sloka quoted above, altered into «: qeHwa shai: #7, and supports his position from Parasara, Doe oy ee + Rag Asfeerr | SRM HEI: Ae TANIA | I and also from aqjagt— Sraga aq aq Hagqnasufaenay | vargas femayrTeot J 1 fearac (Divakara) says that Varahamihira though admittedly very clever in extracting the essence from every author, has not anywhere laid down the dictum aHbiaat wast eva act, to wit, the strongest alone of the several planets occupying a Rasi rules the Antardasa, etc, The same Divakara Says also ===== стр 207 ===== 172 TEMAS [Cu VI eee that the quotation from qq (Yama) should be understood more as referring to the divisor that has to be determined in the aHNASeIA (Chakrapatardha hani) process than as attributing the rulership of the Antardasa to the strongest planet of the lot; and that if qq (Yama) meant any thing else, he would have said TS: Agagay instead of qe: qaagal, etc. Nor does eaHr (Divakara) endorse the OTTER A (Antar- dasakrama) accepted by yzq@ (Utpala) on the authority of the casual] order in whlch the several Antardasapatis are mentioned in books. As many authors have described the Antardasas ruled by the several plancts in a certain definite order, some hold to the view that the Antardasas must be taken to transpire only in that order, But there are others who oppose this view and hold that the eyeqaatapa (Antardosakrama) is the same as the ganaRR (Dasakrama) as enjoined by aaj (Garga) YSU: FI TAIRA TA: | TAUBMAN FCAT FE Il Sripati follows Gargai Kesava and Divakara are of the same vicw, From the quotations given below, it will be seen that even the qrgmpaq (Patakrama) is not the same and the position of Bhattotpala therefore seems to he untenable, FI CARA F AA Bar Ts AAT | garanean: uz weal: | ania wane Sheaeyaleat emirate: — MGEABUETMARTTT TTT | GASwA gai aniseaafaa: | Both the views find mention in ay)qjqg}— Pan wat Sense g 1 It may be noted in passing that the qygamq (Patakrama) is identical in (1) Sripati, (2) Kesava, (3) Subodhini and (4) Vara. ===== стр 208 ===== Su. 4] wea sey: 173 hamihira, though Sripat: sets his face against regarding the Pata- krama as indicative of the order of precedence of the Antardasas. In the sample horoscope referred to in the notes to the pervious sloka, let us take the case of the Lagna dasa. There are three planéts in the Lagna, viz., the Sun, Venus and Saturn, According to one view each of these planets will mature the Lagna dasa by its influence for a period equal to half of that ruled by the Lagna Antardasa. Others say that only one planet which is strongest—in the present case, it is the Sun—that will rule for half the period uf the Lagna ( gqggq ) Antardasa. Jupiter being in a house trine to the Lagna will rule for 4 of the period of the Lagna Antardasa. There are no planets in the 7th, or the 4th or the 8th, TOUNST:? — agaauaa faAnaesarrRaTEN: aT | qeaa ygteadkeaa aaa waz Fee a aaa ale yaa: daha awa: | UE OT ag aa TASH AT I Also aae— aqaakad wa fant grata: | aaa AAA WaT WIA AqT7al: || ae zr Heals Maya: BUA AM Gat Fs Ech WA: II eqareauarta aantfereat aaorassefaatsants | qmreafes TOR Ware BAMA FAINT: «1B I Sloka 4.—Put down the numbers representing the various portions of the dasa and reduce them to ecuiva- lent fractions with a common denominator. Find the total of the aliquot parts of the main dasa represznted ===== стр 209 ===== 174 Teas (Cu. VIET by the several numerators; the denomenators which have served their purpose are t» be left out of account, The several aliquot parts multiplied into the years composing the main dasa and divided by the total of the aliquot parts constitute the separate antardasas or sub-periods cf a das. Novrs In the Lagna dasa, Lagna antardasa comes fiist and his period is denoted by}. ‘The Sun’s Antardasa is }. The same remark applies to the antardasas of Venus and Saturn, Jupiter’s is denoted by }. There are no planets in the ala (chaturasra) houses, nor in the 7th The antardasa constituting the Lagna dasa are (1) Lagna antardasa, (2) the Sun’s antardasa (3) Venus’ antardasa (4) Saturn’s antardasa and (3) Jupiter's antardasa. 14+4+34+4+4+ 4=17. Our of 17 parts, Lagna gets 6, Sun, Venus and Saturn each gets 3 and Jupiter 9. Since Lagna dasa is 48341 years, we get the Lagna Antardasa to be .- 1°7062 ycars, Sun’s, Venus’ and Saturn’s each .... °8931 _,, Jupiter’s _ ws 0087, But if the other view be taken, viz., that the strongest alone should be the qj=% among several planets grouped together, we have the antardasas of the Lagna, the Sun and Jupiter in the proportion of 6. 3° 2. TAT — fara &4 Tae TH AASTSTATAT F sia] Faeea oa eae A- AEE BANAT TA | II Wounala: Ga eeraraeseara: | EMEAAMA STIS TET: ===== стр 210 ===== St 5} EASA: 175 Also araasi— . WM: AEM: ARN ZaeGSe wTAIsAy, | FAVA fSA: MTL TAH TIE AAI: FF II aeasA: TRA TT Twaaaer Rar | Aatanaer aga dafien cat gadt 4 I Sloka 5,—As regards the crop of fruit borne, the dasa of a planet having full strength or in his exaltation is termed full or complete; that of a planet without strength is termed empty. ‘he dasa of a planetin a depression or inimical Navamsa is to be understood as untoward, NortEs. wale (Prasuti) means Radix position, Chart at birth time. aq (Sampurna) is the name given to a dasa of the planet which is in exaltation and is well placed too. a ° ® UH aT TAGE PET. Raaegreniaatt wees | Hal at ageeeae: gaia +8 Gateayia) | wRaas AAA AANA fan fom Pagme at fe | Hata AAA, yA age shraat ataat I Also wiqrael— walgead flaaaigss Te: aqeidiaetacr afea: ae | frasrraten: greta: wat gat faqaft aaag Bet: UI PAAATE TAT Tara: ci? qarET THAT I ===== стр 211 ===== 176 TEAS [ Ca. VIIE we agiaafrdar HET MAT FETA mae Harfteqaea Antara waa 1k Sloka, 6—The dasa of a planet fallen from exaltation is termed erqatfgoqt (Avarohini) or descending ; while that of a plinet in a friend’s or exaltation house is named yeqy (Maddhya) or middling. The dasa of a planet procecding from his depression is called eqrafgun (Arohini) or rising. ‘lhe dasa of a planet that is actually in his depression sign or Amsa or in an inimical Rasi or Arasa is termed erqay (Adhama) or worst. Notss. eravtegat (Avaroha dasa) is the dasa of a planet going from his exaltation point to his depression, ‘The same planet during this decline if well placed in the house of a friend becomes capable of making his dasa yegy (Maddhya) or middling in effects. If he is ascending to his exaltation from depression he is eve (Aroha). When ascending if he is in an inimical house (not well placed) he becomes gyyqy (Adhama). Therefore a planet, when ascending, if he be in detriment, becomes TYAS AY (Adhama dasanatha). If, in descending, he gets good places, the dasa improves, Therefore exaltation and depres- sion points are not necessarly good or bad except when the planets get good ur bad places ( faaga Mitrakshetra, Aas Satrukshetra), angular houses @-g (Kendra) or bad houses (8th, 12tK, etc.) TUBE: eqeqay fe waqrafkortle AT TM | BEATTY | ===== стр 212 ===== Si. 7] BEANS: 177 we aon ag araeqaa frenftatgqana zATAT EAL AI Also aagéi— gerezaqae fF an gegurasaa on aa | Taga Tera AE Fe I Arata anaqaea aed Te Ferner ater | | ° A 6 GMseTiy Kerra aug aeafa aaa «loll Sloka 7.—A planet placed in an auspicious sign (such as his exaltation, Moolatrikona, Swakshetra, Friendly sign, etc,) and occupying a depression or inimical Navamsa will give in his dasa only mixed effects. The nature of the effects of the several kinds of dasas will be in quite accord with the appellations they bear; their uses, I shall explain in their dasa periods. NoTEs. The classification of the dasas into 8 sorts mentioned in Slokas 5-7 above, viz., (1) aq (Sampurna), (2) fg (Rikta), (3) egfsqey (Anishtaphala), (+) araatfgort (Avarohini), (5) ray (Madhya), (6) errafeoqt (Arohini), (7) gpepqy (Adhama) and (8) first (Misraphala), is of value for purposes of characterising the specific quality of a given dasa in its potencies for good or evil. denaeaitor in the text may also be interpreted as “in con- sonance with what has been talked of in @gueayq (Samgna Adhyaya and other Chapters,) ” ' 23 ===== стр 213 ===== 178 TESTS (Cu. VIE THISTAACAT HA THIATAT PewAT | ayaa Rat wargraa ataerar eat i < Sloka 8.—In the case of a dual sign happening to be the Ascendant, the Lagna dasa will be bad, mixed or good according as the rising decanate is the Ist, 2nd, or 3rd. Inthe case of a moveable sign, this order is reversed. Ina fixed sign. the Lagna dasa will be bad, good or mixed if the rising decanate be the Ist, 2nd or 3rd, respectively. Nores a Raz wa or Moveable| or Fixed or Dual 1st Decanate weve | sada aya TAT 2nd ”? seer Aeqqy Sa! Heqgy] 3rd ” " ql FETA] SUHT In the example under consideration, the rising decanate is 2nd in Mesha, a moveable sign. So the Lagna dasa was of a mixed kind, TMT — Tl BAT awe Te A- mat emofgaal Fete. | fiat g ssaaqsarea: ora a eno FAT II Also aradi— ener ae aa: Gray eT TAT AE AA cara ere TASAETAT: | ===== стр 214 ===== SL. 9] BEANS: 179 ‘ ¢ ; ah a) aa fiafiufisdl wnat wat aaeyatatapeaaliat ant: | ¢ a & gener Patafia: wecaen: wer- ad sacar gale aaa azara Shea U4 I Sloka 9.—1, 2, 9, 20, 18, 20 and 50 are the figures indicating the number of years prescribed respectively for the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, Jupiter, the Sun and Saturn in the ¥afireaan (Naisargika dasa) system. If the sigtqatagm (Amsayurdaya dasa) andthe Safreqen (Naisargika dasa) run together at the same time, the dasa is very gocd in spite of the original dasa being otherwise bad. Yavana’s statement, that a portion of Saturn’s dasa here is also participated by Lagna dasa and is good, has been condemned by others. Noirs “Tf in the simgaagan (Amsayurdaya dasa), Lagna dasa comes in the last portion of life, then it is good, though criticised by others, since Yavana agrees.”’ This is another interpretation. TTNFT:- — qhaiad gona mat antag fate: Gaal Tagawa: Bn: BAN | Saaeka faker on gntacas aa aa Tg acanas Haha We FT I Also arraai— TATATAAM ATH TT TIO | mM eae yet ahs UI faaltts fier arafatte Rafer vanes | woah dea: qaigat Rebar: ===== стр 215 ===== 180 TEMAS [Cu. VIII Tne sat gee at Tiser aleastt a MAI YAR Tat ATTITSAT a WH | fattatraafearraca meat faa- mK TKTMAA For TIf MASHTM Ul Lo It Sloka 10.—When the lord of adasa, or a planet friendly to the same is in the Lagna! initiating the dasa ; when a varga of this Luyna is owned by the lord of the dasa?; when a benefic planet occupies the Lagna aforesaid; or when the lord of adasaisinan eqqq (Upachaya) position, viz., 3rd, 10th, 6th or 11th with respect to the Lagna; the dasa in question will prove prosperous. When the Rasi occupied by the Moon happens to be the exaltation sign of the lord of the dasa, or a friendly house, an Upsuchaya, a Trikona, or the 7th house with respect tu the lord of the dasa, the effects will be happy. 'f the Moon’s place be different, the effects will be far from happy. Notes. 1 Some interpret it as referring to the Lagna (ina nativity) at birth. 2 That is when the lord of the dasais the owner of the Lagna Rasi, Lagna Hora, Lagna Decanate, Lagna Navamsa, Lagna Dwadasamsa, or Lagna Trimsamsa. aziz al aaqsta arash ql—may also be interpreted thus: ‘‘ Or if a friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Varga of the lord of the dasa, ” or “if the lord of the dasa be in the Varga of a friendly or benefic planet.” TOUBT:— TRY eaaiega Gene ae ar afrise ai AST ACH CASTTAMTAEASA AT WHT | ===== стр 216 ===== Sx. 11] SRSA: 181 fraafaonqaanean: saan sata wens trate faauaraer fea | Also stafeqefa:— amofrarinal aff wi Basaaaiesea Bnz | aay ages! SA Bat al YA SAM Ar Il quran Gegewedgam isa safety | wiaonqaafaad zat az: ay ans | Also agraat— qaraifaf oe gest aisazsty altar | Ages qeemsrvas7Eeal | featsqaaeaea feat ana aa | qa uaaeg: Ht BRet TAT II fara fart wz zengh vara wane Mae zo a vfaghrar | say away Be: Jaat gaara: | aanfaharaien Fat a ATT I meat feat ear aged qrardabeaaer ala grata far gard fanaeteaar | ameerqaay ated fat aasaar ° ¢ ¢ gelar WguaTege yarialeqazr 1220 Sloka 11,—If a dasa or antardasa begins when the Moon occupies her own house (either by transit or progression according to Madhavi System or any other method), that dasa must be good bringing. honor, wealth and happiness generally, If the Moon at the ripening of a dasa or antardasa passes through a house of Mars, the native gets separated from his wife. If the ===== стр 217 ===== 182 TEMA [ Cu, Vil $e Moon passing through a sign owned by Mercury, he gets education, friends and wealth. If passing through Simha, he will experience hardships by working in forts, forests, roads and temples; if through the signs owned by Venus, the period is good, the man being above want. If the Moon is at the ripening of the dasa or antardasa passing through a sign owned by Saturn, the person concerned will have intrigues with a bad woman. If in Jupiter’s houses, it will bring honor, wealth and happiness to the native concerned. NorTEs. The Moon in Dhanus in Radix of a horoscope will bring honor, wealth and happiness, That is the person gets honor, wealth and happiness generally. The Moun in Mesha or Vris- chika brings on separation from one’s beloved whether in progression or in radix and soon. #3 qaata fea Separation from women and troubles through them, etc. TUBT— meat efeorret wale ay ta Aaatendae Beavis wagers faeces | fat qroaqied feata gaa gar ce aL ga wie eats wes aadteaten | Also arraa— TANITA: FAT 2) VIA | eat pate at: Savard ea ar gay fat waa fray i eh grt | PASAUAAGS Mea FESTA FT I Baran Nae fem nag: | GUrTTIAASH MIS TN ASA 11 ===== стр 218 ===== Sct. 12) STIRS: 183 quvahand sduqesdageara | fad sat weet Haars + ¢ rN alal eqaaraad sata lareay Tea. A. vO n ery rasagaatha: wares TaTARA: 1 WMATIACAaTANTN KA FAT- Tait UI: HB ceMETSrat: 1 LRU Sloka 12-—If the Sun be good, he gives in his dasa or antardasa wealth through perfumes, claws, tusks (of elephants), skins (of tigers), gold, cruel deeds, roads, kings and battles He will make the person high-minded, brave, always active, famous and more dignified. If the the Sun he untoward, he will have to apprehend perils or dangers through his wife, sons, wealth, enemies, weapons, fire or a king. He will renounce every thing, will be inclined to do wicked deeds, will quarrel with his servants and will suffer from discases affecting the heart or stomach. [f the Sun be of a mixed character, the effect will also be mixed | NOTES, Suppose we are progressing the Mogxi as per Madhavi System and the Moon is passing Simha, say, and is afflicted by the Sun at birth, Then we have to predict the Sun’s bad effects in the Sun’s dasa; and so on, TUS — aalormagaviged- arate ferent: want rearaterfereadeva- sami areat fereeenary | ===== стр 219 ===== 184 Tema (Cu. Vill reraoseartesrraraigacaate: | wathnagersie gega: qerem ast Also anael— WIM sad aalgaegAaateacwayz | faig-aadaRaaatgenya | satiate Ft aetna F047 | wale savafe wat yet a gentateaay sreeqzaerTGZIaT | gararysaanted: care nga: 11 geamouta: mar eee: Shred VT: | maa wale fe granary Fal: MT Tar Hala sad aeafescazar dgdnARamarganeiaraar: | fgiawagigonetta: ataeaaarftar alearaitarray a afefiat cara az 3 tl Sloka 13.—Durinz the advent of the Moon’s dasay if the Moon be auspicious, the person concerned derives benefits from the maztras, Brahmins, jaggery, curd, butter, ghee, cte, cloths, flowers, sports, scsamum, food and exercise. He will worship the Brahmins and the Gods; will improve in his scholar-ship and learning, and (there will be increase in fame and wealth) fame and income will wax and wane like the Moon. If the Moon be inauspicious, he will indulge in sleep and idleness and will beget daughters. There will be inharmonious .1rroundings both at home and outside. ===== стр 220 ===== St. 14) AAS: 288 ) NoTEs. TONSIL: — walgagrnast- TATA: FAA ht: aft krataaa ager tafearet a fra: gaa | aagimad 9 fear tetas | AC IAN Faia THAr MASAT AA Ut Also aaat— warenat fad sancengareaty err | Wea erage SSI I feaarant ofr: qeiaceadt yA T | adqasaRagyiad fsa srt | aoneaafate: Fat mat Tea | | Sargegbadt warga aha ray SAA WA HVA | Vega wgulyng seq | fazer Sat vasa aes caer 1 abaeanitiag yrs aise xT: Qahraaeaeaasgeaea | ropes ftaaastia tm: webltpan ft: navacadfaci: qeaaeonhs zee tl Sloka 14,—During the dasa of Mars, if Mars be auspicious. the person will subdue his enemies, will acquire wealth through kings, brothers, lands, woollen goods, sheep and goats. If Mars be inauspicious, there will be misunderstandings with one’s sons, friends, wife, and brothers, and enmity with learned men and elders. There will be disease arising from thirst, blood, - fever, 24 ===== стр 221 ===== 186 TEMA (Cu. VIII bile, loss of a limb, or illicit intercourse with other women. He will associate with people doing wicked deeds and will himself become wickedly inclined, harsh in speech, and cruel in temperament. TUST— qrranthaeaaepsrsage: | Gavia: Se Bar waa ga Ta SUAVMAAa gat aswANTAyE ATT: | qa Reta wee weMaAANsANAN | Also amaat— | Magaat sua snfratcranicgas: | SHAIMSTHTAGAIAFSAT TATA |) faa faantargatarnteirad ae | HANI THT TAMA I Raraaaan wiaaaaes Tent = aHMaaga marse ava I quaafieea qaamamaatatay | apace Aeehryat Maa wala 1 deat clagegeltaaa Aseria agi. gfageraanaatadatavaaenay: giearraaatae array wate aga: Mes ANTIAAATA: Vet F WIAA 11 24 Ul Sloka 15.—During the dasa of Mercury, if he is benefic, the person concerned will acquire wealth, by undertaking some mission, through his friends, elders and Brahmins, He will be eulogised by the learned and yhus become famous. He will get vessels made of brass, ===== стр 222 ===== Si. 15] MSMSETT: 187° and other bell-metals, will get gold, mules, lands, every kind of good fortune and happiness. He will be ina position to ridicule others, and clever in resorting to others for help. He will have an accumulation of knowledge and success in all good undertakings. If Mercury be malefic, the person will become harsh in speech, will suffer imprisonment, grief and will have no peace of mind. He will further suffer ailments arising from the three humours afq (Vata), faa (Pitta), and #4 (Kapha). GME: — fri geval afteataraaaantar | Hada arrns~ea4s aan aie facets ate 1 qresaaaagneatrner Seargsn | Sat senrgarasra sat wag I Also aizraay— aera vit argeneaea doh: Hrs {aaheansns dara i Jawaagay Boze AAA TI qa ateaager ana aera: udfeag fatgekazia: saderat wate afore Seatettat eget Az Gee UI Het TgAaMeNwey Fay TAIT | masts TS FIT BE Ta Het I sear arama afsaa: arearara- KeeTARraeeTTT ATTY | ===== стр 223 ===== "188 TEMS [ Cx. VIE taraenagacreacas: ter arhit: mearerreaara: aaneat erariias tt Ut Sloka 16.—During the dasa of Jupiter, when he is benefic, a person will get honour, learning, valour and the like, increase of knowledge, beauty and power. He will be able to nelp others, and will be energetic. He will acquire money through counselling, planning or contrivance, (service under) kings, study of the Vedas and their chantings, He will have an increase of gold, horses, children, elephants and clothes. He will get the friendship of good men and that of kings. If Jupiter be inauspicious, the person concerned will be worried in solving minute and intricate questions, will suffer from ear-disease and there will be enmity with unrighteous persons. WONT — PEA AAPA TAT TAN - WMASAAAGTM PT FT | TG IWAAAB AA TAT AMATMNTAT II fie: soles: ae G9 Tay aT | Aqag Tage Boe Jeger II Also aaai— Gentgarat seat grgaiahaag | maamat weraras: geteaes I EPAGAMAATTA PTA AT FRE | aeeaneemt ant Esai fraser | art wate aut Ha: TEAR: BSA | TAMAGTTAT LEAT TATA: UI STAAMATAG AA THETATA ATMA | ===== стр 224 ===== Bi. 17] TEMS: THINS THAT TRENT I qeeattens Agere sate wer aes i almat macfarrtcaeiigenaraeae- AAT ATE AN TETAS ATA | ager eat Sfafahinfeiacanay qttitafncadctaat ga Bea: ol Sloka 17.—When Venus is auspicious, ‘the person concerned will enjoy during his das1 good music, various kinds of pleasures fragrant perfumes, good food and drinks, fine clothes, women, jewels and splendour which are all material to kindle sexual appetite; he will acquire knowledge. His desired objects will be fulfilled and he gets many friends. He will become skilled in trade and agriculture. He will be the recipient of a hidden treasure and will also acquire wealth. If Venus be inauspicious, the person will, during the dasa of Venus, set himself against a host of people; against the king, hunters and unrighteous men, and will have much suffering through his friends. TNE: — aviaameattrarageganastea: | MAVASAUFIABA Aa Tat WyATAa | TE FOMTS: MITTIN TTT | gausata get eee ae ait . Also arrai— geese fra: emaraqeranraataany | MUSA ANTTIT AA Fafa ===== стр 225 ===== 190 TEAR [Cu. VIE Tacs: Sag gad: Sieat gaea See | MAsaeagedi waysaATOA II Sey Aaaaaaale Wa etravasaaaa walaes: cane: 1 atat mex aograelagigaaray: SehmAgacaaa TA FAUT. | MadionMesaeashrageray TAMABSAMAATT TAT FT STRAT ULC Ul Sloka 18—During the dasa of Saturn, when he is auspicious, there will be the acquisition of asses, camels, hawks and the like, she buffaloes to the person con- cerned. He will get the company of aged women. He will be the head man or chief of a class of persons, of a village or a town and will be honoured as such. He will get grain of inferior quality. If Saturn be inauspicious, the person will suffer from phlegmatic and windy complaints; he will be extremely jealous, angry, distracted in miad and unclean, He will suffer calamities and be much fatigued. He will get reproaches. from his servints, children and wife and will suffer loss of limbs. sONT:— wapaesgiarzar gation arrssra: |: | SMET TAT YTET AEA AACA EH Wa: PAA II Gqaliga: seen Teaaqeestqayn | MINT: GAA Tara: aigerary | ===== стр 226 ===== $1. 19] SITS: 19} Also aqast— | Seat sae: INA ga BdsafeNeT | Geel atest a1 Sieafeeazangts I FEMAIMATATA T AAT | Meagadiat wearers Fa |] ReaMaTae: Arana | FAAIITINN ATVAA AVN 11 quivafafaae ayaaedan aa sary | VaTaaN was a sor ag TaraAet: EMG aaa aula F- raf wag | fag fain carats aMins VAT AAA 11 23 Il Sloka 19.—During the dasa periods of the several planets, the benefic effects mentioned will happen if the planet be auspiciously placed; if otherwise, the malefic effects will come to pass. If the planet be of a mixed nature (so far as his position in the horoscope is -concerned), the effects will also be mixed. The effects of the Lagna dasa will be similar to those of its lord. SMI AT ARTA meister aay TETAS: MAMAS SANZ F TAI TT AST TMA 1 Ro It ===== стр 227 ===== 192 Trae [ Cu. VIH Sloka 20.---Whatever substance is mentioned as. belonging to a planet in the Chapter on ‘ Definitions ’” (Ch. I[—12), and whatever calling is declared appro- priate to a planet in the Chapter on “ Profession (Ch. X—1), whatever has been spoken of as the effect of the presence of planets in the several bhavas. (Ch. XVIII and XX) and of their being associated with (Ch. XVII) or aspected by (Ch. XIX) other planets and of their combinations or yogas (except Nabhasa yogas), all these must be duly assigned to the planets concerned. in their respective dasas. NoreEs TONE? — UM AEA ATTSq TH Tax Bea g: | ANUTAMAAMNY FS MAA Aq! Also stqfa:— aqqaea seagate ae aa matasty @ aquat aq aapizalsa | agiarg 729 yea aaa zest aA AMAG HASAN ANT TANG I In predicting the sever] effects of the dasa of any planet, Varahamihira says that it will not do to mention only what has been described to happen in the dasa of that particular planet (vide Slokas 12-18 supra), These will have to be generally supplemented by the effects due to other considerations as well, of the planet, viz,, its influence due to its functioning as THUAN (Dasanatha) or OAT MAY (Antardasanatha), to its position in the rasi occupied, to its association with other planets, to the benefic dots obtained in its Ashtakavarga, to its occupation of any particular decanate, Navamsa and other Vargas, etc. All these effects will also have to be suitably added on, The parti- cular constituent of the Kalapurusha represented by the planet, the political grade typified by it, the particular colour ascribed to ===== стр 228 ===== Si. 21} MENSA: 193 it, the substance typified, vegetable, mineral and animal kingdom represented by it, the precious stone typified by it, the article of apparel, the constituent element of the body represented by it, the particular flavor ascribed to it, the effect due to all these have to be fittingly brought in during the dasa of the planet under consideration. For instance, in the Sun’s daga, should the Sun be auspicious in the nativity, royal favour, self satisfaction, acquisition of red substances, of copper and the like, company of people of the Kshatriya caste, the quality of goodness, possession of good vital energy, etc., all these will have to be predicted. If the Sun be bad, the loss of these has to be thought of; simi. larly in the case of the Moon and other planets. For further information the reader is referred to the egqeqjqy (Dasadhyayee) commentary on this sloka, serare ° “e wiat aenqagat 3 aa sfirsqaatea waza | Brogan ots MAACKAETAMN TAIT 11-22 II Sloka 21.—All planets when they attain their dasas exhibit in the native their respective character- istics due to the elements, earth, water, fire, air and ether, which can be recognised by the nose, tongue, sight, skin and ears. Novrs. The Sun and Mars—Fire. Moon and Venus—Water. Mercury—Earth. Jupiter—Ether. Saturo—Air. PUST— iat wT Sea: abr asa: Sorat Tea sara: Rastlacawt | r+) ===== стр 229 ===== 194 TEMA (Cu. VII TOSHASA FI ARI: ATU eanlaclaqacaanfear g 1 Mars and the Sun govern the Eyes. Saturn ” Touch. jupiter + Ears, Venus and the Moon ,, Face Mercury ” Nose. Application.—Suppose Jupiter is afflicted at birth. In his dasa period, you must predict ear troubles. Suppose Mars or the Sun is afflicted at birth. In his period should be predicted trouble to the eyes. BARVATMAL TAT ATCA bd AJ ¢ ° ag aaafa gai aera = A ¢ ® afsaneiaadaadata nN AS aftnafa cafe: afeaeala: 88 Ul Sloha 22,—During the auspicious dasa period of a planet, men’s inner soul assumes a benefice character and leads them to attain much happiness and wealth, By means of the effects described above for the several dasa periods, one can easily conjecture tie tide of events a man may have at any particular period as a result of the effects of the dasi ruling at the time. Where planets are void of strength, the effects though attenuated make themselves felt at least in dreamy reveries. NortEs. Should the dasa period of any planet be bad, the inner soul assumes a malefic character for the time, and misery and loss of wealth will be the result. ===== стр 230 ===== St. 23] WORST: 195: CEMERT ATI HSItlaera ae ataahS WTSI Iq | APN IE aeTATKS fear tat eat TAFMAl: TARTIATH TFA Sloka 23.—When there are two equal but contrary effects given for one and the same planet, they both cancel each other. ‘that is, there will be no effect at all. If they are unequal, the more powerful of the two will come to pass_ If there are two planets each giving effects contrary to that of the other, there is no cancellation. That is, one planet does not destroy the effect of the other. Both the planets bear fruit each in their respective dasa periods. Notes. Suppose it is Mesha Lagna and Jupiter is in Vrischika, From the point of view of rulership of the 12th house being in the 8th, instead of making the man a spendthrift (12th house rulership), he makes him stingy (on account of the lord of the 12th being in the 8th). From the point of view af rulership of the 9th house ( atq-Bhagya) being in the 8th, he will be bad for yzq-Bhagya (3rd, 6th, 8th and 12th houses are bad houses), These are the houses that cancel each other. Take another case—Mesha Lagna with Mars and Jupiter in the 3rd‘ Now Jupiter as ruler of the 12th in the 3rd makes him stingy. As ruler of the 9th in the 3rd, there is not much wrq (Bhagya) or happiness. Mars as ruler of the 8th standing for speculation, or sudden gain of money is good for speculation etc, As ruler of the Lagna in the 3rd, the strength of the native is not very good, Double negatives make one strong affirmative. Ifthe ruler of the 8th house is in the 12th, he is good. Similarly, Jupiter in ===== стр 231 ===== 196 Tras [Ca VI the 8th house identical with Makara (Mithuna Lagna horoscope) is good, because, he is in the 8th and also in depression. 3rd quarter of the Sloka,—If two planets are badly placed, say Jupiter in Makara and Mars in Kataka, though they are in opposition and in depression, they will not cancel each other (unless they rule bad houses or are in bad houses), These bad planets will not do harm in their sub-periods but only in their major periods, TNT — TERHSATA TABATA sale afte nat Te7t TAS a7 | AAETESAA: SITSTT CAL qa & ned TUS AAA | ===== стр 232 ===== CHAPTER IX HEPAT: The following slokas from ymy%z (Gunakara) are inserted ‘here as they form an appropriate introduction to this Chapter. ARI HATA TIE HS TATE | | qn ateat gat nea Wiganiaageme: | Each planet moving from the place it occupied at the birth of a person admittedly produces its own peculiar effect varying with its progress through the 12 Rasis- Owing to the admitted variation in this effcct, the ancients say that it cannot be laid down as absolutely identical (even) in the case of persons’ borh ‘under the same star. aa faa: Maeda aot AIsrAU AATETrT | ayy an ag am: aan. faa a a asa walt I Astrologers declare that to be the gyeqayfsq (Janma Rasi) of a person whcrein the Moon was at the time of his birth. The ‘several places in which the planets and the Lagna may be in all possible ways cannot consist of seven, aassurigaisa at: Mesa tear gah | wae tet a Farr aqseaTanS US AUT || Hence every person is declared to have 8 signs as the seats of the seven planets and the Lagna and it is with reference to these 8 places that all the good and evil effects of a person’s life due to the disjoined or conjoined states of the planets and the Lagna are calculated-~a process which when completed, the Ashtakavarga result as it is called will become revealed. AC THT ITZ TATA TAT amreenea asta tfegarg careenitg | ===== стр 233 ===== 198 TESTA | [ Cu. 1X. Aargigaaagy caeaantta: feat VAN AAUTAT F TUSNT aeeeaeaM tL lt Sloka 1.—With reference to its Ashtakavarga, the Sun is declared exceedingly auspicious in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th,8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from itself, Mars and Saturn; in the 6th, 7th and 12th places from Venus ; in the Sth, 6th, 9th and 11th places from Jupiter ; in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th places from the Moon; in the 3rd, Sth, 6th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th places from Mercury ; and lastly in the 3rd, 4th, 6th, 10th, 11th and 12th places from the Lagna. TNT: — mea Raa: ageTtas: VAST: THEM: heakarswagderiad! Gear | wrgikeaey akan araqwacag MA VMAWMITAIMIET: BASAL UI aad Iheaat: aaa eTTARUAT TIAA Ta: Tse za | NSUNMCARSHET AAA MAMA: mrzeuy faary weedaaaagM 12 I Sloka 2,—Thz Moon is auspicious in the 3rd, 6th, 10 and 11th places from the Lagna; in the 2nd, 3rd, 5th. 6th, 9th. 10th and 11th places from Mars; in the Ist, 3rd, Sth, 7th, 10th and 11th placcs from itself; in the 3rd, 6:h, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Sun; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th places from Saturn ; ===== стр 234 ===== Su. 3] qaMSeTA: 193 in the Ist, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from Mercury; in the Ist, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, 11th aad: 12th places from Jupiter; and lastly in the 3rd, 4th, 5th; 7th, 9th, JOth and 11th places form Venus. TUT — FSM TEMG SYA BTA 7 ARMTY Galea aazaalag saadarg war | and tenes Fgaqd: Frew PRATAP ALCAN SAT TAA II ameqTqarqeaaayeraeayeat- aeaieaeay terfiaanqada: crega: | MMAR NSEAAAMT IPs UMA WeaqaATTy ge: Faraone 3 Sloka 3.—Mars is auspicious is the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 10th and 11th places from the Sun; in the Ist, 3rd, 6th, 10th and (1th places from the Lagna; inthe 3rd, 6th and 11th plices trom the Moon; in the Ist 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from itself; in the Ist, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Saturn ; in the 3rd, Sth, 6th and 11th places from Mercury; in the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th places from Venus; and lastly in the 6th, 10th, 11th and 12th places from Jupiter. The 10th place from the Moon is effectless, ¢.e , neither benefic nor malefic. 1 VRIMNEN: SsrTaaaagaa: Tey WBA: TA TITAACATSIAAAY SAT, | ===== стр 235 ===== 200 arm [ CH. 1X. On WIL VSAUTATy saaeATA SAAT YA qexraeay falas gga FACVIATH I AMMA GAS BIA AAAAaga: AMAT aarcaeqaigmaeny TFT: | anagaetag Aafia: erg areaaa eae: qzEMMTSNIa aM: HAY sAE_N Uv It Sloka 4.—Mercury is auspicious in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and 11th places from Venus; in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places. from Mars and Saturn; in the 6th, 8th, 11th and 12th places from Jupiter ; in the 5th, 6th, 9th, 11th and 12th places from the Sun; inthe Ist, 3rd, 5th, Oth, 9th, 1Othr 11th and 12th places from itself; in the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Moon; and lastly, in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Lagna. TOTRET:— a DHA ATsAsaTage abegs eonraTt: aengrsinaaargearnag sea Rare | Peabaiterragenye ar aI sar ratyrcaskageakagenasrey Sard | RarMTagaaeygy Hace ahrarayrr: aa ahaa Aeraaqerniy ata | adam anaeag Fagor | Rehazeagaawaam Hz. eT 4 ===== стр 236 ===== Sx. 5,6] TSE: a0i Sloka 5,—Jupiter is beneficin the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th places from the Mars; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 11th placcs from itself ; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from the Sun; in the 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, and 11th places from Venus; in the 2nd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th places from the Moon; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 12th places from Saturn, inthe Ist, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Mercury ; and lastly in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, Oth, 1Oth and 11th places from the Lagna. TUE — shal wand tata 2: aaativay Ny aaatrgay wRAgIgEAgeaaTAMAg | SU UAT Ta MET adi nara qasady Mel MgIguaasiaasaayg | BMA MAA: Alea: TAFT faa: wd Tay gsdaaaagiia: aq | WHISTIMN WaaaMAIHeN TW- tigsnaaatasaaszgaaea: FANT 1G I Sloka, 6—Venus is auspicious in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and 11th places from the Lagna; in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 11th and 12th places from the Moon; in the Ist, 2nd. 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from itself; in the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th places from Saturn; in the 8th, 11th and I2th places from the Sun; in the 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and lith places from Jupiter, in the 3rd, Sth, 6th, 26 ===== стр 237 ===== 202 SRST [ Cu. IX 9th and 11th places from Mercury; and lastly, in the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 11th and 12th places from Mars, ONSET: — eaeqetageatagqaweay earl TA STAPARAy MT saaaaAeTA TATA | qamasrgfrag cfamgaaeay Mad He Nasaataayg sadanngayg i Wea: taq ATTA BA: aAeaM ying | HegATAAaagTaaaayl Ba BAIN | aaa Tq aerig Area: qgarana: a Bg: Warez loll Sloka 7.—Saturn is benefic in the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 11th places from itself; in the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 10th, 11th, and 12th places from Mars; in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and 1)th places from the Sun; in the Ist, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 10th and 11th places from the Lagna: in the 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th places from Mercury ; in the 3rd, 6th and 11th places from the Moon, in the 6th, 11th and 12th places from Venus; and lastly, in the 5th, 6th, 11th and 12th places from Jupiter. TONE — ar aKanagaky shirgna aay gaia Rqeasy Mz sanfansafsaig Vz | eae framgraaeqeery wet % Qrerarseraey SATA Ty CATT: II ===== стр 238 ===== Si. 8] ATASCAR: 208 eft fanigatie aeqeateze- afrenofarh Sera Ty | sraamefaaraa: setae araaTedaaaisarig i tl Sloka 8.—Thus have been described the benefic positions ; the rest are to be understood as malefic. The planets produce the effect of whichever of these two preponderate in the Ashtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the time of birth. In their own, friendly or aqqq (Upachaya) places, the planets invariably advance the benefic effectrevealed by Ashtakavarga. In their depression, inimical or aqagy (Apachaya) houses, they generally fail to sustain whatever good effect may appear from the Ashtaka- varga process, TUT: — washers ayaa sera: Bre teat cashews 7: MUA! | Rretqvafiqn aad geata spans fraatvarager cena: sa: HS AY BAT II Also arraét— RIA YAA-ATqHY ATEN FET: mnsaaee feakt megAacHeT | AMT TEY gaat Reais ws arena TNA TeTT RAT | NotEs, . The several places detailed in Sloka 1-7 above are to be reckoned with respect to the Rasi (and not the bhava) occupied by each of the 7 planets and the Lagna at the time of birth, ===== стр 239 ===== 204 Teak [ Cr. These places should be understood as benefic and the rest malefic, As each Rasi happens to be counted 8 times (once for each of the 7 planets and the Lagna) for ascertaining the benefic as well as the malefic places, the maximum number of countings cannot in any case exceed 8, If after computation of a planet’s appa (Ashtakavarga) it is found that a particular Rasi has more countings on the benefic side than on the malefic, it means that the net result is bencficial to the native. If we should denote a benefic place by a dot ( ) and a malefic one by a vertical stroke (!), wecan at a glance understand the difference between these two kinds of countings in any qp@eaay (Ashtakavarga). The effect of a planet’s arrival in any bhava (3.q) in its progress through the orbit ( tax Gochara), is benefic, mixed or malefic according as the number of benefic dots in the Rasi representing the bhava ( yyq) in the Bhinnash. takavarg.) ( fgaeHail ) of the planet is greater than, equal to or less than 4, Dots short of the prescribed minimum indicate untoward effect produced by a planet belying any favourable position it iway uccupy ; while dots in excess of the prescribed minimum betoken good, not with standing the unfavourable position of the planet concerned. For example, if all the 8 happen to be benetic it means that the result is fully beneficial, If only 7 of them are benefic and 1 malefic, the result is Z—! or }ths, beneficial, If in any rasi the number of benefic dots Le 6 and that of malefic strokes be 2, the result is o— or 4 beneficial. If the number of benefic dots be 5, we should say that the effect will be “= or |-th beneficial, If it should be 4, the result is 4s or 0; that is neither good nor evil, but neutral and so on j wee qa a ga: eneatg: Wet: EF IIR weer ang Safe: adas seTa97 | ===== стр 240 ===== $i. 8} TangeHe: 208 Take for example the horoscope mentioned in Chapter VII, Sloka 6. lla! ¢ . 1° rae Sop [Mam i Venus . Je PEPE ESE UTED EPP ee 999 | Eee_—eee_eeeee eee —_—— Jup. - ++ |Ashtakavarga|:*:° ; | 5° nm of Mars fi ttl ———Rasi Kundali|~—_—.] {-_Benefic dots— ;|____ Mars | --++.| 39 Malefic |--.-. Q30 rn | Strokes—56 rid 20° Mint | Wn | Pad | ai In the sign Bq (Mesha), there are 3 benefic dots and § maletic strokes, The 3 benefic dots neutralise with 3 of the malefic strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that Mars when passing through this sign will be productiv of 2 or }th evil, Similarly for the other sign, ‘There is one pe. u- liarity to }e noticed in the eypeaaq (Ashtakavarga) of Mars, In sign Kuinha ( gta) in the example there are dots and only + strokes instead of 5. This is because the 10th place from the Moon has been declared to be ineffective, that is, neither benefic nor malefic—yegighqnag Chandraddigviphaleshu — for the ‘ere g.qay (\Shtakavarga) of Mais, That placc has therefore not ‘been taken for the calculation. The net evil arising there is thus only — or ith, In the case of a planct with more henefie dots, the benefle influence will be all the greater and more marked if the planet concerned should also be posited in an 3qqq (Upachaya) house (with respect to the Lagna or the Moon, or occupy a friend’s ‘house, or his own sign or his exaltation Raii. VAIL al ATEYSIA | faaganal ar neahatra: gt Tea ===== стр 241 ===== 206 TEMA [ Cu. DX If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefi¢ dots should happen to Le in an gqqyq (Apachaya) house (reckoned either from the Lagna or the Moon), or in his depres- Sion sign Or inim.cal sign, the good effect will be considerably reduced If in the above case there be more malefic strokes instead of benetic dots, it will worsen the bad effect. ATA AA ATAA FT WATS Fay | TI A ENG Bea asa wa MBA UI N.B.—-The -33qy (Upachiya) cr epqaq (Apachaya) places have to be reckoned with respect to the Lagna or the Moon at the time of birth and not by the position of the planets at the time of qaqz (Gochara), Cf aqaat— aay qaicgeaiatsa Resissweafpat: | URSA WY @ eR aT He fre: II enegzealaageenl Hadad aay | a MAS Aa g SH Aga a crgaisafaeq | Also aa— HEYTAIATA TH Het ATAAAG EW: | AMATI: Ney dT TTT u These authors have in their turn specifically stated, by the words qaqa (Janmakale ), aa (Sutau), wzafz (Janmani), that good and bad places have to be determined with respect to the positions of p!ancts at birth-time only. But at the time of producing the effects, all planets excepting the Moon will cause their full good or bad eifect to come to pass provided they are strong and no} otherwise, In tle casc of the Moon, even if she is bencfic (i.e., placed In places such as ggqq, etc,, and the Rasj containing the Moon happening to be associated with benefic dots) if she docs not possess strength, she produces only evil effects; for &af¥fq says— ===== стр 242 ===== Si. 8) TTASeNT: 207 Gauge MHS Basal aha Hag | Te et aay: SHS Tae UI Varahamihira too has said in his work g,q (Yatra) about the inability (to produce effects) on the part of planets devoid of strength owing to their being in depression, defeat in planetary war, or combustion, etc, fae vefatren weahingen ew ge: | aM gt wage wala sala ZH UI Thus it will be seen that whatever effects—good or bad— have been ascribed owing to the planet being placed in a sign of exaltation, Swakshetra, Upachaya, etc, it always refers to the position of the planet at the time of birth; and whatever effects, good or bad, that have been ascribed to the planet itself generaliy without reference in any way to the particular place of occupa- tion should be construed as indicating the result of the planct’s transit to the concerned place. It may be mentioned here that in several Panchangams the benefic qqzq (Gochara) phalas of planets are mentioned ; i.e., if particular planets in their orbit in the zodiac pass through particular places from the Moon, they become auspicious and so on, It will be seen that these are simply the henefic positions of that particular planet with respect to the Moon in that planet’s Ashtakavarga and do not completely represent the entire benefic results of that planet. The Ashtakavarga is used in connection with ¢ ansits. For example, Saturn transitting the 3rd, 6th and 11th places from the Moon is good provided the benefic dots in thuse places are above 4. Suppose he is transittiag the 3rd house from the Mocn in a nativity where the benefic dots are below 4. He will not be very good, His coming in the 3rd house is no doubt good; bus much cannot be expected of him because of the small number of benefic dots, The position in the 3rd house though good, the smal] aumber of benefic dots therein disqualifies him t> do good. ===== стр 243 ===== 208 TERA [Ci 1X Bhattotpala adds: Varahamihira has befure stated (Chapter VIII, Sloka 23. supra) that when two similar effects but contrary in nature are produced by one and the same planet (owing to its ownership of two houses, or ownership of one house and occupation of another house), the result will be nil when the two effects referred to are equal in degree and that it will partake of the nature of the preponderat.ng etfect in case they are not of equal degree, RENE ATA Tealaas aa aaa gieqead aq A question may now be asked what the author’s object was. by making a similar declaration again through the words * gf& fangahe anabesaaretis waura aq: The answer is—‘“ No, it is no repetition at all, What was stated be- fore without the aid of Ashtahavarga Table relates to the cancel Jation of two s‘milar effects but of a contrary character. For example, a planet in one capacity may be a giver of wealth; the same planet in another capacity may cause luss of wealth, In such a case, both the effects are similar in character and become neutralised with the consequence that the native neither acquires wealth nor incurs any losses But.t the planet's capacity t> give wealth be in any way stronger for moie.reasons than one, the same will of couise predomina ¢ over the oppsite current (of the other effect) and the result will be an influx of some money. In the preseut veise it has been stated that there is cancellatiox in the case of goud and bad effects even if they are not sixjar in nuture, This view is further supported by Bada- rejana ( qZC~Ag ) and Yavana (aya) as they have admitted this principle while, speaking about Ashtakavargas and their several cfects. Ihus, for example, a certain planet may be the giver of gold on account of a certain reason. The same planet may on account of some other reason cause loss in silver. Though the effcets in these two cases are not similar (because both are not in respect to gold, nor to silver), merely on account of the effects being opposite in nature (one giving and the other taking away), the result is neither benefic. nar malefic. After steal sot " ¢ ie re ===== стр 244 ===== Si. 8] ATTSANA: 209: such considerations of each Rasi on account of its 8 countings, if it is found that benefic points outnumber the malelic, the effect of the planet on that Rasi should he declared as benefic to the extent of the excess benefic dots as already stated, Now the following question may be asked: Well, if Ashtaka- varga then is so important for ascertaining the naturc of the effects, what was the necessity for Varahamihira treating, sepa- rately in his Brihat Samhita the aperyq~w (Cocharaphala) of planets with respect to the Moon’s place at birth? The answer is, the intention of Varahamihira is that such of the effects which have not been stated in connection with the Ashtakavarga should: be stated in the afqq (Gochara), Further, as apqq (Gochara) is wide-known to all, and as it has been treated of by many authors in their works, it has to be inferred that Varahamihira too has adopted the same course followed by his predecessors. For he has said in his work aay aa MASS AMOA AA FaHelsead a ar | Ma a agaad fag weaned & Maz: | Yavaneswara too, after describing the effects separately, has accepted this Ashtakavarga system alone as of primary import- ance; for he has said FSSA YAUNITSA AHATENTHA IAs | wag aa Ge fad wafer a aga SF II Badarayana also has said SEND Gerded Geo Bq wai a: Healers as: | aren ofeaistaicereaa: RN Wa War BeTAT TST I and has thus accepted only the Ashtakavarga method. THE ASHTAKAVARGA PLATE The process of finding the benefic dots in the Ashtakavargas of the several planets in accordance with the method given in: this Chapter involves heavy labor and considerable time especi- ally when it has to be done for several horoscopes. Some 27 ===== стр 245 ===== 210 qemras | Cu. IX methods of simplifying this work have been suggested in the past, but a new contrivance has now been devised which has several merits, It not only does away with the patient labor involved in the dull and routine process, but also shows the results in snch a way that one can see at a glance how the benefic dots in any particular house have been contributed. The wajpeaiy (Sarva- shtakavarga) figures can also be very easily read from the plates at aglance. The practical uses to which the results can be put are, as is known to astrologers, several, The more important of these u-es have been explained in Jatakapirijata, ( syaeniftana ) Chapter X. The construction of the Ashtakavarga plate : nd the method of reading the results frcm the same will now be explained. The contrivance consists of nine circular plates («discs of zinc, copper or brass), of successively larger radii placed one over the other in the order of their size, the largest being placed at the bottom and the smallest at the top, A radius of one inch for the smallest and three inches for the largest, the difference between the radii of successive plates being }th of an inch will be found suitable, The bottom-most plate has an axle with screw arrangement fixed to its centre about which the other plate revolve. By tightening the screw at the top, the plates can be fixed up in any desired pusition. Each plate ccvers the central pertion of the next bigger plate, exposing to view omy acirculat strip or rim. The top p‘ate is of course fully exposed. The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are each divided into 12 equal parts. The dividing lines are so drawn that they form a straight line when the plates are adjusted for any horoscope, The twelve divisions of the top plate are assigned to the twelve signs of the zodiac. In the visible rim of the next bigger plate are ayranged the figures indicating the benefic dots counted from the Sun in the several Ashtakavargas, The next plate contains figures of benefic dots counted from the Moon ; and the next one, from Mars; and so on in the order of the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and the ===== стр 246 ===== Si. 8] ATASETA: 21k Lagnae One of the divisions of each of these plates contains a dot denoting the position of the planet to which the plate relates. Thus the dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna, To adjust the plates for any horoscope, keep the bottom- most plate in the position and rotate the next plate (relating to Saturn) until the division containing the dot is as many divisions removed from the dot in the Lagna plate as Saturn is removed from the Lagna in the horoscope undcr consideration, For example, if Saturn occupies the 8th house from the Lagna, move the plate relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the 8th division from the Lagna plate. Then hold the two plates in position firmly and proceed similarly with the third plate. Then hold the three plates in position and proceed with the fourth and so on. When the Sun’s plate also has been thus fixed, rotate the topmost plate until the name of the particular Rasi representing the Lagna in the horoscope under consideration is brought directly above the division containing the dot in the Lagna plate. It will now be found that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are directly below the signs of the zodic res- pectively occupied by the plancts at birth, so that the positions of the planets in the radix of the native can now be read out from the plate. Fix up the plates by tightening the screw at the top. They are now ready for reading the result. The ‘1’s indicate benefic dots relating to the Sun’s Ashtakavarga; the ‘ 2’s indicate those relating to the Moon’s and so on, The number of ‘1's in the several plates in the ‘ Mesha’ division represents the benefic dots in the Ashtakavarga of the Sun in that division ; the number of ‘ 1’s in the several plates opposite to ‘ Vrishabha’ representing the benefic dots In the Sun’s Ashtakavarga in Vrishabha and so on, Similarly, the number of ‘2’s in the divisions of the plates oppsite to ‘ Mesha’ represents the benefic dots in the Ashtakavarga of the Moon in‘ Mesha’; the number of 2’s in the parts of the plates opposite to ‘ Vrishabha’, the benefic dots in the Ashtakavarga of the Moon in ‘ Vrishabha’ ; and soon. The number of ‘3’s will similarly yield the results ===== стр 247 ===== 210 aera? (Cu. IX Mar ao Mee fo is 6 Vo 7: 7 some] _ Zia Mice Ne, REE. Sees ===== стр 248 ===== Si. 8] ATS: _ 213 It will be seen that the dotted division of the plate relating to the Sun has been brought rgainst Kataka as the Sun occupies Kataka in the Kundali ( gog@}); the dotted part of the plate relating to the Moon has been arranged against Mithuna as the Moon occupies Mithuna; the dotted part of the plate relating to Mars has been brought against Simha as he occupies Simha ; and soon, It will further be observed that there arc six ‘!’s in the division against Mesha, four in the divisions against Vrishabha, and so on. Similarly, there are five ‘2’s against Mesha, four ‘2’s against Vrishabha, and so on. These represent benefic dots in the Ashtakavargas of the Sun, the Moon, etc., in the several houses. The number of figures (irrespective of what planet they relate to) in the several divisions against a particular howe indicates the Samucaya Ashtakavarga ( @gayngaaqi) in that house, For example, it will be found that there are 34 figures in the divisions against Mesha, 34 is therefore the number of ‘benefic dots in Mesha in the Samudaya Ashtakavarga, Similarly for other houses, ===== стр 249 ===== CHAPTER X RTA: iv mata: tateastaaqtaa- r A Wagar: | ¢ a ates taaanat near -~ ¢ © - Wegaerecaataaaae 8 Al Sloka 1,—There is acquisition of wealth, firstly, from the father, mother, a foc, a friend, a brother, a wife or cn inferior, :ccording as the Sun or any of the other planets t kcn in order, occupies the 10th place reckoned from the Lagna or the Moon; secondly, by means 0! the profession prescribed for the ruler of the 10th house or of the ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the planet owning the 10th place from the Lagna, from the Moon or from the Sun, Norers Find the planet or plancts occupying the 10th place reckoned from the Lagna as well as from the Moon. Ascertain which of them is strongest. Ii the Sun be such a planet, the native gets parental inheritance (from the father); if it be the Moon he inherits property from the mother ; if Mars, he gets money from enemies ; if Mercury, from friends; if Jupiter, from brothers; if Venus, from w:.e; and if the planet be Saturn, he gets wealth from inferiors, such as servants, etc, Planets in midheaven of aspiring to Midheaven gztayfiz- efac.: (Dasamabhilashinaha) are to be treated accordingly. Secondly, find aut the rulers of the 10th house counted from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, Take the strongest of them, ===== стр 250 ===== Si. 1] TMS AT: 215 Find out in what Navamsa he is, The ruler of that Navamsa will influence the profession. Let us take the example given in the notes to Chapter VIII Sloka 1. There is the Moon posited in the 10th place reckoned from the Lagna as wel] as from the Sun, and there are no planets in the 10th house from the Moon. The Moon is therefore the only planet that influences his income. - According to the other view, the lords of the 10th place reckoned from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are Saturn, Saturn and Venus respectively. Saturn and Venus are in Dhanurnavamsa and Simha Navamsa respectively, The lords of these are Jupiter and the Sun; and the stronger of them is the Sun. The Sun is therefore the planet thet influences the profession. TUET— TA NAAR TASTES MIMI. YVMTSVAAR: BTA: HAT | wmie-qigaaen: Mas Tex. wargataagasetisnsze ITA II Also arnaal— gtegaoamen GWaaeaada zt | ae lqaaiagaatearaisaa ei | aay wey: areal wareM: | Ranaagkanaaeaetsaaha: | According to Bhattotpala, it is not correct to predict the profession by considering the strongest alone o! the planets {]) posited in the 10th house reckoned from the Lagna and the Moon, or (2) Owning the 10th house counted from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, Every one of these should be considered for determining the source of income of the native. He quotes in support of his view the following slokas of mfif Bearer IS Yer AeA | & aasdan Fan weeny safe: ti ===== стр 251 ===== 216 TEMA [Cu. X wn aufarteal safest: | afanaia aris ada ae a: ofa: I dqaeal saqiga Tae Teal aT | waka. faqs amg lahat If this view be accepted, the income for the native in ques- tion will have to be determined with reference to the planets Jupiter (the lord of the Navamsa Rasi occupied by Saturn) and the Sun (the lord of the Navamsa occupied by Venus), i.e., from the sources mentiond in Sloka 2 and 3 infra. HA TU RARANT Ae - aeaia Hqasagarvamnyz | x ° meafarenanea: Fay ales fefrotanfrarcayet: 2 Sloka 2.—lIf the Sun be the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 10th bhava reckoned from the Lagna, the Moon or the Sun (whichever is s rong), the person concerned will e:rn a living by dealing in in grass, gold, wool, medicine and the like. If the Navamsa under reference be that of the Moon, the person gains a living by agriculture, by dealing in things derived from water (snch as conchs, pearls, fish etc ,) or throuvh the medium of women Ifthe Navams1 in question belong to Mars, the person gains a. livelihood ly metallurgy, by violent acts like branding, fighting, ctc. If the Navamsa belong to Mereury,. the: person concerned: will try to earn bis livelihood as. 2 writer, by the use of his mathematigal knowledge, by poetry or by pursuing.tbke arts, ===== стр 252 ===== Si. 3] TOAST: 217 Noves. The occupations coming under the Sun are: some honorable employment either under the State or under some public body of men, kings, princes, emperors, dukes, earls, barons, etc., all titled appointments under the crown, jewellers, goldsmiths, gilders, owners of woollen mills or worke:s there, minters or men employed in mints, and the like. The employments signified by the Moon generally include sailors, mariners, navigators, fishermen, watermen, midwives, nurses, etc. The profession indicated by Mars are all kinds of military men, such as soldiers, generals, colonels, captain, doctors, physicians, apothecaries, chemists, butchers, barbers, execu- tioners, engine drivers and the like— generally all the workers in: iron, steel or fire. Mercury’s employments denote literary authors, translators, writers, accountants, astrologers, school masters, mathemati- cians, poets, lawyers, book-sellers, printers, postmen, etc. Hay frafaqaacieay: mea afticaaeanaea: | SCE CER CC UR ICCC E wragtaaaiqettate: Wo 3 Sloka 3.—If the Navamsa belong to Jupiter, the person concerned will earn money through Brahmins, deities, learned men, mines and the like or by religious acts. If the owner of the Navsmsa in question be Venus, the living will be derived by dealing in rubies, silver and the like and by rearing cows and buffaloes. If Saturn be the owner of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 10th place, the person concerned will live by doing wearisome acts by the 28 ===== стр 253 ===== 218 TEMA [ Cu. X carrying out of punishments, etc., inflicted on criminals, by the bearing of burden, or by engaging in some vile pursuit. The person succeeds in the avocation prescribed for the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 10th bhava TUT + — eoimanvanehta: serge ea we: STal AATlAaeagqay ais THT | aa: Heaauiefirresat sce: aa mangers Hie: AR: 1 BUat Fal UI aAaASA AAT | aa Taal date Aaega: | Notes. The occupations denoted by Jupiter include judges, priests, learned men, senators, preachers, clergymen, bishops, ministers, and bankers. Venus’s piofessions indicate dealers in gold, ruby, elephants or horses, cows, jaggery ; hotel-keepers, confectioners, shepherds, musicians, painters, linen drapers, jewellers, playcrs, embroideres, lapidaries, scent-dealers, maid-servants, etc. Saturn’s employments include shoe-makers, scavengers, grave-diggers, undertakers and all ;ersons engaged in similar vile pursuits ; they also include gardeners, miners, brick-layers, etc. AC @ fan fterrendaeraaysal- \y cagea afafa a wreat eadtaiq | | rN a + y Mawyersag fray Ale: e ° x afira aaakartaa Aq 8 I Sloka 4,—The source of wealth ought to be divined by the planet: occuping f riendly, inimical or their own houses. When the Sun is in exaltation and at the same ===== стр 254 ===== St. 4] qUaSeT: 219 time strong (or it may mean in the 10th house), the person concerned cirns money by his own exertion (and does not inherit much of paternal property). If benefics in‘strength occupy the 11th, the Ist and the 2nd houses, the native acquires wealth in many ways. Notes qa: is another reading for OTlaeey: (Ayastthaihi), To determine the ways by which a person will earn money, the planets which are in the Ist, 2nd and the 5th (opposite to the 11th) houses, in a friend’s house, in an enemy’s house or in his own house, indicate the source. If the planets be bad, there wil? be maximum labor and minimum income; if they be good, there will be minimum labor and maximum income. If the Sun is exalted in the above position and at the same time strong (in good houses, etc,,) then the person concerned will earn money by his own exertion. [Note that the Sun in exaltation causes maximum labor and maximum income ; the same when the other malefics are posited in the 10th house.}] If more than one planet be strong, then the native will have more than one source of income. OTE — ferraayetg aaeaatse: RATT aya aysfsasy | Hatseagaenaaa: mne- atnfaat wate eat aqistena: | Also aqaat— eontdanrer Rertety | | ASATANS RAST COMA: UI The profession or occupation of a native is generally judged from the planet or planets occupying the 10th house and, if there should be none there, from those in the Ist and also from those ===== стр 255 ===== 220 TATA [Cu X aspecting the Sun and the Moon. Further, the planet which is posited very near the Sun or the 10th bhava whether before or after in the radix of a native and its condition—whether strong or weak—due to its position and aspect exert much influence in this respect. ===== стр 256 ===== CHAPTER Xl UTANTEATA: This Chapter deals with yogas leading toking-ship, in twenty slokas the author exhaustsin his characteristic way the whole rane of Rajayoga, cnumerates the various views upon the subject, critically examines them, and postulates his own view in preference to the views of others. In the first thirteen slokas, he merely sets forth the views of Yavana and cthers. In the frst sloka, he records the theory of Yavana and the objection raised by Jivasarman when three malefics are in exaltation in a nativity. In the next sloka he describes how according to their view 32 kinds of Rajayogas arise when one or more planets occupy their cxaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Moon in Kataka. In the third sluka he mentions a further set of +4 Rajayogas arising out of the aspect of four or more planets on the Lagna or the Moon in Vargottamams:. In the next eight slokas he mentions some particular yogas leading to kingship as understood by Yavana and others In the latter part of this Chapter, he criticises the views of Yavana and his school and points out that four planets in exaltation do not necessarily lead to kingship. Accord_ ing to his view, planets whether posited in exaltation or Swakshetra houses will lead to kingship only when they are trine to one another and not otherwise; and if ===== стр 257 ===== 222 TEST [ CH. XI they do not satisfy this condition, the !yogas will only result in conceding longevity even without wealth. He then gives some of his own Rajayogas. A mgaaal: tga: we: watadetaae | A am) mee A Hagaa: wa aia waza kU Sloka 1.—Yavancs hive said that when three male- fics are in their exaltation, a king is born who will be cruelly disposed. But Jivasarman is of opinion that, with malefics as such (7.e,, in their exaltation), the person born never becomes a king. Nores. Varahainihira without giving his opinion merely quotes the two schovls of Yavana and Jivasarman—Yavanas saying that malefics in their exaltation make a cruel king and Jivasarman maintaining the contrary, viz., that under such circumstances, no king 1s ushered into the world. MUS AIPMMATA: BPA: BA eu waag yofe faery | ag wale ated tasatewa vale qafeait: aa UEAS: II a PIC RICUMC HEE Ct i a ag eas: Sissy | xa ~ marag T TRI Har aaa afsia Nenghim: qq uz ===== стр 258 ===== Su. 2] GHIA TST: | 223 Sloka 2.---lf all the four planets, wiz., Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter be in their exaltation, one of them being associated with the Lagna; or, if three of the aforesaid planets be in their exaltation and one of them happens to be in the Lagna, 16 cases of Raja- yogas arise. If the Moon be in his own house (Kataka) and if two of the afore-mentioned plancts be in their exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna at the same time; or, if one at least of the four planets be in its exaltation sign identical with the Lagna, a second sei of 16 Rajayogas is caused Nores. Of the four planets, viz., Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter in their exaltation, any one of them may he associated with the Lagna There are thus + cases. Any three of the above in exaltation may be in + ways (4¢3==4). and each of these cin have 3 varieties as any one of the cxaltcd planeis may be associ. ated with the Lagna, There are thus 12 cases. The total therefore is 16, Two of the aforesaid plavets mav be in their exaltation in 6 ways (4¢9==6) and cach of these has 2 varieties as cither of the planet may be assoeiated with the Lagna. There are there- fore 12 cases. Any one of the 4 planets in exaltation being with the T.agna will give 4 cases, ‘The total thus is 16. It should here be noted that these are not however accepted as Rajayogas by Varahamihira. TMET:— rae Tastareatiit: aafeirat ane Aeaaaaags farayst ae: we: TST | erases: Sant we AAT YT MIT HA Tandasa aeqd: | Shepertze faxai ¢ Vase ===== стр 259 ===== 224 TESTA [ Ca. Xf Also amwagi— wwuaaMAAela: Aaaersy- va Veragasano: aaa afar | 23 ~ Bivai Saale uaa we ga: Ter: aq Hage za Sq agai waa Tetfrz | bes bel EN AMARA BH Bex at Aezafiias | Bw CHQte ° MTUARLE FT aaa: waa: FA Sloka 3.—When the Lagna or the Moon occupying a Vargottamamsa is aspccted by four or more planets other than the Moon, twenty-two cases of Rajayogas arise. Nores. Besides the Moon, there are six pJanets, The number of cases in which 4 out of these can be selected for aspecting the Lagna is 8c, or 15. ‘The number of cases in which 5 planets may aspect the Lagna is %c,---6. All the 6 planets may also aspect the Lagna. Therefore the total number of cases is 15+ 6+ 1 or 22 for each of the Lagna and the Moon or 44 in all. A particular case in which four planets situated in Kendras aspecting a Vargottama Lagna are said to usher aking into the world is described in Jatakaparijata, viz, aang we fey wRsua VaeATee: | ganar wmidsafet marae: MT ns a | | Mors | | Lagna 3° Jjup. Sun Satur ' ===== стр 260 ===== Su. 4] CoRR ST: er) a-gatsa: i.c., “by planets other than the Moon” has reference only so far as Lagna yogas are concerned, for the Moon cannot aspect itself. But a quesition may be asked “ Will the aspect of the Moon on the Lagna nullify the yoga if it is other wise complete?’’ The answer is in the negative. In this case, the Moon’s aspect does not count, being productive of neither good nor evil and the Moon cannot be one of the planets making up the least number of 4 above stated. TOTST>— wasaa alah waftend spatter agit hrafara: ene | aifenfatternt sqeniraren mnewgeranrara very Also araa— TNT SATA fees NO TAS TAT | © « weatarahratraeag fotze: engwatgat Za: | N.B.—Varahamihira mearly makes mention of these Raja- yogas,as described by other authors and does not accept them. . a ay sy S& SH aff afi ata aan ¢ a Aa ¢ qqaftaieen: afaaqertaT: uae ax S¥ afiaafaat ata - A quraeqaa: afaagasay act 8 Il Sloka 4.—With Saturn in Kumbha, the Sun in Mesha, the Moonin Vrishabha, Mercury in Mithuna, Jupiter in Simha, and Mars in Vrischika, one of the last three (according to Bhattopala, one of the first three) Rasis being the Lagna also, three Rajayogas arise. Again, when. Saturn: and the Moon areinexaltation 29 ===== стр 261 ===== 226 TEMAS [ Cu. X with one of the two signs as the Lagna, the Sun and Mercury in Kanya, Venus in ‘ula, Mars in Mesha and Jupiter in Kataka, two cases of Rajayoga arise. TMNT: — str af staat afage gr agaea TR & sho uae gemd GE om: UT: ara aheqamngeat Ww shaegreaat ass fat gt wigd FF wat sat 1 i | Sun |Moon Mere. | Mars Moos | { Joi Pt Saturn | Jup. j First half of |Latter half of ¢ |. the sloka : | the Sloka [~~ Jup. | on es me sate) oo | Mars | | | | Venus Merc | | venus ° | Mars ages | agna faa, lLatter half of Jep _ the sloka | cas Sun Venus Mer- SA Ty Seralsghe wasn 3 gale: afrrenea: fafagaar anfit ===== стр 262 ===== Si. 5] CHAS: ‘227F ary att set geafagel aga wage weTgeagraa fates: 4 Sloka 5,—When Mars is in exaltation, the Sun and the Moon ‘are in Dhanus, and Saturn is in Makara identical with the Lagna, a king is born. If the Moon should occupy the Lagna along with Mars in exaltation in the aforesaid yoga (i.e., when the Sun occupies Dhanus), the person born becomesaking. Again, if Saturn occupies the 7th in conjunction with the Moon, Jupiter be in Dhanus, and the Sun be in Aries in exalta- tion identical with the Lagna, the yoga leads to the birth of a king Mars I Lagna I Saturn Moon Lagna j ne Mars Sun | Moon | | Sun | | | Sun Ser | III | | [Saturn Jup. | [Moos ===== стр 263 ===== 228 zee [| Ca. TMT: — vale skal arn yzaase aUayaRya: IMeIss: ARTS: | SRT HANBTSASA Aa wale aaaalfa: Nealsea: ASTANT |I WT WIA AME FHT Taga fess | suka melee: snai sngpasyaAy: | Also aaa — AINE WIN aeahecnrata aTufaay eh mga sfidiatea: way ae area: waa wale facia: afaa att wn, quva anfa ae fiat een: senafiar 1 . Bae essen wast afer sereaer: | Awe aa ale eh ystae a sea: 1 ay deal om ahagedentgqaay: aemraeeaaata Famenaagla: | By er ara aeaegadeqana: AMEN aa: TWyNIM: Gres: 18 Ul Sloka 6,—If the Moon occupies Vrishabha identical with the Lagna and if the Sun, Jupiter and Saturn be in the 4th, 7th and 10th bhavas taken in order, the person born will certainly become aking. If Saturn be in Makara identjcal with the Lagna and if the Moon, Mars. Mercury and Jupiter respectively occupy the 3rd, the 6th, the 91h and the 12th bhavas, the persén born becomes a king famous all over the world for his good qualities, ===== стр 264 ===== Se. 7) CERT: Soe] | fMoon) || Mare Satur ; _ 1 jj} 2 ___ Sun | eaten Jup. | Jup. | | Mer. TIOTET: — suad aga ame qaevsdaamfiees | TaFMTNSGA: TM waaay: I Reniaat maseriansaargea: | wan aavafak ae nha wae wetama: | Also erraai— farferefert ae eh galrgiadt: aa aeqna wat: 9% wafaaa wf: | afeyand arat arr: eqreaezi fray ale arqla: wlan AUZA: II aa aq eH SaTaTAaaea fafan- IM BU ATA FINITE: FATA: | Ruat sat aeat wale gest ale WIT a Sat yt graeaa: qaafear aa deat HX angant yaar wR Sa sonata zt | sacl varat geahraentt eat ay wares vale & ansash anaryz uo ===== стр 265 ===== 230 TMT [ Cu, XI Sloka 7,—If Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon be in Dhanus, Mars occupy Makara, and Venus and Mercury be in their exaltation signs and if Meena or Kanya be the Lagna, two Rajayoyas are cused. If Mercury occupy Kanya identical with the Li.sna, Mars and Saturn be in the 5th, and Jupiter, tle Moon and Venus be in the 4th, a king endowed with all good qualities is ushered into the world. Venus | Lagna 1 | | | | an oe —— l —_—_—_| }_—_ 2 ————. Mars Mars ju. | | Wt sup. Mere. Moon Moon (2) | | | | | a 3 a Mars Saturn Mf Merc, Ven - Lagna TOUT’ — asa at wale amt AHS gah af gata Fee | ===== стр 266 ===== Si. 8] THMNSATA 231 wat AT ATTA THATALT- afezalzacngeater Wada I Mt wey asa GaAATITAGAT F fee | wen Ist BETA Kaper area: ay dea) wa azanaigg afed- e we ‘ FAAS BY Fat: Ufla ay | | ay art gai afezend aig Bis? a aay aioafaeeaMshs quaq i il Sloha 8.—If the Moon he in Meena identical with the Lagna, and if Saturn, Mars and the Sun occupy respectively Kumbha, Makara and Simha, the person born will indeed rule the earth, If Mesha be the Lagna and if Mars occupy it, and Jupiter be in Cancer, a king is born. Or, if Jupiter be in Cancer identical with the Lagna and Mars be in Mesia, a king is born and he will be endowed with all good «jualities. Lagna Lagna , Moon | Mars | aturn | Jup. ] —_ tj 2 —__ Mars Sun | tte it ===== стр 267 ===== 232 Tema [CH. Xt | Mars | . jJup. ee 3 | NBL:— a® WA aagant qo wey a SR ata 3h aaa sat oad fafa: | WASH TQTETt Raval qwaia eissd a1 falyaal sede WaT II Also aaa— agate aie aay ate: atare.e7: falaga sy aaa ean vena easwyF |. fh esq aed HY aerfaat tama: | Hass ard fenfeengE welaaq 8 tl Sloka 9.—If Jupitcr occupies Cancer identical with the Lagna, and the Moon, Venus and Mercury be. im the 11th house and if the Sun be in Mesha, the. person born will become the ruler,of the earth and endowed with valour, ===== стр 268 ===== Su. 10] CHM: 233 | Moon ~ | Sun acy Venus | | Lagna | Jupiter OTST: — Garasand: gard saa: akenaaea: | Faad Taacagarasa faataser UI Also araat— sqafe neey TAeATAIaT ehaqiaa saaAeaaMal | ala airgaaat 31 Gat aH wqgufahagie: ata: wag ¢ . A TAASHAIAT ATA! fHeagareaMsigar: | frgaiteaat gaaat alg aat Tyaats Tete ko I Sloka 10.—If Saturn occupy the sign Makara identical with the Lagna, and the signs Mesha, Kataka 30 ===== стр 269 ===== 234 TEATS [ Cu. XI and Simha be occupied by thcir respective lords and if Mercury and Venus occupy Mithuna and Tula respectively, the person born will become a famous king. | Mars : Mere, | Moon —— I—~- L ser | Sun | [venus | qNeT: — PUPA: Maga ays | anaarataaa: ana fre aa: Also anaat— feat wal: gal farfaaas: aang ane ify: fae gages ara Aan: shag: SA Tat as wale at aselasgqa? Ta yRSbATATT TA BTSTTA | eased TA ot at AoAHT | aAased Fray WHT AAA TI UL A Sloka 11.—If Mercury is in Kinya identical with the Lagna, Venus in the 10th house, the Moon and ===== стр 270 ===== Su. 12] CAMS: 286 Jupiter in the 7th and Saturn and Mars in the Sth, the person born becomes a king. yee. | | Venu Mare | - Saturn | | hase Merc, aTET:— oe Bie: TeargaisHa: gr TRSTAACAT THE TSA | ae saranda a aaasHal- wararataaetraa: 1 Also armaat— qa: Hy an A qrenaeqakr ga wea: ae fase TAIgzA | 4 og gal a fafrazgaatrat fuse se aansagacwat |! AT SAHSAMA Baa TSAR: ga TrAAEM: TRYTSDT: | Tuageagen What TTA. wala TafaaeaeraynegT: | RR Sloka 12-—When men even though born in inferior ranks are declared as participators of kingdoms by ===== стр 271 ===== 236 FeMat [ Cu. XI by means of the several Rajayogas mentioned above, where is the doubt for persons born in a royal family to become kings? We shall now proceed to describe certain yogas, the persons born under which will become kings if they belong to a royal family; otherwise, they become only their equals. NoTEs. Varahamihira in the previous slokas stated the several Rajayogas as mentioned by Yavana and others. He further added that Yavana and the rest maintain that with the above yogas, even persons born outside the royal family become kings, He gives his own Rajayogas hereafter and states the persons without being born in royal families will only become equals (df kings) with such Rajayogas, It thus follows that he does not endorse the above yogas recited by Yavana and others as leading to kingship. (vide also Chapter VII sl. & supra), TMNT: — MeaasatRashy enonis: Miah yg: | VPA TIM TTYTAOMSA FA: ~ ~ ed ’ SN c..8 > _ CHATEAU TA aa AAT | ° a “y qaitfieaaama daazar a afanen 1 231 Sloka 13.—If three or more planets occupy their exaltation or their own signs and are at the same time trine to one another, the persons born become kings if they belofig to a royal family. If there are five or more such planets, persons thouh born in ordinary families (other than royal) become kings. Those, in whose nativities such planets are less than 5 will be possessed hth wealth, but will not be kings. ===== стр 272 ===== St. 13] aeeateeata: 389 Nores. Here begin the Rajayogas of Varahamihira WPMATS AAT (Swocha Swagrihatrikona) means planets must he in their own or exaltation house and at the same time trine to one another. ‘Three or more planets placed in exaltation or Swakshetra, at the same time forming an equilateral triangle will cause the prince to inherit the kingdom of his father, Cf ays foaahrasasraaaar waa vs: | qaigheagelgad ashore: |) An objection may be raised here that feAtoT means M ola. trikona. The answer is that if Varaham:hira had meant Moola- trikona to be understood here, he would have used Moolatrik na explicity as he has done in Chapter XXII—1 ( araer z- faqtuiz: ). The interpretation of Bhattotpala that fig) meins Moolatrikona appears superfluous as all Moolatrikona signs are either Swakshetra or exaltation Rasis; and these have alreidy been mentioned in the beginning of the sloka, This incon. sistency and want of correctness is the result of t'1e interpretation of Bhattotpala and which has generally been followed by other translatois; his inference that Slokas 7 and 8 of Chapter VII are not the author’s own Lut mere interpolations (will not then stand) thus fails. ore "se | Mais , | | | |Moon | | three planets _ — a thelr own ay signs and at Io. | —~ -|the same time} “777 PP 7 ISDS and at |- trine to one | Sun {| Mars ithe same me] anther | shine { Jup. | | | | Mere ===== стр 273 ===== 238 TMT [ Cu, XI | Ss | Moon | es ee Six planets Saturn occupying By Or WA. — -——|Moon q Mer. a |——— Mars. Mars | Sun q Jupiter Sun Venus q Saturn en Tr Jupiter Venus Mercury ee ee one: — eneamanzeganaatep- BdiaaaAsags: BAI: | Also aaa — aaogenaedqa Saag wala yaraaaaa: | qaighaarzaAATs.? faz dla: frdrataat a g afar: Beaey sk syegt zz alt ae FFA AT | AMT ht wats gar Benq eataraq 1 Ve Ul ' Sloka 14,—If Aries be the Lagna and the Sun just rising occupy it along with the Moon, Mars be in his exaltation, Saturn in Kumbha, and Jupiter in Dhanus, the person born if he is a prince becomes a king. ===== стр 274 ===== Si. 15} THAME: 239 Nores The yoga given is more or less an Amavasya combination with Moon.trine Jupiter. All the planets are dignified and are with the exception of Jupiter ascending midheaven, The three planets, Saturn, Mars and Jupiter are aspecting the Lagna and it is an early morning scenery. TNL would put the Sun in Simha instead of in Mesha. Lagna Sun Moon Saturn Mars Jup. Hangahagaamatuewang | con gS wan sila afaqadofaata fea: 1 Also artiaai— faarza fara anamsaals 7 gruaal 7faga: tage Biss. | wiast ufmaaa: gfaapacra WAIT: AKAM HAMET II May not the reading in the text he @ageysq instead of BRASS | ° bal ~ TAT YH MAST SAAT MT VT | ae gfrearaniaigs Basia: eae GAs Uk ===== стр 275 ===== 240 TESTS (Cu. XE Sloka 15,— Venus placed in the 4th house identical with his own sign, the Moon in the 9th and the other plancts in the 3rd, 1st and the 11th houses will usher a, king into the world. Notes | Sur | Mars | | Merc. Venus Moon | Saturn] {Lagna Lagna Jup. Jup. _ 1 —_——] | __- 2 —_—__— Mars | - . | Sun Saturn, | Moon) | Mens In the aLove Raj. yogas, V.rahamihira has placed planets in sextiles and trines to one another. Lagna is strong and the Sun and the Myon are also strony (night scene.y and the Moon away fiom the Sin) This will show that planets in trine and sextile aspect, I iyna strong, and the two luminaries - the Sun and the Moon—also strony are much favoured by Varahamihira. The same principle is emphasised by Westein astrologers. TONAL: — PALM WTA ARM ANE: | Ne C7] I Also ajqaail—- ’ SAW IRV MANA Fz dignfan: arquiqera: aaakga: | faaguaamtan: yar seals yale: wahy 2faary wha BAIT AANA: | ===== стр 276 ===== Sv. 16] CHEM ENT: 24% ie: ¢ ba’ bas area dagd agen dail 3 za aaa | ¢ a qAIANATAATATaAAT TIS: Teds: ULE Ul Sloka 16.—lf a benefic planet endowed with strength be in the Lagna, and another strong benefic occupy the 4th house, and the other planets be in any of the following houses, riz., the 9th, the 2nd, the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th and the 11th, the person born will, if he be a scion of a royal family, be a king and be virtuously disposed. Notes. aturn Mars | Moo Ketu | Sun | _ Merc, OO ae Lagna Satur 27° Venus a 1 — I I jup. | Mars ‘Lagnaj} | [Moon Jup. ven Sun Mere. | | go | Ran In I, most of the planets are in trine. There is also a Nabhasa yoga. No, II is the horoscope of a Maharaja that ruled in a part of India. The Moon in the 4th house is in Vargottamamsa and therefore strong. It may here be noted that the Rajayogas enunciated by Varahamihira are more with reference to all Rasis and not so much to exaltations alone. Bhattotpala interprets q@zq as meaning only Budha (Mer- cury). spraiat is another reading for gana. The reading adopted in the text is more probable. If the reading guar be accepted. the 9th house is referred to twice, which is not probable. 31 ; ===== стр 277 ===== 242 TEMS [ Cu. XI aed aftaattarat AUFMATKTMIT | BA Tit & after we AMY BMAIATTUSI: I V9 I! Sloka 17.—lf Vrishabha be the Lagna, and if the Moon be in it, Jupiter in the 2nd house, Saturn in the 6th and the other planets in the 11th, the person born becomes a king. If Jupiter be in the 4th house, the Sun and the Moon in the 10th, Saturn in the Ist and the other planets in the 11th, the person born becomes a king. Sun Mars: ae Jp. | | ere. Venus; }}§—. — a as jup. | I -—_——-| {|-—__— II -_ —— | Sun | Moon i= fo [Lagna | Mars | Saturn | Saturn Vv cre. ao! ae aa ate gent a att win asager gaadasa tfafaa aa gat aU- ANShyA AIA GW | waft yaa qtaste- Sola: sfratsrrpetea: Also atraal— waa BITE: FATA FY- offaistat afr... ===== стр 278 ===== St. 18] RECS: 243 Rees wae ay Ize aaigedeam wate fede: U1 ATANAARI: Aa AAT: atom fea? Gtsa: | Tatqugaryrad: ae: waa Hee TTA: AT | | Lagna | | Saturn Venus weary Jupiter —— Ill —- Moon Sun From [I and III, given above it can be maintained that Amavasya conjunction is good and that the Moon or the Sun in opposition to Jupiter is also good. (See Chapters XIX and XX infra.) Also that planets in the midheaven or nearing it (in the 11th house for example) are good, AMT: aaah: att aa rach fegk atx amifaal aftatsaftrarsaleat algareaguantyra: IG ll Le ===== стр 279 ===== 244, zeae [ Cu. XE Sloka 18.—If the Moon, Saturn and Jupiter occupy respectively the 10th, the 11th and the first, Mercury and the Mars be in the 2nd, Venus and the Sun in the 4th, the person born is aking. Mars and Saturn, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus, the Sun, and Mercury occupying respectively the Ist, 4th, 7th, 9th, lUth and 11th houses, usher a king into the world. Norrs Lagna |Merc. Venus , | Jup. | Nias | | Sun ' Moon | | Jup, - I on | ee II Lagna Saturn Mars Satuin ee | Moon | | | Merc, | Sun |Yens Varahamihira gives a chance for all the Lagnas and his yogas are not with reference to exaltation Rasis alone, Fnrther, in all thesc yogas, he makes the Lagna and the two luminaries strong and the planets to be in trine or sextile (though there may be a few squares). TMT: — waited aemgzast fauna sas aaa | wand teapa fae fafa soft aga 1 atartgrge GIA aH: TA glen aaresee | ua wn aagea ana ua: ga nftaas nq Also apaat— au wat easataahtentia: art arat wah ae ata Tae: ===== стр 280 ===== Sx. 19] QA: 245 ard ta Siirefion aque saat VAST SMEIVATAN HMMS AT || FASAFANTAMAT Usaafsataay TUTET | aTANaTsAIT Mai fsxdarag oteea Ukk Sloka 19.—The acquisition of a kingdom will come to happen either in the dasa or antardasa of the planet (if there are more than one, of the strongest of them) in the 10th house or in the Lagna, or, if there are no planets in either of these houses, in the dasa of the strongest planct in the horoscope- In the dasa or Antsr- dasa of a planct inimically placed or occupying its depression sign, should be predicted abdication or loss as such, whether willingly or unwillingly. Noths. Planets placed in midheaven or if there be no such one, the planets in the rising sign give the kingdom and not the rulers of the 10th house or of the Lagna, If there be no planets in the 10th or the Ist housc, the planet that is strongest in the horoscops gives the kingdom. ‘Ihe dasa referred to here is the aigqaaen (Amsayurdayadasa), It must be noted here that Varahamihira who gives a chance for all lagnas (unlike other authors) for the above Rajayogas to occur is aware also that sometimes the planet though indicating Rajayoga will not actually lead tu kingship if it be in depression or inmically placed. ===== стр 281 ===== 246 TEMA [ Cu, XI OMB: — RMNTTAMA SATE SANA waft qeqal a1 usaefsaearng ) aaftizend vans zeae fara ay TH Sat: GATT || Also maff - VAN; ea aT TAAL VAS) SIT 7: | A MUAAATMAMS WSF: VAs! AT | aaa taal Tae | safaaeheiay aaa: Waa II Keaagqass aqaey sagy faafe Raaay arfiat sea feng | A N a YAIJIs gs FAIA TT- Aan TATRA Iy A ROM Sloka 20.—If any of the tues olanets, viz , Jupiter, Venus and Mercury, be int. ') iznaand Saturn occupy the 7th house and the Sun' intiy [Oth the yoga will indicate the birth of bheou fe, persons who reck- lessly spend andenjoy. Ii - fe signs happen to be strong (by occupation cr eapecs of good planets or by their lords being strong in , :od position) and also become Kendras, «nd alli .' ics occupy malefic signs, the person, born becomes a leader of hunters or thieves and will jo sess immense wei, Norr- This ) oga is possible in bhavas in piaces far remote from the equator, say about 50° N. or S. Lit. Some of the bhavas will be ===== стр 282 ===== Sx. 20) THeNSeNT: 247 less than 19° or 20° each. The greatest elongation of Venus from the Sun is 47° while the corresponding figure for Mercury is 29°. Venus can thus come in the 4th bhava from the Sun. If we go to still higher latitudes, Mercury also can happen to occupy the 4th’ house from the Sun. The idea of the sloka is that persons born under the above yoga will enjoy life without caring for expenditure. They will have no status or position and may not have even wealth. Varahamihira in this sloha nicely criticises Yavana and other schools who advocate that the above position constitute Rajayoga Ve us| Sun | i, nu Sun M | u Merc, | enus | n4ars | Merc. | Lagna Jup. Jup. Moon —— I -—— | J——_ II —-~--- Saturn | | ne SA | | | | | Satu by stating that the above conditions instead of conferring on a person Rajayoga, or a good status, make such persons leaders of thieves, rogues, cheats, spend thrifts and the like. TUT — wz seat ZafaaacpeaeHA WMalhiat WAAAAAAT SH | baa’ Ss CS CCUCCOCT IGE hay qaaeaaraeqae: Tae: II Also apifi— VAENTTASA AAAS TA | THR Tat MA WANT TV WIA, |! ===== стр 283 ===== 248 TEMA (Cu, XI gaa: og: Bee: aleaTieeh: AHSAN TH WATE TAMAS: | Also arraai— au sta: agqaga: aaa ShIa: | GAMA Tenet atfnat Ta Ry: | Bz Me a Bayer aa gaara aay MsTaad fattest ===== стр 284 ===== CHAPTER Xi ATT ATEA: In this Chapter, Varahamihira treats of the ape (Nabhasa) or heavenly yogas. In the first sloka he states that these yogas consist of 4 divisons, viz., (1) enafaam: which have 20 subdivisions; (2) dear (Sankhya) am: which have 7 subdivisions; (3) e7ahT: (Asrayayogaha) having 3 subdivisions; and (4) qeavt (Dalayogas) having only 2 subdivisions or a total of 3 in all. The Yavanas are said to recognise 1,800 varieties of these (Nabhasa) ata, yogas. In the second sloka, he states how the 3 eq#iq (Asraya) and the 2 e@ (Dala) yogas are formed and he explains, in the next sloka, why some astrologers have failed to treat them separately A peculiarity with these eq#q (Asrayayogas. is that they produce the effects described for them only when they do not partake at the same time of the nature of other yogas. Otherwise the other yogus become effective and bear fruits (vide sloka 12). In slokas 4-9, the 20 enaia (Akriti) yogas have been treated. In the Beh sloka the author describes the 7 qq (Sankhya yogas). Then follow the effects of the several yogas above-mentioned, viz., those of the esq (Asraya) and ge (Dala) yogas in sloka 11; those of the enafe (Akriti) in sloka 13-17; and those of the @eqr (Sankhya) yogas in slokas 17-19. In the end (latter half of sloka 19), the author makes it known that the one distinguishing feature of the awa (Nabhasa) yogas is that their effects are felt throughout life unlike the other yogas where the 32 ===== стр 285 ===== 250 zest . [ Cu. XII effects are felt only during the dasa or antardasi period of the yoga-prodvcing planet or planets and not afterwards iN aafarra tant (aad- iv aia febaaasera: ey: | a aratago fe qeadi ar afar featasa aaa: Ty Sloka 1.—Nine, ten and cisht multiplied by 3, 3 and 4, respectively, represent the numbers of the first two (enafa Akriti and @eay Sankhya), the first three ( arala Akriti, aay Sankhya and erjstq Asraya) and all the four kinds (apafa Akriti, qq; Sankhya, eqjaq Asraya and zg Dala) of Nabhasa yogas. ‘Lhe Yavanas have recognised 1,800 subdivisions of Nabhasa yovas. Their summary is given here. Notes, The term ‘Nabhasa Yogas’ is the name given to @afa Akriti, qeq Sankhya, eqi97q Asraya and ge Dala yogas and is thus the genus and the above 4 yogas the species. There are 20 Akriti yogas, 7 of Sankhya yogas, 3 of Asraya and 2 of Dala or 32 in all, aq Nava=9; re Dik=10; qg Vasu=8 5 fa Tri=3; orfey Agni=3; and gq Veda=4. 9x3=27, 10x 3=30, 8 x 4=32, The number 27 denotes the sum total of engfey Akriti and teqy Sankhya yogas ; 30 denotes the sum total of enapfe Akriti, eat Sankhya and eysq yogas. And 32 denotes the sum totay of all the 4 yogas. ===== стр 286 ===== St. 1] aeMNseg: «-26P It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise ],800 subdivisions, Of the 20 aya Akriti yogas, the ayy Gada yoga (see Sloka 4 infra) has been treated of by the Yayanas as 4 distinct yogas, The number of gyyafe Akriti yogas is thus 23. The 7 qeqy Sankhya yogas are split into 127 qeay Sankhya yogas for each Lagna by the Yavanas thus : — The yoga qjoy Veena (also called aaqgy vallaki vide Sloka 10 infra) which is caused by the 7 planets occupying any 7 signs has 7 subdivisions as each of these 7 planets may occupy the Lagna- The second gay Sankhya yoga @yq (Dhama) according to which all planets should be in any six houses. The Yayanas recognise 21 varieties of this yoga (number of yogas caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 houses and the remaining 2 occupying the Lagna), The next yoga is qjgq Pasa, This has 35 varieties (4 of the 7 planets occupying 4+ houses and the remaining 3 being in the Lagna). The next yoga, viz., }@jq Kedaia has also got 35 varieties for the same reason, Similarly, Ys (Sula) has got zl subdivisions and qa Yuga 7 subdivisions, Lastly me (Gola) has only one, viz., the case in which all the planets are placed in the Lagna. So that the 7 q@g@aqy (Sankhya) yogas are subdivided into 74+ 214354+35+4+2!+4+7+1 or 127 divisions, These added to the 23 engfa Akriti yogas mentioncd above give us 150 yogas for each Lagna or 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas. The exjxq Asraya and a@ Dala yogas are not taken by them into account, i eae a a gpa: FAASUTA BT TATA Flt UI Also aagt— Bae aATA: BIA BY AAA AAT | asigaaaatrards gists zea ===== стр 287 ===== 252 TeAHTe [ Cu. Xff e a WHYIS ASAT: ATAMAITMAMT IM | He! ataTdcaeal gH st ATT I Sloka 2.—z«g Rajju, gg Musala and a@ Nala are the threc ayaa Asraya yogas declared by Satyacharya to arise when the planets are exclusively in the moveable, the immoveable and the dual signs res- pectively. @a% Srik and ag Sarpa are the two aw Dala yogas mentioned by qua Parasara due to the Kendras being cxclusively occupied by henefic and malefie planets respectively (the Moon being left out of account, benefic and malefic planets are 3 each). Notes. erage: (Asraya yogas) 3. (1) By (Rajju). All planets should be in wz (Chara-moveable) signs, Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the native ambitious by procceding to foreign places in search of name, fame, wealth, etc. (2) ae (Musala), All planets should be in fgqzq (Stthira- mmoveable) signs, ‘lhe native will be of fixed determination, good status, etc. (3) aw (Nala). All planets should be in gaa (Ubhaya-dual) signs. The native will be dejected, depressed and disappointed. zaann (Dala yogas 2). (1) ea (Srak) —All benctics should be in Kendras, (3) @q (Sarpa).—All maletics should be in Kendras. For the elTects of the above yogas vide Sloka 11 infra, Satyacharya has descriled the three exjsgq (Asraya) and the two aw (Dala) yogas:thus: ag arg aftg aa faa amare & Aq | aaafrae aad Reaararigwe | aa Rerg ufag agi Raa gaeme & aa | Sra BARU FRAMTTATATAT UI ===== стр 288 ===== $1. 2] CIES: BS. fartty a as sa am hafalcetery | faqenat gent wardaaaiiaat wala |) Also auaaes wy: ferafrteaa qe7 | Bawaan aden qahreles From the words ylafraies: (Munibhiruddishtaha) in the above quotation, it will be seen that Satyacharya was not the original discoverer of the yoga, but the earlier sages, Some commentators are of opinion that the 3 ggisyq (Asraya) yogas Rajju, Musala and Nala are caused when the planets occupy all the four of the moveable (immoveble) or dual signs respectively. But this view, says Bhattotpale, is opposed by Garga who says :— Gal gt al aT: Ge Gages UT Ae: RAAT Wye: fasara zw | Ransrqas wa afaat aR TMNT | ( sufaat RABAT is also another reading) freamal away afaai afealfaa: 1 Regarding the two gq (Dala) yogas eq (Srak) and yy (Sarpa) the comn entitor adds that ah. (Srah) yoga is caused if the benefice planets ecenpy three of tue four Kendias while there are no malefic jianets in any of the Ke idia places, and that when malefic planets occupy three of the Kendr.s wile there are no benefie planets in any of the Kendra he:ves, the yoga is known as gy (Sarpa), and that the Moon should Le left out of consideration and not classed as bene'c or maleflc. He also quotes in support thereof the following two quotations : viz., (1) aq (Garga) Baraca: aat gaara: | == aliens wet dastalaeegst: | (2) qaqa (Badarayana) ===== стр 289 ===== 254 TEMA (Cu. XIL epg Saale: teeta: seats weary | ager angi a Brad Te UI The gq (Dala) yogas are thus described in TEASE (Brihat Parasara Hora). BZA Aeawaig Ws aeagsasamea: We | Mg Aafgad eaea garatn afaanea & The commentator adds that these two yogas have been mentioncd not only by qzaz (Parasara) but also by others and quotes the following from afore (Manittha). BezaaNa: WE Baa Cea | Ql aa aqmaiarafeonasa | TOMaT.— aifiqigrgaadg va 3.5 fafaeney | AN WY FAS ATTA GANA AMAT II fAtgdien ga. aa azaeteq | ZBSA WO AT WNIT II Also aitiaat -- HALA AA TWAT TMI II BHAA AM: AHACTAS! Sa: BAT: | Sag aerial aaa zeaNt AM ALAA: AAA ay TAUSATAUISAMATET: | A HAV NAKA TATA | Rarwea a ae tat att Sloka 3--According to some astrologers, the Asraya yoyas are the same as the qq(Yava), aS ===== стр 290 ===== Su 3] anasera: 256 (Kemala) ag (Vajra), affa (Pekshin), aaa (Golaka), and others* of the enagfa (Akriti) and @eqr (Sankhya) yogas; and the two @@ (Dala) yogas are only similar to the yogas cused by the planets restricting themselves to Kendras and consequently have the sime effects as have already been described for these. That is why these yogas and their effects have not been separately described. Notes. Varahamihira has explained in this sloka the reason why some of the astrologers (ineaning thereby the Yavanas) have omitted to treat in their works separately of the 3 gyjszq (Asarya) and the 2 qs (Dala) yogas, It will be seen that the three @y,97q (Asraya) and the two ae (Dala) yogas some times (but not always) happen to be identical with some of the @ygfq (Akriu) and the geay (Sankhya) yogas. The cordinal signs where piancts are posited need not necessarily be angular at the same time in any horoscope. For instance, suppose all the planets in a certain horoscope happen to be in }q and @zqH =O these two signs are moveable ones; the yoga caused is | and will be identical with y2y if the Lagna happens to be cither Bq or gz%, But if any other aft (other than Pq cr aq) be the Lasna, and all the planets are as described in the above, there is no azz yoga though it may still be called z33. Again, if all the planets be in Fq and qa and if one of these Rasis be the Lagna, then too the yoga is WY since both the signs are moveable ones, As 3 and gw happen to be * WGI (Gada), THe (Sakata) among the erRfa (Akriti) yogas and a7 (Yuga), yg (Sula) and ait (Kedara) among the @eqy (Sankhya) yogas. ===== стр 291 ===== 256 EMR [Cu. Xa the Ist and 7th houses and all the planets are said to be in these two houses, the yoga is sez. Suppose all the planets occupy ¢zqyq and ate, two of the dual signs, the yoga is aw, If one of these two Rasis be also the Lagna, the yoga is known both as sq and ag. But if frat or waa be the Lagna, it will be both qfgyq and aq. If any other Rasi be the Lagna, it will only be o q@qjaq. Examples like these can be multiplied The question now arises as to why then Varahamihira makes special mention of these ( gyjayq and ge) yogas in his work, The answer is, all the possible instances of these yogas are not included in the anagfq and qeqy yogas. The enag and ay yogas may be these and may not be tkese, It is therefore that the author has deemed it fit to treat them separately. Again, it is said of the two eq yogas that other authors have described the effects of benefic and malefic planets occupy- ing the Kendras and as these are ais» the effects of the two ag yOgas, they have cmitted to treat of them separately. Varahamihira treats of these separately in crder to make it known that the two aire aja yogas and as such their effects are felt throughout life, and not like the other yogas whose effects are felt only during their dasa or antardasa period and not afterwards. (vide latter half of Sloka 19 infra) x Ac _ MAA hes ATATTAT IG 184 - tae, NT Tat Ram: wae: | ¢ en FFlern AAT TAA CAATY- AS Se smeaneatafa saga asa: 8 UI Sloka 4.~—Astrologers say that the yoga wer (Gada) is produced when the plancts occupy two ===== стр 292 ===== Si. 4] wraetiseaa: . 287 ren varnesty successive Kendras; gz (Sukatx) when all the 7 planets are in the Ist and the 7th houses; qfgrq (Pakshin) when they are in the 4th and 10th houses ; sme (Sringataka) when the planets are in the Ist, the 5th and the 9th houses; and g@ (Hala) when they are confined to a group of triangular houses other than the one contain- ing the Lagna. NotEs. In this stanza Varahamihira describes 5 out of the 20 eryapfey (Akriti) yogas. (1) ney (Gada). All the planets should occupy adjacent Kendras, There are thus 4 varieties, viz., all the planets may occupy (1) Ist and 4th houses; (2) 4th and 7th houses; (3) 7th and 10th houses and (4) 10th and Ist houses, The Yavanas recognise these as 4 distinct yogas and call them respectively as aa] (Gada), ag (Sankha), faye (Vibhuka) and taq (Dhvaja). The effect is somewhat good and somewhat bad. They will be in squares. (2) swgz (Sakata). All planets should be in the Ist and the 7th houses, ‘The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition. (3) faga (Vihaga). All planets should be in the 4th and the 10th houses. The planets being in opposition, the effect must be pat wgeize (Sringataka), All planets should be in the Ist, 5th and 9th houses, Effect sood. (5) gw (Hala). All planets should be in-- (a) 2nd, 6th and 10th houses ; (b) 3rd, 7th and 11th houses; (c) 4th, 8th and 12th houses ; that is, in trines beginning with any house other than the Lagnae TUST— ; RrecaveaqUMmagt MHeATT ITT Ba: I | gets gaearaaihey: SeFTAe sy II CUITATES tl . 33 ===== стр 293 ===== 258 zemat (Cx. XI Also MaATTIS— BUFGMAGATMAA AAAS: | ay Ugur shrat TTA: FATA: Sawdeg Tas: Il Bua Mes fFeR: Gea: | VUTMATTA: Vl: WSS BAT II fadassstefeamant: at: | eyarat wate J EVA II ara PTIMAAAaAsawe! AA guard: 142 agqlgmafatagen: | RarPAaAey ew se Wes Bay a I -_ AS : - ve, Ars AIA BMT AT afew ager: ° c or A 7 ~ aad of fainatiovdidt agig axa: U4 I Sloka 5,—agq (Vajra) is produced when all the benefic and all the mzlefic planets are ranged as in the gi@z (Sakata) and qfarq (Pakshin), ¢¢., when all the benefic planets occupy the Ist and the 7th houses exclusively and the malefic plancts are in the 4th and the 10th houses exclusively, This order when reversed gives the aq (Yava) yoga, #.e., when the malefic planets are as in, f#z (Sakata) and Lenefc ones as in afer (Pakshin). The yoga becomes %4@ (Kamala) when the good and evil planets are ranged promiscuously in the 4 houses indicated (riz., Ist, 4th, 7th and 10). aq (Vapi) yoga would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 succedent or the 4 cadent houses. ===== стр 294 ===== Si. 5] eM Sea7: 259 Nores. Four more @afq (Abhriti) yogas are described in this sloka, (6) ay (Vajra). All benefics should be in the Ist and the 7th houses, and all malefics in the 4th and the 10th. The spirit is good ; because bad planets are in opposition to bad ones and vice versa, Lagna Venus | Merc, I Saturn Sun Mars | Jup. | | Moon (7) qq (Yava), All malefics should be in the Ist and 7th houses and benefics in the 4th and !Oth. | Lagna ' Sun | | Mars Moon Jup. Venus Mer«' Sst | (8) gaye (Kamala).—All the planets should be posited in the 4 Kendras promiscuously, ===== стр 295 ===== 260 EMT [ Cia. Xai Lagna Venus Sun Mercury Jupiter Moon Mars | ff The effect will be that the person rises with the maximum labour and hardship. For example, Sri Rama’s horoscope, (9) ajgy (Vapi) —All the planets should occupy (a) the 2nd, 5th, Sth and 11th houses, or (b) the 3rd, 6th, %th and 12th houses. In the amg (Vejra) yoga, the man enjoys well in early and later life, because, benefics in the ]st and the 7th must mean good in the beginning (Ist house) and good in the end (7th house), and bad in the middle, because, bad planets are in the mid- heaven, Similarly for gq (ava). In the @q@ (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that wealth is not indicated. In the ajqy (Vapi) yoga, wealth is indicated without character or name—a mere money-making machine. THUR — we oh yeeirerietea: Grae: > a a. gramaage: wayne: aaa: Ba: | anergy aan; aefast aaa erate ah engraat: wravanigag fad: 1 ===== стр 296 ===== St. 6] RENSAR: 26% Also armaa— BAA: BA UI: GaAs Fnq | rddaaran far: 9a] ae: Ractatet 11 Also graqmiagi— faan.ee. Ta: Bq Bad Waa | TH wa ahaierddadas: | fare Tat BAT: BF Ag: SegsT GaTH | ata gaa wats a asa | Also ggaaa for ag-- BIAMMA Bra: TAUNTING GE | qmcaasa wana adahs: aggZerazw | For the ey (Kamala) and gq) yogas herein mentioned, four malefics are required, Rahu is to make up the 4th malefic planet. (f affrzeia. VAAANT: Geawaayqaaa: | qT Ta Aaa Aawaaa aa: 1 VUSA S GAT YM WH: Wy: | ag THRs ens F7igfeeg a7 1 Ody Gal a at wT gala qa | GIT: FAN: GUETTM KAT || TAMAS HA FMITA: Fal | adda wisaftal wae sage Sicha, 6—In agreement to the writings of previous authors, I have described the 4@ (Vajra) and other yogas, For, howcan Mercury «nd Venus occupy the 4th sign from the Sun? Notes. From the above sloka it willjbe seen that Varahamihira per sonally does not recognise the two yogas qq (Vajra) and qq (Yava) as possible, The same doubt is expressed by TONE (Gunakara) when he says, ===== стр 297 ===== 262 TESA (Cu. XII gonna gn aaa anal & at | quiag waa feast ay wae gafaaq 1 But readers wno are familiar with the working of the WiaA (Bhavaspiinta) process described in detail in stqfaqg fet (Sripatipaddhat:), Adhyaya I, and in my notes thereto will easily see that it is not impossible, as we go to higher latitudes, to have some of the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so that in places like London, Berlin, Petrograd, etc., it i8 perfectly possible that Mercury and Venus may happen to be in the 4th bhava with respect to the Sun, though not in the 4th Rasi as interpreted by Varahamihira. It will therefore be seen that qa (Maya), aaa (Yavana), naj (Garga) and others have not crred in treating of these yogas as possible ones, if the yogas are meant to refer to the positions of the planets in the yqgogg@} (Bhava Kundali) and not to the tifram (Rasi Chakra). Brean AGMENATe: | GUIANA Gi Eel WH MHI UU Sloha 7.—lf the seven plenets exclusively occupy four contiguous bhaves icckoned fiom the Layna and the other Kendras in order, the four resulting yogas are qa (Yupa), 2g (/shu) or ag (Sara), ais (Sakti) and qug (Danda) respectively, Notes. Four more @ af (Akriti) yogas are described in this verse - (19) a4 (Yupa),—All the planets should occupy the Ist, 2nd, 3rd and 4th houses. The planets are rising or are about to rjse. (11) wy (Ishu) or st¢ (Sara).—All the planets should be posited in the 4th, 5th, Gth and 7th houses, The planets are culminating or are about to culminate, ===== стр 298 ===== SL. 8] WeMSegyT: 263 ———SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS (12) spfe; (Sakti).—All the planets should be in the 7th 8th, 9th and 10th houses. The planets are setting or about to set. " (13) avg (Danda).—All the planets are in the 10th, 11th, 12th and Ist houses. The planets are elevating or ascending mid heaven, qq (Yupa) must be gcead, because planets are rising. The next best is gug (Danda), because the plancts are elevating or ascending. The other two, viz., Ae (Ishu) and aif (Sakti) are bad, The effects of these yogas are described in Sloka 15 infra and are consistent with the above principles, MeT:— SAI WqTEa- vafea qaqa: 1 Also miaqmlad)— arfgaagia: adeerg qI77 | quifangareyty IT: 77.4 I anleaanae: wat: shelter: | anifanqad: aqersiaiay: I Also atrai— anirvetemgua aaaasaim: | qaacctegve: Raat fay Cer BS agexsamcfa aacaqadieaa: | FLAK Aaa WeHeaewaRyq: | Sloka 8.—If the seven planets be in the sevcn contiguous houses reckoned from the Lagna and other Kendras in order, the four yogas produced are @} (Nau)» ez (Kuta), oa (Chattra) and qq (Chapa), If the seven ===== стр 299 ===== 264 TESTA [Cu. Xif successive houses occupied by planets do not begin with a Kendra as in the four yo,ras a} (Nau), etc, but begin with a qgogqt (Panapara) or a.qiga (Apoklima) bhava, the yoga produced is declured to be eyaez (Arddha Chandra). Nores. Five more @qpHfa (Akriti) yogas are described in this Slaka. (14) 4 (Nau) —AIl the planets should be in the seven houses from the Lagna, (i.e., in the invisible half) in any order, culmi- nating and rising. (15) es (Kuta).—All the planets are to be in the 7 houses from the 4th in any order (i-c, on the occidental side, sctting and culminating. (16) egy (Chhatra) All the planets are placed in the 7 houses from the 7th bhava (ic¢., elevating and setting—all in the visible half). (17) qjq (Chapa) —All the planets are to be in the 7 houses from the lth (1.e., on the oricntal si !e, rising and elevating). (18) grqsyez (Arddha Chandra).—All the planets are in the 7 houses beginning from tLe + qojq¢ (Panaphara) or the 4 ends (Apoklima) honses. Consistently, Varahamiliira gives the several effects in Sloka 16 for q} (Nau) and other three yogas—good effects for gy (Chattra) and qyq (Chapa) because in the one case, planets are in the visible half and in the other, they are rising and elevat- ing—in both the cases, they must be good, TMNT — Ralebaand: FAT AFesacasayly ase | ATGRUIEITAA ATMS SST: Il Also graamael— waianarae: Ataerg TA | . gaitesnmereh: ge serfeettae ===== стр 300 ===== SL. 9] SITMSENT: 268 TAMA SAAITA: ASAT: | ag aie garg RATAA ge: II WATTS sanTamPazy | PAARTT: TAT ST AVI TH I Also aasl— uewesea: Arad: KAT Be: eq: | aeagesiqemtan: yaaas: | AEN Ly aadiners: Baa ARasSETT | A LS THATTATAA GR: TST: | a e faoate adsense: 19 Sloka 9.—If the 7 plancts be ranged in the 6 houses. beginning with the 2nd house and separated from one another by an intervening (planetless) house, the resulting yoga is called @qz(Samudra) and if the planets occupy the 6 odd bhavas reckoned from the Lagna, the yoga produced is ym (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the eqafa (Akriti= figure) yogas has been given, Notts The remaining two eyjpfq (Akriti) yogas are described here, (19) @ag (Samudra).—All the planets should be in the 6 even bhavas, i.e., the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th. (20) qq; (Chakra), All the planets should be posited in the 6 odd bhavas, i.e., the Ist, 3rd, Sth, 7th, 9th and 1ith houses. The Western principles of sextiles and trines implied in the above two yogas may be profitably compared in this connection. sense: — CePA TERA gS WHTNTSRAACT AA: 34 ===== стр 301 ===== 266 TeaR | (Cu. XU ee Also-magaraét— wnbramanaanaiga Read: | dea feats a: waz: Also aasi— Taran] VAAN TMM Aaa vastefs: 11 ° om. HEN TM: Ce TRAIT tarnaawatatadt + | GIA Ha: ASAT BH | Temi Tamers 1 Ro Sloka 10.—agat (Vallaki) or @oq (Veena), aa (Dama), qt (Pasa), @ayz (Kedara), ae (Sula), qm (Yuga) and aye (Gola) are the seven @eqy (Sankhya=numerical) yogas respectively ; roduced by the seven planets uccupy- ing as many Rasis as are denoted by the seven fisures commencing from 7 and diminishing successviely hy one, i.e, by the numbers 7, 6,5,4,3,2and1. These qeay (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those mentioned previously are absent. Notes. Wega: (Sankhya Yogaha) 7. (1) aga (Vallaki) or qoy (Veena).—All the seven planets should be in 7 Rasis or signs (in contradistinction to bhavas or houses), (2) eialay (Damini).—All the seven planets should be in any 6 Rasis, ===== стр 302 ===== Sz. 10] TINS: 267 (3) qyay (Pasa).—All the seven planets should occupy any 5 signs. (4) Saye (Kedara),—All the seven planets are in 4 signs. (5) aye (Sula).—All the seven planets are in three signs. (6) qm (Yuga).—All the seven planets are situated in 2 signs (7) m@ (Gola) or mwH (Golaka).—All the seven planets should be in one single sign. This is a proof that all conjunctions are bad. That is why eal (Vallaki) yoga is the best. For effects, :ee sloka 17 infra, Yogas other than qjzg (Chandra) yogas are ayyqq (Nabhas-) yogas and they take effect at all times and periods irrespective of any dasa or bhukti ruling at the time. These yogas are of permanent effect on the life, character and fortune of the person concerned, @ealay; (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come under ayaa (Nabhasa) yogas. he @eay (Sankhya) yogas may sometimes coincide (or become identical) with the erafe (Akriti) yogas, For instance, Tai, fetes and fe yogas are particular cases of ara mentioned in this sloka. syqez# and gw yogas are only varicties of saaaq. The yogas am, 44, SAS, ANG, qq, &, gifs and gug are only special instances of the eq, yoga Bayz. The yogas 3}, He, FA, Bq and ergeyeg are particular examples of go yoga. The yg and qR yogas are special cases of aaa. In these cases it must be understood they cease to be Wea] youas, i.e., the qeqy yogas are not then to be taken into account. Cf Tenet: — aratgarang andy waa Seqaaa ate: | HUCITREAUTTAA BE) TAMAS UI Seafitahead sees teat Wet tty gas TERATR: | | ===== стр 303 ===== 268 TEMAS [ Cu. XU sug? Racieafagay aes: agar WMeunfeaa Yana WeaAG aq | 22 II Sloka 11.—The person born in the qq (Rajju) yoga will be envious, delighting in visits to foreign lands and fond of travel; the man whose birth is in the gaw (Musala) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engaged in many works; he whose nativity is in the qe (Nala) yoga will be defective in some limb, resolute -and shrewd; the man born inthe aa (Srak) or ayer (Mala) yoga will have many enjoyments; he whose birth is in the aq (Sarpa) yoga will suffer many miseries. AAS — aaa: gear: Weaswafial Age: | BU: UVa: Wy: az wyA: UI TATARMAGA: BATH TN? SATs | Rafa gaat waffa aa: ae ea: UI safakaqe wadaauiaasahgques | argkta GEN Aaaly KeRQaEd || ear Gara TATA Tae: | HAY: PACMB AAA AEWA: |: II aaa: ay: feet fee gs angen: gala | GAT TAT BF Tia] Wala AT: I Also mm%t:— Be frases: MBTAKARSM VANAZE: | wae: fire Sirget Sg srzeTt Rakai asa awaiey: | aN Get eae ah BCsral oat WTF fraeshee: | ===== стр 304 ===== Su. 12] CRSA: 269 serdreaneg finer aseareafify ie: | fen tea es agri: ane: 88H Sloka 12.-—-\f esta (Asraya) yogas should at the same time partake of the character of other yogas, then the effects described for the eqjstq (Asraya) yogas do not come to pass, but the effects of the other yogas with eq (Asraya), then only eaq (Asraya) yogas take effect. TUE T- — fen a ay emaatee: atilaaed HITT: I Also aael-- era set aired ease: | eraratahraagnana: tata aT: | NOTES, Where the gqj37q (Asraya) )ogas coincide with other yogas, (see notes to Sloka 3 supra), they cease to be esq (Asraya) yogas. So that the g&qy (Sankhya) and gyjs7q (Asraya) yogas become null and void (eclipsed or inoperative) when they coincide with any of the arala (Akriti) yogas. But suppose the e7,97q (Asraya) and geqy (Sankhya) yogas to coincide with each other. How are they to be then treated ? Accord,ng to the commentator Bhattotpala, if the coincidence relates to the @qq (Kedara), aq (Sula) and aa (Yuga) yogas, the yogas are to be treated as e7jsyq (Asraya) yogas only, but if it refer to the gg (Gola) yoga, it isto be treated as such an4 not a8 eqjsyq (Asraya) one—otherwise there will be no sc »pe for the gtg (Gola) yoga at all. ===== стр 305 ===== 270 re (Cr. XI The two gg (Dala) yogas will coincide neither with the ensq (Asraya) yogas nor with the egjpfa (Akriti) yogas. They might coincide with the qeay (Sankhya) yogas qyoq] (Veena), atte (Daminec), qyzq (Pasa) or aT (Kedara)—in which case the yogas are to be treated as only gq (Dala) yogas and not as @eaqy (Sankhya) yogas. OCR ACCC OLE UCIT ATUAYHSRAT: BEAL FATT? | adt sea: aaeafaat afte: Tech Rigel shaguey 11221 Sloka 13.—The person born in the maq (Gada) yoga will be a performer of sacrifices, have accession of wealth and be ever hankering after the same. The man whose birth is in the g@z (Sakata) yoga will gain his livelihood by driving a cart, will be sickly and cursed with a bad wife; in the qf (Pakshi) yoga, the person born will be a message-bearcr, of vagrant habits and quarrelsome. ‘he man that has the sea (Sringataka) yoga will be happy in his latter days; and the person whose birth is in the ga (Hala) yoga will be engaged in agriculture. Norrs. From the effects given above, the principle to be deduced is the planets in square or in opposition to one another give bad results, while pl-rets in trine to one another produce good results and the same is brought out beautifully, And this is our old tueory and not the theory of others, Varahamihira does not agree with Parasara and others who think that some Kendras do good. (c.g., ay Kesari yoga). Varahamihira is consistent throughout as regards the effect of squares, oppositions and trines, ===== стр 306 ===== Su. 13] ares: 271 The word Fava (Chira sukhee) has been interpreted as Fraga (Chirena sukhec), i.c., ‘happy in the latter days,” according to the commentator Bhattotpala, The interpretation ‘happy for long time” given hy some is not accepted by the commentator as it is opposed to the following quotation from Garga: viz..— BATAATHY AT: HZ AA: | qard Gaal eH at eareaganfeony | For the effects described in this sloky, cf. aqaey. BIT MANAG AVIA: AWS | TACARLAATITAAIE Aaa UTA J Ul Wat: FEVA Fat Tazigalaar fae: | wastaaelal: KE Ga, WA AT: A wmAneaa ser gar ysaaslal GBI | aeetray fra fer at ae ara: II fraracantaeagiad age: far gaara: | MeN Jalasca: AHeHaAA AFT: | aalfal tz: Has: Sawa Vem: | TyYZTAE: Wal eeUfaa yaar: UI Also aonez. — ASA NW TAA: HSS Alagary: 7 AAA: | Fa Hara una falaxaczahal wet a fea: qa fey aaefira: nz gpisza: sinfqarashal | WEIeH WEAF UST: eM: Maza TAY FU aaa eounkaa sea: Fer CV TAHA S20 | She aH Seaqsgfaa: gat shat dtaradt sera 33 afd waa: | ===== стр 307 ===== 272 aemat [ Cu. XIE Renatteafaaterqey a wat agtargar fier cat ke tt Sloka 14,— The person bornin the ay (Vajra) yoga will be happy in the early and concluding portions of his life H7 will be lovely and very brave. In the aq (Yava) yoga, the man born will be valiant and happy in his middle life. In the gy@ (Kamala) yoga, the person will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immense and his virtues numerous The man born in the apy (Vapi) yoga will enjoy some small though long-enduring comforts, he will hoard his money underground and will not give. Also aad -- snare ahaa: au: gua aes | MARSA A WA: AMAT TSA UI HAMAAATSU Aa ma gartdzea | wait: quia aaalnvar: Azt Gea: | wHaaaM TMIsT Kuga faa Brea | guata: aya: sasvar Haat Haq frfraam frie: Raydgadga: Gea | ATAQAGESEL! AMAA AT) TAT UI TUBE: — , ene) Gal Mgaarad aasye: Guia Ns, | aed Gal aa art enbled aeeniaa: (i CAMSASAeA VMaMAR Zaks | aTeUeagal Seg seat ewer: ===== стр 308 ===== Si. 15] Res: 27h MUMMY RIIAI FT feat su qafina: aEsTe? | Aaissa: geritqay zat acy frafacita genscaate: eal Slola 15.—The person born in the aq (Yupa) yoga will be liberal and self-possessed and will perform eminent sacrifices. He who is bornin the gy (Sara) yoga will be of acruel disposition and in charge of a prison. He will be the artificer of arrows.’ The man who has his nativity in the af (Sakti) yoga willbe base, slothful and bereft of ease and wealth, while the person born under the z0g (Danda) yoga will lead a life of servitude without those that he could hold dear (wife and children), TOUT: — WI area Qearncafagon II fra: TUea ae gafgarl varfamtar | Gara sen fre seas sfeea afer cnet: UI Seat sa Pafrafasae QS Vaat WAASAseT I Also arraal— enna tanfraagal faaateaarae: | Rafranaahca Ae seat Be | WRIT IATA: | feon: Shrecahica: Watt aE |! qacafyasg ReraTSee BT: TIM: | aRMATS IN: TET SH Hae FHT 35 ===== стр 309 ===== 274 qm (CH. XIE eaqaen fear: Bata RM: WHAT: | gfeaatt: Fea WENA AT? AATT II Haase: Fm ats: FESTASTATYATY Tiss | SNR sales Saater: WA KYRA TaMETM eT: 1G Il Sloka 16,—The person born in the a (Nau) yoga will become famous, with occasional happiness, and be miserly. ‘he man born in the ge (Kuta) yoga will be disposed to utter falsehood, and will be a jailor. The person born in the #4 (Chhatra) yoga will make his relatives happy and will be himself happy at the end of his life. The man born in the #1 (Karmuka) yoga will be brave and will be happy in the beginning and end of his life. Ton — CA SIMA AAS OTST: He STA FITATAT ATA: | yatray aeqaaaa: e- SHA TA utara seqaia: u TAM: PEAy sleaae- satay neater at 1 Also atraél— afeatantairra: erneaaA aay EET | HI afd GOT RAAT: FST: 1 araaisaaraerarne fifteen: ser: aT | grange feat vata Mitta waa: 1 ===== стр 310 ===== Su. 17] RINSE: 275 MAUI TAA TA TIGA: SCART: | suas qafe at: Gaemraga: faa: a | endeanfansen: fears saa faa | Sraeat Stat wah aay | Mea: TATBAAT: TaA- earaaa aeaaataaed ath qa argEzafackaafea- : dtirgaa fqn: fradtaze: 1 go tl Sloka 17.—The person born in the eyaeg (Ardha- chandra) yoga will have a beautiful and fascinating appearance and will be the head or chief among his. class. The man who has had his birth in the waz (Samudra) yoga will be equal to a king and a voluptuary In the ym (Chakra) yoga, the person born will be an emperor; while the man born in the qr (Veena) yoga will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of music and dancing. TOUR: — sofia: Sag: ger: earedaee gaat se! | * qafrat amgarige sala yaaa. eat II os rgofradafeerearres: qeitfaraaan: ages: Wa: I AMTGAA: AS TAA: | OO Also anrat— rm: Savas: Sra safer asa: | aprere yoo wate ase eee I ————$— * gala = In aqzain. ===== стр 311 ===== 276 SEMA [CH. XE IMAI TGRATE: | wala avg wasees a Tat aT UI guava: fafa weneiga sarap | sehragen: gear: Racha: aeqaraez | fea: gaara: srr tanec | Gast ague Fonai saat agen: qiaseqmrahatas TET STH Te sasaieareaaey: RANA: SABE TaETASA: UIA saehaaay ws ke Ul Sloka 18-—The person born in the gq (Dama) yoga will be liberal in gifts, will take great interest in other people’s affairs, and will protect cattle. The person whose birth takes place in the qa (Pasa) yoga will be very clever in the acquisition of wealth, and will have near him servants and relations. The man who has the @azt (Kedara) yoga in his nativity will pursue agriculture and will be helpful to many. ‘The person born in the gw (Sula) yoga will be brave with the marks of wounds received in fight, will be fond of money, but without wealth. TTSIE— ATT HATA: TAN STAT | CTY ST TATA AGATTG! TAU RATA TAN VATA? It . TIEN SRG F Sq: Gea Tet ENA | ===== стр 312 ===== St. 19] area seare: v7 FO ANAT TAF- wien Sage Rreratseasy Also araan— Saag Iee TMS TI AS! | aggnadsael Ha art oa: Bq II OY TAS: BATH: APART | agriteon fasten ageyen: aFTAa: By: | Breage: aac: waalea: faa: | Bat AAS WaT I Pemsaqaen Fer: gageHar ABA: | AHASSTNS: YS WHE AMAT Il aafiefea: weaedt a aa cay Teh Raaafeal saalia: gfarecrsay szae | fa fanfiat aim: are Tatts araat — feaanaarbrear aa aaeacareafe i 89 Sloka 19.—The man whose birth is in the qq (Yuga) yoga is without wealth and is heretical. He who is born in the ae (Gola) yoga is without wealth, slenderly clad, ignorant, unskilled in any werk, idle and always wandering. Thus have been described the awe ({Nabhasa) yogas with their effects. The yogas treated in this chapter should be considered as permanent, ¢.e., will have effect at all times, in all the dasa periods. MAUS — querer at ratigen ay afesaa BS | ganaaateiter geal mara Te: II ===== стр 313 ===== 278 aamt (Cu. XIL aieeretaga Fenaermaarat afer: | fret Ssfangiar MS Bt wala aa: | waaay GET: GHET Ut TATA: | Also qoat:— qrafosst ar fran: eq- Re aeraTqTaTT: MS afi Akers zat g:eiFaan arafyatsrar: %: | aaa Taeta AI: HOTT: | mirza aan: Taal athe: ===== стр 314 ===== CHAPTER XiIil FATA: IAT TGR KUTA A afi fiaaftameadiagonts | wets tak a ax eashafiaiae at be 1 aigefaaee aay eq gat TI Sloka 1.—According as the Moon occupies an angular (Gx (Kendra), a succedent (qoqq Panaphara) or a cadent (erqifga Apoklima) house in respect to the Sun, will the moral training, the wealth, the knowledge and the intellectual precision of the person born be the lowest, midding or highest. If the Moon be in its own Navamsa or in that of a very friendly planet and if it be aspected by Jupiter. the person born will be wealthy ; if it be aspected by Venus, he will be happy—in both cases without regard to when the birth takes place— which may be by day as well as by night, Notxs. From the effects mentioned, it will bc seen that the Moon ina Kendra from the Sun is bad whether in the conjunction (Ist), in a square (4th or 10th) or in opposition (7th). Here Varahamihira differs from Parasara with regard to gforaraeg {Purnima Chandra). The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 1\th from the Sun is middling, 5th is a negative trine and 9th is a positive one. a ===== стр 315 ===== 280 TEAR [ Cu. XIE eee The Moon situated in the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th from the- Sun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees. CF, wearers Beats Tt ale | qaraatae warnlagonfs s 4 eatashaaria a fer ar fae zen TA EIat Ta shat Fragaifeas: | eaifafratangeg! 281 eiaaAam I ag Hed wait saeTHAABEsI | faqeaet shail MaaseTTAT AT I Also qaqqt :— qaiy qtzia mfahaisz: sqtshaqeae: | gaiggar afiat vatad eae sea UI tai TaN an eAAA Aeterewatz: Tee: | ATAMAYA: 7g aT st ear Tawa | The sloka in the text can also bear the following two interpretations -— (1) If the birth be in day time and the Moon be aspected by Jupiter, the person becomes wealthy. If the birth be at night time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes happy- If the Moon be in his own Navamsa and aspected by Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. If the Moon should be in the Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspected by Venus, then the person born will be happy. (2) Whether the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be aspected by Jupiter and Venus tevether, the native is sure to be rich and hippy. The amount of wealth will be in a less degree if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a iriend’s Navamsa and be aspected by Jupiter. Inthe same way the happiness will be slightly less if at birth the Moon being in his own or in a friend’ Navamsa be aspected by Venus, gore: — Pramdifaaraa ging | ===== стр 316 ===== Sa..2] | seat seaet: 2a ae Rratcramrenrgern er meatoreateeeraer sett: | fFroeatigeantsag Suenafaet qeTtega: | ae saeT vafaat Wa fil caterer a wafiza: || Also aqjaat:— qareaitenad ena: warren eer | Sea Tala WneaaharaeT | . a ales: equitiraacatara wat- vafenarqraraahrtacester | ara ahaa Aaa Raaeraaey ata: 8H Sloka 2.—With the benefic planets occupying the 6th, 7th and 8th houses from the Moon, there results. what is called the Moon’s afatq (Adhiyoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander (Police Superine tendent or head), a minister or a ruler (of a Disirict or Province) ‘Those that are born in the Moon’s erftratt (Adhiy oga) are at the height of prosperity and pleasure, overcome their foes and live a long life, being exempt from diseases and dangers. NortEs. The yoga will be lowered a little in effect if the Sun should be in opposition to the Moon. The effects described in the third quarter of the sloka will take place if only two benefics instead of three as above be in the above places from the Moon, , and <6 ===== стр 317 ===== 282 TEMA (Cu. XU those mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, Bhattotpala says that the interpretation put by some that all the three places, viz., 6th, 7th and 8th houses from the Moon should be occupied each by one of the three to constitute an etftraia (Adhiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof the following from gaala (Sruta Keerti) who recognises 7 sorts of etfiyaqqa (Adhiyoga). frrat Tat 18 FROMATT DATE | erfata: a ea saraged HAT Ft: The seven sorts are caused according as the three benefic planets occupy one or more of the three houses, 6th, 7th and 8th places from the Moon. That is, they might occupy (1) all the 3 houses, 6th, 7th and &th; (2) 6thand 7th; (3) 6th and 8th; (4) 7th and 8th; (5) 6thonly; (6) 7th only and (7) 8th only. He also adds UE UAMSGA IMAL: SANSA: A | aa: gata PafaRaaar: 11 Padarayana ( mezIaT; ) and Parasara are of opinion that according as all the benefic planets happen to possess superior, medium or ordinary strength, a person born under the yoga will become a king, a minister or a commander. aia: ata: 98 Ta ar fataafeat at ey? | Sal safasal HN a Beat Asis earafratny Sta: Blea: AIST | He SAA MUTTATS! AeAAAF: ETA II But PAINT (Kalyanavarman) classes the egypt (Chandradhiyoga) with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspected by malefics. anaal— wa eptaareR RRra: set: BARA: BA: merit af aT a IAAL: BASALT: | ===== стр 318 ===== St. 3] THREMSATA: 283 YINsS: MA ay AISA: aaAAsaezTATAwS YVSHE: VA | Mandavya is also of the same opinion. ; eifire afta fran strate Te: a aearahe saagacalay | gases aaa nara waa SAB BA MAG WNT II For the waiffata, the following effects are given in alae! — © emeqgaqiga az yar: Tea zal: wazee: frdeeafa: stat agai of: | gaiqizaka aaa afar waa asia wratsusaia Tat: Gar AeA II TOMET:—- eragrracaran: Mat: Hat Ay awry | qaakagaaiaa: waif gaat TAT: I feta FARA: TATA: e bat dS hata: afeaseag ¢ aeht: Ragasercaal | Hee alaetsaa gaed Hazay Acq ahaehegaaraany a aeghe: sera zt Sloka 3,—When planets other than the Sun occupy the 2nd, the 12th, or both the 2nd and the 12th houses from the Moon, the resulting 3 yogas are respectively styled gat (Sunapha), efamy (Anapha) and goat (Durudhara), It is declared by the majority of ===== стр 319 ===== 284 TEM [Cu XII astrologers that in the absence of the 3 yogas defined above, there is the aqea (Kemadruma) yoga. But there are others who would not allow the yqe@a (Kemadruma) yoga where a @-¢ (Kendra) (calculated from the Lagna) or the Moon is associated with a planet, Some there are who declare that the 3 yogas gam (Sunapha), efatal {Anapha) and geq~q(Durudhara) are to be reckoned from the presence of planets other than the Sun in the 4th and the 10th Kendra fron the Moon instead of from the 2nd and the 12th houses from the Moon; and the absence of any of these 3 yovas indicates the presence of uqea (Kemadruma). Another class would declare the 3 yogas in reference to the Navamsa occupied by the Moon, i.e., find the Rasi owning the Navamsa which the Moon occupies ; if reckoning from this Rasi, the 2nd or the 12th Rasi or both be occupied by planets other than the Sun, these three yogas exist. Sagea (Kemadruma) is the absance of any of these three yogas. But the holders of these last two * views are not recognised as authorities in the science of astrology. NotTss. Note,—In the yogas prop .unded by this sloka, the Sun is always kept out of consideration. * But Parasara has recognised the last two views. cf, agaga: Gan Tafaa: Aftasast at: | aaahwager Sagaafeasara ata: UI agireat staigaata seats faa: | akadahucata: gerares: sella? Satan wat aeeaeaae: | Tet FUT ASIA SAGA Aa: || ‘ ===== стр 320 ===== Si. 3] TTS: 285 I ( First half ),—The authorities relied on by acefafen (Vara- hamihira with regard to this half of the sloka appear to be STE NANT and geese and such other works, where, in the absence of the 3 yogas (viz.) (Gav, eae and seq ) GATea is declared as positive. cf. gazaghey. eahasg ar at afetscafaraa a7 | erat wine ht: Beles: errarrahere: Gan Bawa MyAAAegeyqusls + | HAM AIHA AN: SATGA: WA! II Also s19q— HHT BE a Ae far ar gfeatears: | SATA A AAP AT BEA TA fafa a gant fata vate & aa fate ada aaa ceqiafe | FAAIA: Bea ain: Sacea: A! | aranaqaisa warariqueta I (Third quarter).—qqefafez (Varahamihira) relies on aaj (Garga) for the principle laid down in this qyz of the sloka, who says that in the absence of any of the 3 yogas above stated, the Bacar will be mitigated or nullified by the presence of any of the five planets Mars, Merc:iry, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn in a Kendra or by the Moon’s association with any one of them, The words © }2¥ santsyaql weya ’? are also capable of being interpreted +‘ 342 shat aqdma AAT mega ” that is, if the Moon occupy a Kendra (calculated from the Lagna) or be associated with a planet (one of the five above named). But this has to be rejected on the authority of qqgfafgr who says sete aagada: Fal afyensaqafs—(Chapter VI, Sloka 1 supra,) The above interpretation is also opposed to the principle laid by Garga who has said: ===== стр 321 ===== 286 TAA [ Cu. XI ae sqatarges gifs weg a RE eharagal Wz BH HANSA! II Mr: BAA AA az tata TART aaa fakgaa gives: That is, if the 2nd or 12th house counted from the Moon or any of the Kendras —whether reckoned from the Moon, or the Lugna—be not be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mais, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, also resulting yoga is Kemadruma, &c, Also qopaz: -- VII BARABT ATT TA ANT: waar ees taza. | a yozHNe AS AZ t A LAAT fad: agains: aigaaiaan kara: | The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (1) Se ay staat a qega afqa—‘ That is, if one of the Kendras or the Moon be associated with a planet”? (any one of the five ubove named) 3 (2) PESTATSIAETA— If Kendra be devoid of the Moon or be occupied by a planet”” (any one of the five above named). This interpretation will correspond with the above quoted Garga’s principle as also that of Kalyana. varman who says: BARAHZSAC: BAT Ga wale Tete: | ara Scaraqaateragerr: || at 4 az an: Saneahra: Tas | SazeMskate: Aer FT AAs UI From the above, it will be seen that, according to Garga though the position of any one of the five planets in any one of the Kendras will annul or annihilate the effects,of the SATHANT it does not produce any of the 3 yogas GAH, TAH and ZVI. [Note.—The Moon in a Kendra associated with one of jhe five planets does not destory the effect of the Sagaaaa.} ===== стр 322 ===== Si.'3 ] THEMSATA: 287 (Fourth quarter).—But the Yavanas went further, aaa, (Srutakirti) one of the Yavanas, declared that the presence of any of the plancts (1) in the 4th house from the Moon is Ove, (2) in the 10th house gyqaqy and (3) in the 4th and 10th houses is gay. cf qUGa: Fawr wae: Haasan ey | a iy at suahusgega tueadiaals aa aa: UI zaaat (Devasarma) went still further than aaah and declared the yogas with refer: nce to the qafgy of the Moon. cf. aginda maigaata sata fera: | acfgdafadatn gamensatia: | firma sa Teles: | Mel SRY AMSA BAS ea: WA: || The above two views, viz., those of aaa and VqTAT are not accepted by qugfafez or other old astrologers, But SeaiNgIAt seems to attach some weight to the views of srqa}fF Cf. ancaat : < ~ An “Wagefiniza: ganze Vahadalke waa = Asa aa: | fraraalqracy wey wal aay ag wasratat waa II But qzjefalet 2s also gaat would appear to be strict followers of gqez and yangfe = (Cf eaeqalds. iaasa sratzan RAAT: BATT | enakyudcegr SaTeadaa RSA: | and aq ATHAAAM Heqwazaaa: ary | Was Teal aeasUanaedg waaay | (Suess ats zen waa ast TA II Parasara also says that the absence of planets in the 2nd 4nd 12th houses from the Moon causes GAS. (Kemadruma) Ct, ===== стр 323 ===== 288: TEMA [Cu. XUE hatnganitead gan aa scree: wig VIAATTHIT WSAAMRAA: | Sirveram a afkera: ue ee MITT Taiageahr: waar: wey an: wage The presence of the planets in the Kendras, the Moon’s association with any of them, the aspect of all the planets over the Moon, are all specific cases of exceptions where Hace does not operate. For qzzqe says: meaty: qa ae 221 a ad: Segeaan: BO | gages usa vara aesarey ea Fager FI aq @er Bzq4g Gen TH aveny Sareqisay | ZB ag te dies sa: Yat acne 8 fea aag Waraity Ae aanlgharaaey_ | aca am: Wasa wy ay: | See also the following slokas from aad. HAMA Pera, anes: TAEDA AT: VT | GIAYAAHA AT BURMA waa aga: adalat frat 1 AAAEM! TARA TAT qira alert vata ~ a ‘ wae RATS fla fraies gacaeta: ne tt Sloka 4,—There are 31 gat (Sunapha) yogas, a similar number of era% (Anapha) yogas and 180 varieties of geqq (Durudhara) yogas. This can be ===== стр 324 ===== Si. 4] THENSHTT: 28% verified by forming series as described in the rule for finding the number of combinations of a given number of things. Nortrs, There are 31 varieties of Gah, 31 of apa and 180 of gage. Cf mac. GanaKaicia sages B | RY TVyrt ageshai ales aay 1 Take for example the Aral. The second house from the Moon may contain one, two, three, four or ‘all the five planets (viz., Mars, Mercury, Jupiter Venus and Saturn). x9 9 Ff 5 5 This will be in 5, 10, 10, 5 and Lor 31 ways {G+ C+C+G+ G]. Similarly with the grape. a Now take the case of a Fit youa where the second house froin the Moon is occupied 1b) ouly one planet, In order to make this a Dhurudhura ala, th $2. house from the Moon may contain one, two, three o fovr planets ‘This can be in 4 4°44 4+6+44-+1 (G4-C-4G4-Cy) or 15 ways. So for one gana 1 2 3 4 yoga where the 2nd house is occupied by one plinct there are 15 varieties of Diurudhura gyq possible. Therefore, for the 5 varieties of OAH with one planet in the 2nd house there are 5x 15 or 75 varieties of Dhuradhury gy. Next, in the c scof a away with 2 planets in the 2nd house, to make this a Dhwudhura youa, the 12th house may contain one, two or three planets, This can be in 3+5+ 3.8 l G46 + or 7 ways, Therefore for the 10 such varieties of SAHA with twu planets in the 2nd house, 10 x 7 or 70 varieties of Dhurudhura yogas are possible. Similarly in the case of a Bawa with 3 planets in the 2nd house, in order to convert it 37 ===== стр 325 ===== 290 TEMAS ( Cu. XIII into a Dhurudhura yoga, the 12th house may contain one or two planets, This will be in 2+1 or 3 ways. For the 10such varieties of Gana with three planets in the 2nd house, we have 10x 3 or 30 varieties of Dhurudhura. In the same way, for the 5 varieties of gana with 4 planets in the 2nd house we have 5 varieties of Dhurudhura. In the case of the Baw Youa which has all the 5 planets in the 2nd house, no Dhurudhura yoga is possible. The total number of varieties of Dhurudhura yoga is thus 79+ 70 + 30 +5=180. Cf. Aaa -- GaHaHaed faaqiulad gy: wa. | wea equa masa areas: 1 eqaafinataas wPiaeaeaAy al wala f@ ganar daaentaats | THUMATTAT: Mlsary Taraafa- ¢ Ragan farang 4 I Sloka 5,—The person who has had his birth in the gam (Sunapha) yoga will be a king or his equal with self-acquired property, and renowned for his wisdom and wealth. The man born under the gag (Anapha) will be strong, healthy, with amiable manners, known to fame, blessed with material comforts, well-dressed, contented and happy. ‘ Norrs ~ The principle here is that planets in the 2nd (from the Moon) give rise to accumulation of wealth and planets in the 12thi (from the Moon) give rise to enjoyment without caring for accumulation. The position of planets is with respect to Ras positions instead of bhavas. ===== стр 326 ===== St. 6] ADEMSAM: 291 TORT: — YAMA GaMSAT gaagkanhivaya ga 4 sarang afta ffrae warts Ganraansera AAMT | Rarateaga frydeae: sRradificacanea: | Raetaya Ragas faa agra: 1 Also aqraat— Hal aga aaa s: , maiaggaa: eo. | see gal faerie: afatsaat war aa: yary faqedt: ganar |i aaa sagan: aie MBAUAHAMFITA ANAT | equa: aaa: gumafaat MA fraravae aah gas: tl STAM MASAI AAU TAN S- TATA FEIN ATA: | Hazy afsagifaadlafasean: _ Fes aorg Traely aaa § UI Sloka, 6—Taking freely to the joys of life as they crop up and blessed with abundance of wealth and vehicles, the person born under the geqq (Dhurudhura) yoga is bountiful and waited upon by faithful attendants. But those born under the @agaq (Kemadruma) yoga, though they may be of a princely race, become obscure, miserable, given to base way penurious, drudging as menials and wickedly inclined. ===== стр 327 ===== 292 seat (Cu. XBI NorEs. Persons born under TSI (Dhurudhura) yoga _ earn {becaues of planets in the 2nd) and at the same time enjoy or spend (because of planets in the 12th). In the case of saga (Kemadruma), the yoga should be predicted only if, as stated above, there are no planets in any of the Lagna Kendras or with the Moon in any one Lagna Kendra, MSL! — ganaeaghenonradt vageeaua gt daa: | fafaangasiate: az gaqguara: ofa aa | iq: wal safaasaha: afigresaeraate: | BIAUGESAIaala: SHCA TIIAANSA | Also arraa— argtefamana: afta: ofreat WUAATATTTAMTSAMI TAR | qa HSFATARIMSsTAT: BTTATTSTUTAA FA: UI HPAAMTATSAMGZ wala SIRRAZ:ANTeATSTIT: | Fea: as: aavelafagata: gazed vale wlazaastsh Teale araaeaacaaa: atea: oe: gaat fag: sere | astIMTaMESs Taha sit agagaal feats ili ===== стр 328 ===== SL. 8] THEMSATT: 293 Sloka '7.—If the planet in the 2nd or the 12th be Mars, the person born will be energetic, powerful, wealthy and bold. If it be Mercury, he will be skilful, eloquent and proficient in the arts- If it be Jupiter, he will be wealthy, virtuous, happy and honoured by the sovercign If it be Venus, he will be very rich anda sensualist. Notes. Varahamihira does not differentiate the effect of the planets by their positions in the 2nd or in the 12th house,’ so far as these yogas are concerned, He attributes the effects to the planets causing the yoga without reference to their being in the 2nd or the 12th house, HUST: — soled aefaa 3 acaatad afrga: sare | TTRAMNETT: Host Tufld a: Garay I gatilefiaa: ga aaa fants | at anaattasarea eal haat RIANA: | ayAS este esuyls- ifsaaga BASSAI 1 CI Sloka 8.—Tf Saturn be the planet in the 2nd or 12th house from the Moon, the person, born will enjoy on other people’s wealth, cloths, etc., will engage himself in various occupations and will bea leader of men. In a day-birth, the Moon if situated in the visible half of the zodiac will cause evil; but if he be in the invisible half, he will do good. [f it be otherwise, the results also will be reverse. ===== стр 329 ===== 294 Teas [ Cu. XIII Novtes. If the Moon be in the visible half (7th to Ist) for a day-birth, i.e, when the Sun also is in the visible half, it will not be auspicious, If the Moon is in the visible half (even if he be a weak Moon) for a night-birth, i.e., when the Sun is in the invisible half, the Moon wil! be auspicious. When the Moon is in the invisible half for a night scenery (when the Sun also is in the invisible half), it is bad When the Moon is in the invisible half in a day scenery (when the Sun is in the visible half), the Moon is very good. N.B.—This is important for all yogas and combinations, TASC: — qa ae: ZANT UI aaeagen: wig alea az fai aaaven samara lt Also aiqradl—— ants: Krag aarza eam far SbraaaMtas: M7 | og fiat: ane Gesigiaed masa TERA aequigha: 1 TATA AAFIAMSS AUF S, A . aleqgeeTaaiad: ARTA! | gizat aasewagaly aqaaal- arqcqaceaty HeaqgeReT 18 Hl Sloka 9,—If all the four benefics, viz., the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be in the Upachaya hoyses (3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th) from the Lagna, the person born will be immensely rich. If the three benefics, ===== стр 330 ===== Su. 9} TPES: 295 Mercury, Jupiter and Venus he in Upachaya Rasis with respect to the Moon, the man becomes an ordinary land-lord. If only two bencfics be in these houses, he will have medium wealth _ If there should be only one benefic, his wealth will be less. (If none, he will own no land or house.) Even if there should be other malefic yogas, the effect of this yoga will prevail. Nores The principle to be deduced from this is that benefics in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses bring forth maximum income with minimum labour, that is by luck or fortune. If malefics should occupy the above pcsitions, the man will have maximum labour and minimum income by dint of hard struggle and work, and so may not be a great gainer financially. This should he read along with the latter half of the prev.ous sloka, TUF: — agavaada FeIaTT Aya: | waAyEMdenAaleraar | Also aitet— BUGIAIG: Ja: GAAS Tay TA | aq SHaraAAg Vegas Aza: ===== стр 331 ===== CHAPTER X1V feneaniean: e ¢ - a e 2 farqiasaaeyyaalzay axa at ax <4 “ ° « io S ataatd Tad fag Aaifiakentaaq | ° - LV on ba’ _ S Re TEslaaeqeaiatd BRI WyATA- ° ° ore UIA WUAHIS HOSAMTT AT LU Sloka 1.—If, at the birth of any person, the Sun be in conjunction with the Moon, he will be skiiled in machinery and stone work; if the Sun be in conjunction with Mars, the person born will be intent in doing sinful decds; if he’ * associated with Mercury, the person will be clever. intelligent, famous and happy. If the Sun be in cou, medion wih Jupiter, the person born in the yori will be erucl, and interested in other people’s work fi the San wad Venus b+ together at a birth, the person conce.: owilleumaeney as an .ctor or by the use Of Wepre thea Sao he assecided with Satura the person bo av iitbe elev + ia working in metals or in Various surts Of pr rehen ‘se, From ancr.aincation of the cifects given above it will be secn that:—- 1 the Sun conjunction Moon confers on the native a creative spirit 5 the Sun conjunction Mars-—a destructive spirit ; the Sun conjunction Mercury-—a proficient, with a good name and famous, but nu! good for finance; ===== стр 332 ===== SL. 2] ATES: 297 the Sun conjunction Jupiter—cruel-hearted, benefits others at the cost of himself ; the Sun conjunction Venus—an imitative spirit ; the Sun conjunction Saturn—one who will work hard. Varahamihira consistently maintains that conjunctions are bad from the financial point of view. The Sun conjunction Moon (Amavasya conjunction) in an exception, TON: — aa aguas aaratgira: Mt WAZA: AFI FE: Bo Soma: aa aye warpentara: BAA Bawa: | FEAUAIFATTTATT Ags Aaw: Tat aa: sPraneraataga abaewaenraay | fared goqeratacas Aaa af vant afaa: fraitaas are: gaysTaq U2 Ul Sloka 2,—If the Moon be in conjunction with Mars, the person born will be a dealer in hammers, ploughs or other rough instruments, women, drinks and earthen jars; he will be disobedient to his mother. If the Moon be associated with Mercury, the man born in the yoga will be sweet-tongued, clever in interpreting, and endowed with good luck and fame. When the Moon is in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will be over-powering (his enemies), but fickle-minded; he will be a chief of his family and wealthy. When Venus is associated with the Moon, the person born will be an adept in weaving, tailoring and dyeing of cloths, If the 38 ===== стр 333 ===== 298 TESTA | Cx. XIV Moon be in conjunction with Saturn, the person born will be the son of a widow remarried. Notes. Moon conjunction Mars—here Varahamihira disagrees from Parasara who maintains that aqfspaqaa (Sasimangala) yoga is good. Cf. Western astrologers. (Moon conjunction Mercury—combination of two benefics gives good results is well borne out by this yoga, Even this is not good for finance. Moon conjunction Jupiter--this is an exception to the ordinary rule above quoted thar even conjunction of benefics will not be good for finance Moon conjunction Venus—no success in finance indicated. Moon conjunction Saturn--bad for finance, TOMEI: — EN aap Ie TIO: are fea wares ag: | aN FHI: TUT: Ysa: Testaaeh: Ay II IAN Gye We WTA ATES | SHON TANNA: FEA FAAAAT UI “ ait om. qureaeneotaert aftiengargr adtea ¢ ; « gaeaa: asta aafa acafa: mafaat feat ar | NT AVIS Faz Walaa Tagged qartisaada: aaftsaad yfia faay 1 3 1 Slola 3.—If tle Mars and Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will be adealer in herbs, plants, barks, oils, ;and drugs, and clever in boxing. When Mars is in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will be a leader of a city, or a king, or a wealthy Brahmin. The effect of Venus and Mars being together at a birth will be that the person born will be a shepherd, a ===== стр 334 ===== Si. 4] TANS: 299 wrestler, skilful, addicted to other people’s wives ora gambler If Mars be in conjunction with Saturn at the birth of a person, he will be miserable, untruthful and despised by all. NotrEs. Mars conjunction Mercury—the professions mentioned are all condemned ones, according to Manu; also bad for finance. Mars conjunction Jupiter— occupies a good position. (Cf. Western astrologers). Earns by his own exertion—an exception to the ordinary rule. . Mars conjunction Venus—a moral wreck. Varahamihira condemns this yoga, while Parasara and others advocate the same. Mars conjunction Saturn - conjunction of two malefics, bad. TOMBE: — MISHA; aZa nayEd fa raaqwa: | meant wage szaftat sara: ATs | TASaAcaASA Ma sa A sel WY AAS | Wa ary aafafza: weg: ePadsewas: 9%! | atey THAT Teerfiaa Haha Tales ¢ arett yay: faa ATA ATI TeR: | be Nc afeat sacraaggy: yan Ie Tit RI: TAYRUSHAA THMASABISH a U8 I Sloka 4,—When Mercury and Jupiter are in con- junction, the person born will be an actor, fond of music and versed in the art of dancing. If Venus be in conjunction with Mercury, the person born will be eloquent, possess lands, and will become a head of an ===== стр 335 ===== 300 TERT? | Cu. XIV eS assembly. If Saturn be associated with Mercury, the person born will be clever in cheating others, and dis- obedient to his superiors, The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one house will have good learning, possess wealth and wife and have many good qualities. If Jupiter and Saturn be together at a birth, the person affected by the yoya will be a barber, a pottcr or a cook. Nores. Mercury conjunction Jupiter. This is also is not a good yoga for finance unless these planets rule the house of wealth. yaa (Ranga chara) may also mean a Statesman. Mercury conjunction Venus—the person may be a fine speaker with considerable influence. This also is not a good yoga for finance. Mercury conjunction Saturn—the person born under this yoga will prove a rogue and a transgressor of all divine laws, Not good for finance. Jupiter conjunction Venus—this is an exception to the ordinayy rule of conjunctions being bad. Good for finance. . AAeviter conjunction Saturn—bad fur eye-sight. Marriage and start in life simultaneous. By entry of the wife into his house, the man begins to earn. From the above it will be seen that conjunctions are generally bad, especially from the financial point of view. Exceptions,—Jupiter forming a conjunction with the Moon, Mercury and Venus and to a certain extent with Mars‘is good for finance. i Co ata wane: aene Hohe zalefrrsior: | aR GP TIVSHAM aMNIETs enfFare II fernGen: aerreaexaet ance Torna eT | Rae Sagnese ret aa sayfelieaper. | ===== стр 336 ===== Su. 5] agewMsea: 301 aieafaaaaTaset ag. qaftanravingata: | walt 3 fefageafaaaa aire: Wa AeThT: 14 I Sloka 5.—If Venus and Saturn be together at a birth, the person affected by the yoga will be short- sighted, will get his wealth augmented through a young woman. (His marriage will be a key-note to financial success). He will be skilled in writing and painting. If more than two planets occupy a house, prediction should be made by combining the effects described for the several possible pairs of planets constituting the yoga. aT faraifrartage seat Seer TTA: FB: | we Baers: Fragma ee ===== стр 337 ===== CHAPTER XV TSS TTA: af A CHUA MaaZasia: Taha: wamstiefigagaca farsa: | MeITTSINTTaaMATK ls WATT sacar aff: aes wefiaeaceafatt: segfas 1k tt Sloka 1—If, at a birth, four or more planets possessed of strength occupy a single house, the person born will become a sq (Sakya), a off (Jeevika), a fgg (Bhikshu), a gg (Vriddha) or qe (Guru), a ave (a Charaka), a fasyeq (Nirgrantth:) or faara (Vivasa), a a qeqiaa (Vanyasana) or ajaqey (Vanaprastha), accord. ing as Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, the Moon, Venus, Saturn or the Sun is the strongest planet of the group. If the strongest planet in question be conquered in planetary war by another planet or planets at the time of birth, the person will relinquish that stage of ascetic life and revert to his previous condition in life. NotEs. The following sloka from qyaeqritcia (Jatakaparijata) ex- plains the several terms referred to in the above verse. aaTeRaTe Taher vase Fara Rag: zara aaagaheraaey AEE | AUNTATHR ASUAITT: META Fattat UMMA RG TOCA ATH MTS: TAA II A ajaney (Vanaprasttha) is a religious man engaged in the ===== стр 338 ===== Su. 1] TACT SA: 303 practice of rigorous and devout penance. A fgate@ (Vivasa) is a naked ascetic dwelling in hills and forests, A Rrg (Bhikshu) is an illustrious ascetic with a single staff for his symbol engaged ever and anon in the contemplation of th: truths of the sacred scriptures. A‘ qyzqa (Charaka) is a religious mendicant wandering over many countries. A 3,,¢q in an ill-behaved ascetic of the Buddhist class, A 18 (Guru) is a celebrated teacher endowed with royal splendour, A qq (Jeevaka) is a garrulous and gluttonous mendicant. St t planet Stage of life, 1.¢., the pene kind of ascetic Reinarks of the group or holy order area va BRA alt Maheya or Mars Sakya Sakti- form of worshi >. . a fareay Jnaor Mercury Jeevika Vishnu—-form of worship. Te reg Sankhya system of philo- ruru or Jupiter Bhikshu sophy. a TThT . 33g _. Belief in Parameswara. Kshapakaraor Vriddhaor Guru Those that go about the Moon begging with skull-like thing for alms. faa IL Metcrialistic School. Sita or Venus Charaka Lakshmi Maya. ICSC > at wee faisi-ey Digambara Sanyasin. Prabhakari or Nirgranttha Saturn a TAB Simple living and high lna—The Sun Vanyasana or thinking, denoting high SATE intellectual and spiri- Vanaprastha tual development, aan i. o ===== стр 339 ===== 304 TEMA [Cu. XV If there are in one house four or more strong planets (one of them exceedingly strong—all the planets cannot be very strong in one sign), the school of philosophy pertaining to that planet is followed by the native by becoming an ascetic of that order. If, among the 4 planets, two are in conjunction, the weakest (by virtue of conjunction) nullifies the yoga of the strong planet. The min takes to the religion or faith indicated by the strongest planet, but give it up at the end without much advancement in the faith. TONE: — CHARA TAHT TATA CATT ATU INIA THAT aT HAIN: *? II Agata aera at: afraPamadigan tataeataieaat 12 1 Sloka 2.- If strong planets capable of leading to asceticism be obscured by the Sun’s rays, the persons born will have great reverence for ascetics, though they may not become initiated into the holy order. If the planets referred to above be overcome in planetary war and aspected by other planets, the person concer- ned will seek admission into the holy order without succ¢ss. NorEs. - If the Sun forms a conjunction with other! planets as in the first sloka, then the man does not become a Sanyasin at alle What the Sun’actually does is, he improves the devotional side in the school of philosophy denoted by the strong planet but does not make him a Sanyasin of that school of thought, If the planet that is defeated (by conjunction as above) be aspected by any planet, then the man makes persistent efforts of attaining the end in view. ===== стр 340 ===== , Si. 3] TITMSET: : __ B08 TOT: — eriifarc: qiateattatatraaagarea: a | nasgaatraagteredaaageaas UI Also a@zaal:— TAS: eal Tryfraaafaafaray asa: | afar watt a arate rN o: Hey NATE NSATT Bow Coney | TIA AAT A TAT | BGS1351 dat maeheadey . s abmray ated a aR RI Sloka 3.—lf the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon having nv aspect of other planets on itself aspect Saturn, or if Saturn aspect the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon, devoid of strength, the person born becomes an ascetic. When tie Moon occupies a decanate of S.turn and is aspecied by that planet, the yoga leads to the renunci: tion of the world. The same is the case when the Moon occupying a Navamsa of Saturn or Mars is aspected by Saturn. Norts. First half.—The same effect is attributed for the yas (Lagnesa) in place of was (Janmesa) ( fF sraaoitsra (Jatakaparijata) XV. 40. a hess Safire: saat wage | wnfas a ae wags: aaa & Ia CAT II There is another interpretation for the latter half—vix., “If the Moon placed in the decanate of Saturn be at the same 39. ===== стр 341 ===== 306 TEM [Cu. XV time in a Navamsa of Mars or Saturn and be also aspected by Saturn (any aspect whether from the 3rd, 7th or 10th), the man becomes an ascetic.” Cf. maaaftsna (Jatakaparijata) XV. 41° we waged cagazaIaAt aa frgaahafire cagaatongas fra 1 TMS: — San FaraasIsssa Ta | walaq freadiamal fesse stint wget WASH: AM AAITAT ATT: | quaatee: gaitfeggaras: 1 Also altraat MEH Cast aaa: Sifhes: THC OTA | paisa: a1 cesta Fel aaiger Byafa AGA: | aera: Gagaa ee: NAzs: geeea Te | enmladiat Set area Fatmaae rarcotta | qwedaraeaneegs TH qera sdtat Taal HT SANT | ATAATATY AeA ASHATE vata acaary Sta: wha: 8 Sloka 4.;-When Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are aspected by Saturn and Jupiter occupies the 9th house, the person born in the Rajayoga will become a holy illustrious founder of a system of philosophy. When Saturn occupies the 9th house and is not aspected by ===== стр 342 ===== St. 4] qe Sea: 307 any planet, the person possessed of Rajayoga will betake himself to the holy order before becoming a lord of men. ‘ Novus. Cf. aon: — wefeag aera a gidlaesatase: | GAARA AAAS TANS Migleashs paraagt TF It Also waagiftara Jatakaparijata XV—2I1. MITE weByAdy F | wraaat Ha TMS AetzL TAMA HY TAAL sash dara daa sofas ! Jup. | jJup. Moor | Mars Zagna Lagna | jSaturn — I — II —— Saturn | Sun | ee ea OS 15 Sun Merc. Mars | Moon Mere | Mere. For further details, the reader is referred to the chapter on nesaraia Pravrajyayoga in qyqjaqay Saravali, Ch. XX, ——>- ===== стр 343 ===== CHAPTER XVI . HTM SAA: The several effects described in this chapter for the 27 asterisms may be classified as either goud or bad for purposes of convenience as shown in the following statement. a . Ruler of the Nakshatra | Effect | atnart-Y ogatara a Aswini .. | Good _ | Ketu Bharani .. | Good ... | Venus Krittika w. | Good .. | Sun Rohini ... | Good .... | Moon Mrigasiras uw. | Good ... | Mars Ardra ... | Bad .... | Rahu Punarvasu .. | Not very Good.... | Jupiter Pushya wv | Good .. | Saturn Aslesha wee | Bad — | Mercury Makha — | Good .. | Ketu Purvaphalguni w | Gued ... | Venus Uttaraphalguni we | Good .. | Sun Hasta .. | Bad .... ; Moon Chitra w. | Good .... | Mars Swati .. | Good _. | Rahu Visakha wee ea ... | Jupiter Anuradha we | Bad .. | Saturn Jyeshta coe | Bad ... | Mercury Mula ... | Good aw | Ketu Purvashadha w- | Good a. | Venus Uttarashadha ... | Good w. | Sun Sravana ... | Good .... | Moon Dhanishta ’ eeee Good ~ Mars Satabhishak «.. | Good eos | Rahu Purvabhadrapada w. | Good wa | Jupiter Uttarabhadrapada «.- | Good ... | Saturn Revati ws | Good ... | Mercury ===== стр 344 ===== pease: 309. The Nakshatras that are in the 8th sign (ie, gRye {Vrischika) where the Moon isin depression are the 16th, the 17th and the 18th. These are bad for the Moon, The middle Nakshatra of the 6th sign, viz, Hasta is also bad. Among the #erafey (Riksha Sandhi) Nakshatras> viz., axe (Aslesha), sayy (fyeshta) and Vaal (Revaii). the last is good, because he is in Jupitcr’s sign. engt {Ardra) is a e% (Rudra) N.kshatra of fire. Therefore the Moon, a watery plinet in emg? (Ardra) is bad {except for fiery plancts Jike the Sun, Mars, etc.). All Nakshatras that are bad for the Moon, are in eave (avaroha) position fur the Moon, that is, away from the exaltation, Again, all stars that are bad for the Moon are in the 4th, 6th and 8th sions of the zodiac with the notable exception of eqgt (Ardra). The &th sign (Vrichika) is throughout bad for the Moon, Similar results should be expected if the Moon is progressed to the 8th house «as per any system. The middle of the 6th sign (viz., gta Hasta is bad when the Moon progresses there. The end of the 4th sign is (aq Aslesha) similarly bid, A fiery star like ent (Ardra) Is bad for a watery plinet like the Moon, Tre Moon progressing to the end of the 4th sign (@zqe Kataka), the middle of the 6th sizn (-#eqj Kanya) and the 8th siga ( fq Vrischika) in any horoscope is baa. Varahamihira has considered that the Moon is good or capable of giving good results in the Nakshatras ruled (according to fasratt Vimsottari system) by benefics (including Nakshatras ruled by herself) and also the Nakshatras ruled by her friend the Sun. Next, the Nakshatras ruled by Mars is a little beneficial. The ===== стр 345 ===== 310 TEMA [Cu. XVI Nakshatras ruled by malefics, though good, are not capable of much improvement for finance. The above analysis is with respect to finance, subject to what has been stated already with respect to the 6 Nakshatrass viz., fae (Visakha), aqepay (Anuradha), sagj ( Jyeshta), eta (Hasta), epaxay (Asiesha) and agi (Ardra). It should further be noted that Nakshatras in the signs Makara and Kumbha (Saturn's), though they are ruled by benefics according to the rule given above, are not capable of making the native generous. Because, the Nakshatras are in the house owned by Saturn, a conservative, stingy planet C/. eatat (Adata) for qa wigag! (Purvabhadrapada) and gata (Durgrahya) for safirqa (Satabhishak) and gq (Lubdha) for afyay (Dhanishta). The Moon is good generally in the signs or Nakshatras ruled by benefics, Hay: Tea: aaM cals atsata | paaraeaa: afaay alg 8 Sloka 1.--The person born under the star eyfigat (Aswini) will be fond of ornaments, lovely in appear- ance, liked I-y all, clever and intelligent. If, ata person’s birth, the \.von be in the star wap (Bharani), he will carry out his purpose to the end, will be truthful, free from matady, clever and happy. TUL: — qa? Yer: fraaveqa aga: Ne gamshaaNg | ===== стр 346 ===== Sx. 2-3 ] Gest: 311 Flt: Gal BIAS: WIA: WSTHA WONG Tar: (I TEVNR Wawwardae Sfrara faeaa: | Ufeeat awyla: Hraae: arate: ert UR Sloka 2.—He who is born in &faay (Krittika), will eat much, will be addicted to other people’s wives, will be brilliant in appearance and famous. The person born in Ofgo (Rohini? will be truthful, pure, sweet- tongued, with a settled mind and lovely in appearance, amet: — asa WaT sragya Sat waa | Aeort fFaamamfaga eafrasrey 1 aaa ale: seeadl att at ave | aanfia: saat fea ea te 13 Sloka 3,—If a person be torn in gage (Mriga- sirsha), he will be fickle, sharp-witted, timid, eloquent, industrious, wealthy and indulging in sensual pleasures ; if in eng? (Ardra), he will be perfidious, haughty, ungrateful, mischievous and sinful, TNE: — RM BI TY FATA sired MTN | fea: cata: gan seat wat cargiTe: II ===== стр 347 ===== 312 EMA [Cu. XVI ara: Gal aalar saat Tray fess | aeda a dae: gadet ary wast: 1 8 I Sloka 4.--lhe person born under the star qaag (Punarvasu) will be self-controlled, happy, amiable, dull, afflicted with disease, thirsty and easily contented. TONE: — gra: Gale. gaary iqarg: ees fefaasewe: | aeaca gan: wear salt adda: yey | Tea: Fars way 14 I Sloka 5 --If a person be born in gtgy (Pushya), he will be composed in nrind, liked by all, learned, wealthy and inclined to be virtuous; if in ejeaqy (Aslesha), he will be insincere, inclined to hoardiny everything, sinful, unzrateiul and deceittal. TUN SLI— Aral Aas: GAM ZI: P- Buitwa weary 2ga: | YAR AT WGA: SAA Te WS My aay | AeIAVAY vet geftaaar aarera: fa | frrazia sass TRI AA 1G I ===== стр 348 ===== Sx. 6.8} desea: «88 Sloka 6.—The person born under the star Weaf (Magha) will be wealthy and have many servants, will enjoy life, worship the Gods and the Manes and be very industrious; while the man born in qfqeaat (Purva- phalguni) will speak sweetly, will be liberal in gifts, bright in appearance, fond of wandering, and loyal to his sovereign. TMF: — agea: fsrare AIG Wt Aegaes | : Wig Tea swaas: kI1- SUMSEA: WAATAU: ABT: UI Gan fart at Ganfadtanayeay | Beal TEs TATNSTA TAT aA HI Sloka 7.— The person born under the star saqHetat (Uttaraphalguni) will be loved by all, earn money by his own learning, will be voluptuous and happy. Ifa person be born under the star gq (Hasta), he will be industrious, impudent, fond of drinking, merciless and thievish. IUFL:— winaa: aeagar faea- frenafaa: gum aaa | aaa sear nage: Bt way I Rorracaesae: geraaea aafa Farag | aeadl afte STE: frawaaifta: edt Nc 49 ===== стр 349 ===== 314 TESTS [ Cu. XVI Sloka 8-—The person born under the star fray (Chitra) will wear beautiful garments and flowers, and will have beautiful eyes and limbs, while the one born in eq? (Swati) will be modest, clever in trade, will be compassionate, sweet in speech and virtuous. URL — sais: Rafaraggaea® ensar: | waa: Faqratreaay wat eaIgATaT | Sigeh gharrarg: aspareng | ma eq sausizatsgaag «13 Sloka 9.—The person born under the star fstrar (Visakha) will be envious, covetous, of bright appea- rance, clever in talking and quarrelsome. The man born in erga (Anuradha) will be opulent, will be dwelling in foreign coun'ries, will be unable to endure hunger and will ramble from pl:ce to place. TM ST-— hearers wr: senegen Haren + | qa gaa aad Wasza: A | Sage a velea: Tasy WAH ATATANT: 1 Bes aet aaary Tet a fea: Raa at 1 Lo ti Sloka 10.,—If a person be born in the star py (Jyeshta), he will not have many friends; he will be contented, will be virtuous and will be exceedingly jrritable. The one born in qe (Moola) will be proud, ===== стр 350 ===== Su. 11-12 ] qiemseara: 318 wealthy, happy, of a soft disposition, firm-minded, but luxurious in his living. ONGC: — ‘+ arey stapftywoe | gaiseafirat ager arat qestamkaaaiage: | WAHT Al Ceatera Aoet | aa Aanaghapavara 1 22 I Sloka 11.—The person born in the star qarstet {Purvashadha) will have an amiable wife, will be proud and firm in friendship; while the person born in FaaqMey (Uttarashadha) wil' be weli-vehaved, righteous, will have many friends, will be g:ateful and amiable. FUEL: — Brace: fread att ez ZSATT: | facial anfial ay Haat agarewa: I Passat yaTaawar warfeaa: Taras | Slat Men A Mahar afar wagea: UV Sloka 12.—The person who is born in ¢he star sxqq (Sravana) will be learned, possess a generously- disposed wife, will be wealthy and famous. The person born in yfgy(Dhanishia) will be liberal in his gifts, wealthy, courageous and fond of music and will be greedy. ===== стр 351 ===== 316 Teas: [Cu. XVI FMR: — SINR TaN seas: enigryhrrs see TAA: | aaah aarcdney- wah akranyg Wee: | RReaveaadt figer areas: qateafa sate: | wmaiaatea: aisarivecian a 23 UI Sloka 13.—If a person be born in the star star, {Satabhishak), he will be truthful, unfortunate, will conquer his enemies, will be daring and hard to be won over. The person whose birth isin gatagqgr (Purva. bhadrapada) will be afflicted, will be henpecked, wealthy and clever, but a miser, goret: — MATIN TA Tat Lqysas: | sTaATya: MAM TAHATT | Srairaa: aatera vit w- Hany Tecagea: I ant gat smary faazaifiar fetta | drat: a ae aPicdarg th ee 1 Sloka 14.—The person born under the star eacrngrg (U ttarabhadrapada) will be clever in speaking, happy, possess children, will overcome his enemies and be virtuous; while the person bornin Yep (Revati ===== стр 352 ===== Su. 14] qteaseaa: 317 will have a symmetrical body (all his limbs perfect), will be liked by all, will be courageous clean and wealthy. apnat:— TE THT TEN- . TWAT TAG: TAHA: | quia aay Te: Tey Gua: gr WRG ATA TAA EAT: I : ===== стр 353 ===== CHAPTER XVII ufyaiterea: TMAMAEYMMRsZTy fyaragsza: - ; ait qiasigearaa: aisyaawea: | ag: grat aoifxafara art aateaaa: Ta TiaeshashamENy a ale: fea eu Sloka, 1—If, at the birth of a person, the Moon be in #q(Mesha), he will have round and voluptuous eyesr will relish only vegetables and hot meals; will eat sparingly, will be easily pleased, will always be on his legs, will long for women, will be wceak-kneed, will have no permanent wealth of his own, will- be courag- eous, will be dear to women, will be clever in serving others, will have dishgured nails and a bruised head, will be proud, will be best among-his brothers, will have afta (Sakti Rekha) in his palm, willbe very rash and will be afraid to go in water. NoTEs. Mars bcing a commanding or martial planet, the eyes are voluptuous and thus command attention as they form the most promincnt of the important part of the body, viz., the face, faracee: (Kshipraprasadaha), easily pleased. Mars is fiery. The Moon {2 watery planet) ina fiery sign. The result is first fiery’and then watery; that is, cooling down, The man will be easily irritated at first, but will cool down immediately, As aq (Mesha) is a moveable sign, the person will be wandering. He is passionate ( @qf|-kami), because Mars is fiery and any Conjunction or relation between Mars and Moon will cause Yeu ===== стр 354 ===== St. 2) SAMS: 319 passion. (Cf greed taaamaag etc.-IV-I). . gay (Kami) may also mean ambitious as Aries is a sign of enterprise. co. COME (Durbalajanu) = qaurx (Durbalasarira), part put for the whole, efgyzya: (Astthiradhanaha), because Mars is not very good for finance being a planet that is generous as contrasted with Saturn. ‘The person is liked by women { aaarqga: Anganavallbhaha) because the qualities of Mars being the opposite of those of Venus are liked by women: (Cf, Venus being considered in the case of a man’s horoscope and Mars in the case of a female’s horoscope for marriage), Having stftmtwy (Sakti Rekha) in one's palm indicates that the person concerned is very generous. UE: — eam vale gat agaanaas: Saat aafsakre: NeoMRETATT | Hal We: Gale gaa waagealsheyie: eae Haale Ht Gea ziszalssy Also ariaal— qanlaskaea: aeaacea: aed aaaz: aad: aasg: FIadgewaael wala: | gaia: wiraehaagasal Wearsiaa: aeaeanaatia: efsra Ha Fat Il y wird: Bula: Wea: Wet ais- ~ Tare STIs TY: BHAT Ba: Seas: | xo aS . qaaeyqancasteta: dtavage: at draft: sacha: Racgerrereaatedt my 1 Sloka 2,—The person at whose birth the Moon is in Taurus [will be beautiful in appearance, will havea ===== стр 355 ===== 320 TESTA [Cu. xvit stately gait, will have broad thighs and a big face, will. have marks or moles on the back, face and sides, will be liberal in gifts, will endure hardships, will be a man of power, will be running high as a wave, will be the father of many daughters, and will be phlegmatic in his temperament. He will be abandoned by his brothers or near relations, aor will he inherit any patrimony. He will be liked by all. He will be of a forgiving dis- position, will be a great eater, will be fond of young women, will be firm in his friendship, and happy in the middle and concluding portions of his life. NotEs. ) gqy (Vrishabha) is an earthly sign. @oifa; (Kbelagatihi)’ Having a sportive or stately gait—may also mean ‘ fond of going astray,’ TyeITa: (Prithuruvadanaha)—a metaphor for ‘ wide influence.’ geaqpataa: (Prishtasyaparswankitaha)—-a_ figure for ‘fortunate’ ageqayy (Kakudavan)—fig for ‘wide influence., @ajqa: (Kanyaprajaha) Father of daughters, because the Sth house from Vrishabha in Kanya. FUT AN Beat: WBAII: Asma TIS: dafies Racaqgecafamy yfcara: | ya waagaied: Bas: Gray Hall Mal Tia BHTAAAAA Fal ele I Also ataat-~ sqaseshqen Tageses: Bye Hes EPA: SATMAL TIAAATA CASITA: | HEV WTA TABS NTT AIF: aig: qpalraga sg gunk: entagen mare ===== стр 356 ===== St. 3] SAMS: 328 Hale: GaTI_IeaAIT: WaT qt: giaaqas: seafaeetieagatig | ag: fang saanefritaiea zeahig sleaieefi aqaaaarx adtaay 3 t Sloka 3.-—-When the Moon occupies Gemini, the person born will be clever in coition, will possess voluptuous eyes, will be learned in the sciences, will carry messages, will have curled hairs, will-be highly intelligent, will indulge in mirth, will be skilled in interpreting other people's thoughts, will be an adept in gambling, will possess a beautiful form, will be affable in his address, will eat much, will be skilled in the art of dancing, will indulge in pleasures with eunuchs and will have an elevated nose. Norss. qa (Duta)—servile, because, Mithuna is a dual sign; back ground is bad. qysqaqaq: (Samunnatanasaha). A figure indicat. ing aristocratic spirit. The person is of good speech, fond of music, etc., because Mithuna stands for throat, TET— aaa: ay vat vafafrage sreafrareqfa: Harr erahae: seekeast erzaesg wnat gevafie: gaytasat asa saa Matern vale Fryar stat gaara: | Also aadi— wraMag: graetresrneregini et weenie frergec gyfer: Ree: | ' ere: Aaraerateereaye: erat sarang , ait Gteraed whats Reygah sergtarge: 1 4 : ===== стр 357 ===== 322 TEMAS (Cu. XVII manga: agaaete: etfifia: ages Qaet TYUNST: TITGd: Aas eI |! ee: flare: aaa 3 aa aegEaeas: TAMA: TIANA AAs WMS AT (19 Sloka 4.—The person at whose birth the Moon occupies Cancer will walk crookedly but fast, will have elevated buttocks, will be henpecked, will be a good friend, will be versed in Astrology, and will build a big house His wealth will not be steady—sometimes increasing and sometimes decreasing as the (waxing or waning of the) Moon; he will be short in stature, will have a fleshy neck, will be won over by sweet words, will be a good friend and will be fond of water and parks. Notes. Fond of walking, because Katata is a qq (Chara) sign Being a philosophical sign syqqoyrifs (Brahmana Rasi) and Jupi- ter is exalted there, he does not give happiness for women. The native will be a man who lives in imagination and fancy rather than reality. @ag: (Daivajnaha), One who will dive deep in divining divinity. The person will own good houses because Cancer represents houses. geq: (Hrasvaha) humble. qglaqe: (Pinagalaha) metaphor for good speaker. aaeraza: (Toyo, dyanarataha)—takes delight in horticulture, agriculture or gradens, i Raw: METAR AgRarTara Hana acwrardaeshernaNe: | RA: MITT ARTA: HWA Tawa: ethers: Ravatiea: |) ===== стр 358 ===== , Si. 5] SACMSA: 328 Also anrael— TR: Taraiiiegeeasa temas: waa Hae: farraaatra: aera: Tara | aang: tree Taga aTaeNgzae: MAVMATATTLA: TABS: GEL UI be) den: cyarahineaga: figsencaa: NN aan fraataaaran: gaaart Req: | TIMACaraaa sem Aitfeacarany fara: Rach: gaffarar mafiaasea 4 1 Sloka 5.—If a person be born when the Moon is in Leo, he will be energetic; will have large cheeks, a broad face and reddish eyes ; will not have many issues ; will hate women; will have a liking for animal food ; will like forests and hills; will be angry at trifles for a long time ; will suffer from hunger, thirst, stomach ache, tooth ache and mental agony ; will be liberal in gifts, will overpower his enemies; will not have a wavering mind; will be conceited but will be obedient to his mother. NotEs. ; RISES: (Stthula Hanuhu—Loud-toned, (Part put for the whole). fasn@aqa: (Visalavadanaha). Broad face to have a clean view of things. Figure for clear intellect. apeqraa: (Alpa- tmajaha) with a few children—less of potentiality for children Cf. seqngyacen sheet srtara: (Sakubugusucharadya Vriddhito Veeryavantaha) II—21, supra. According to this Sloka, Saturn in Leo augurs more potentiality for issues than the Moon. aagyy hating wife; will be irritated when anything goes wrong. ===== стр 359 ===== 324 TEMAS | Cu. XVH Cf. Western astrologers saying ‘The man would’nt be happy unless with good surroundings.” fgeyzegy (Stthiradhihi), Stick. ing to his own views, because Leo isa fixed sign- gnfqaaea (Sugarvitamanrha). A man not underrating his powers or opinion. TNT — araseras: engages gy fag: Sem: HATH TATA MTT: ATA: | wan aiaash frakaan: gkanetert ara: ater @ fercafaltas svagifqsaa: Also ajzraat— sqenfuaeqaal agar seas fazqaT: Ben ghana aswegee Asa ata: | zat dent aga fafaanfiatsas: gaa fara: sre sonra Tae ataehceis: | Aeaeytqenainta: qatanz: zal BT LATE Fag aga: aaa: | Yad aahya: warefiag dysay ararat zat: frags BeTTASeTTAA: 1G UI Sloka 6,—If a person be born when the Moon is in Virgo, his look and gait will be pleasing owing to their mildness and tardiness due to bashfulness. His shoulders and arms will be drooping. He will be happy, mild in his talk, truthful, skilled in arts, knowing the interpreta- tions of Sastras, virtuous, endowed with good intellect, and fond of enjoyment. He will own houses, enjoy other. people’s wealth; will goto places other than his ===== стр 360 ===== Si. 7] SAMS: . 325 mative country; will speak kindly, will be the father of dauyhters and will have a very limited number of sons. ‘ NOTES. gagefayd: (Paragrihaihi Vittaihi), Depending on others for prosperity because Virgo is the sign of service (servants) :— modest, because the sign is not a fiery one for ambition, etc. Wearat (Medhavi) and sTeatar (Sastravit) because, the sign belongs to Mercury, efeqjeqat; (Alpatmajaha), because, the fifth sign from it is Makara, a female sign, , TONE — Tag aaesq AaagsTaa AS ZAG BaeT: we: Giang: Wasa: TAIT | wragiaga: faargia asad waz: ate Daan: aa zara weasa AAeT: |) Also aniaai— | Gaal erangeletagqeeneraifey toil Amanat faraage: aamaraa: | ME aeageen whaaa: anlaaataat PUTA AagATET: BASAL TMF II TAMATAT SATA: Ma? AL faa: Straraaatan: SUASRASzatsaieaa: | dag: wafwag guar tale asa aymgTHtE atacand: aay ol Sloka 7.—The person at whose birth the Moon is in Libra will be intent in worshipping the Gods, the ===== стр 361 ===== 326 TEMA [Cu XVII Brahmins and holy men, will be learned, will be pure (i.e... not covet other people’s wealth), will be henpecked will be tall in stature, will have a porminent nose, and a lean and a frail body, will be wandering, will have always money with him, will be deficient of a Jimb, will be clever in trading, will have a God’s name as his second name, wiil be sickly and will help his relations. but only to be reviled and shunned by them. Notes mat: (Prajnaha)—talented. WVarahamihira uses this for alf fiery and intellectual signs. e¢férq; (Strijitaha). Henpecked (for the Moon is in the 7th sign). gaaaifaa: (Unnatanasikaha) aristocratic, indicating considerable dignity and self-respect eax: (Hinangaha) may mean—will lose children ( egg part denoting children. mafawag Sele: (Krayavikrayeshu kusalaha) Business instinct, One who knows how to attract others (worldly sucocss), TONS Ts — TR: NQTA: SATA AMAT IT gars: sigaraatastatra gaat sea: | wan tafsaa wafahgaal ey autre asafrarqae str frafiatteg wesc | Also anra— THA SAAT: SHATATTYLIT THTT aE aaa TeaaTI feraare: fee: | ae Rafionat wehrages: Mera Hager qrasgagem wat eyateet tl ===== стр 362 ===== Si. 8] SAEMSAT: 327 TYSATAAN TAAANGAT- aaaqegm: way onfsag | aATUAGSIST: frRs: Hew aaeTaMsssqnnstesta: i Sloka 8.—If a person be born when the Moon is in Scorpio, he will have broad and expansive eyes and a broad chest, round loins and knees He will separate from his parents and preceptors and will suffer from diseases at a very early age He will be honoured by his sovereign. He will be of a brown colour. He will be mischievous in disposition, will possess marks in his body of qatar (Matsya Rekha), AWE] (Vajra Rek’ a) and qférter (Pakshi Rekha) and will conceal his sin; {secretly do harm to others). Nores qyoqaa: (Prithulanayanaha). Figuritively used for w.de influence. TABTUIAT: (Janaka Guru Viyuktaha,) Not having happy relations with father, teachers, etc , meaning thereby that he has no good educational progress, aqageqea: (Narapati. kulapujyaha), Adored or respected by children of high-class persons. fqgq@ (Pingala) Dark-red. BTAB: (Kruracheshtaha), His actions are not above criticism. qaaearang: ( Jhashakulis- akhagankaha.) These put in this order imply early, middle and later portion of the Rikshas, viz., fish standing for grq ( Jhasha)) qwTT (Vajrayudhu) for g@fgsq (Kulisa) and bird for @y (Khaga,) These are in palmistry of great importance in the order named Ist, 2nd and 3rd, Therefore his early life is good, middle life moderate and later life bad. His life will be sinful but hidden. The means of earning money will not be straights In oppusition to Taurus, the early life for pcople with the Moon n Scorpio must be good. ===== стр 363 ===== 328 TIT (Cu. XVIE ane — AL: AR: TET TAMIA tit aed sane treet: | eel agalatratefeasaera: PIGS ATAHSTeTy MATA I Also azraat— Sw Tens: wsaacagaifias: Hers: SO Ted Guat sahsgsrewasaa: Vaz: | BAT: THT: TARA FYE: TAT: al UEAea: TyRSh: Rey sacra || sma fiqaaeanh ahdtaay areal SIT aaa: Sala: fea | gaia: gael antasya: maeTaaala- mega a ameaafs a ay aeteaetsaT: Sloka 9,—If the Moon occupies Dhanus at a person’s birth, he will have a very long face and neck; he will inherit property from father; will be liberal in his. gifts, will be a poet; will be powerful and clever in speech ; will have large teeth, ears, lips and nose; will be intent in his business and will be a good mechanic. His shoulders ‘will not be distinctly visible. He will have bad nails; will possess strong arms; will be eloquent; will be familiar with the laws and codes and will hate his relations, He cannot be subdued by force but has to be won only by kind treatment. ee ===== стр 364 ===== ‘Su. 10] SATA: NotEs. sayraiea, etc., (Vyadirghasya, etc.,)—all metaphorical :to mean good speaker with good influence, etc. All characteristics of the philosophical fiery sign are indicated. TSU TB At HaHa Teyaseaye: A: SA TEZTSM MerH ise: | red et: BAAS ayAZ: eg": . Hsna: Meas grat was sal Also azyaat:— HHH Tia: TeTaale: Tera: Tae Aaa Haws serrate: Healer were: | At esiskaaa fraaagas: waavateaint Fue (FN!) Haat sale akrat Gea: sea 1 frea wimaht eagtaatieadteassy: Ha: aa: aaReseaaaa: dhavaryRseA | aagigassay wat acahie: Hewyz- CISTNSMETAT FAT ATA: AARSASTN, || Lo Ut Sloka 10.—The following will be the charac- teristics of a person who is born when the Moon is in Makara. He will please his wife and sons; will be interested in all religious matters; will be weak in the lower limbs ; will have very good cyes ; will have a thin waist, will understand and follow when once adviged ; will be liked by all; will be indolent; will not be able to endure cold or chill; will be of wandering habits, will 42 ===== стр 365 ===== 330 TEAMS [ Cu. XVII have exceeding strength, will be an author, will be niggardly in disposition, will be attached to old women of the prohibited class, will be relentless and will have no shame. Nores. WAeTT (Duarmadhvaja), Interested in religion. geayfys (Satwadhika) may also mean good-natured, eTyN: (Aghrinaha) relentless, being a spiritual] sign. TOMET:-— aalsaaeaa: sacagun cfaasea: Zens MEME Ustscaefacwa: sawdresest: ) PAI: MRT TASNFATEATA Wat: Maw Bagaarst aired fagoes 1 Also ata as: state: wysarhrr: aapsraway sig: MASI Fafa waza fagorernsst: | alder: ace weqataca: aerheaag warmesages: ae wa Meavsifaset: | acate: Rug: araraadaag: TITANS ATTA HS aes: qrafrardastata: arate Ta: fiaggmgerameaeniseqae: een Sloka 11.—The person at whose birth the Moon occupies Aquarius will have a long neck like that of a camel. He will have strong nerves spread all over his Gody; will have a tall form rough and covered with ===== стр 366 ===== St. 11] STEMS: | 83% nn, hair; will have broad feet, thighs, legs. buttocks, face and lower belly; will be hard-hearted and will be addicted to other people’s wives. He will freely utilise other’s wealth and commit sinful deeds. He will have pecuniary losses and gains, He will be fond of flowers and perfumes, will have good friends and will endure long marches on roads. NotTEs. tate: (Karabhagalaha) figuratively uesd for a man who is not true to his promises (one who can twist his neck any way when confronted with breach of promise), He will begin early with ill fame, because he hunts after others’ wives and property— not a good man for society, He will first fall and then rise. He can undergo any amount of difficulties. His end of life is good. aoe: — site: gaaafia taza: gaat freon: yacetibaatega: | NUAK: WITT: Mia BAM: eI- Tae aasqaeadtas Sy | Also aadt— VAN VAI: TRAN ATUATAT. Aaa aga: wYAIas: WeTEl gaa: | Tansrhrya feast: freayeratat SMe gaa seagand ube sz: 1 ASW ITAH ATAASTH: AAV AN THAT Tee | ===== стр 367 ===== 382 TEMA: [Cu. XVH ahraaty accary oftftaaneets: Tattraniehl weaearat 1122 tl Sloka 12._If ata birth, the Moon be in Meena, the person will gain money by selling pearls and other produce of the ocean or will live on other people’s wealth. He will be fond of his wife and children, He will have a symmetrical body with «ll the limbs fully developed and shining. He will have a projected nose and a large head. THe will overcome his enemies, will yield to women, will possess beautiful eyes, will be fair in appearance, will (come by) enjoy hidden treasure and will be learned. Notes. qvqaaiey (Paradhanabhokta) may mean ‘ will be brought up by others (other than the parents), gawaaten ( Jaladha. nabhokta) may include manufacturer of aerated waters, proprietor of coffee clubs, sailors, etc. [But this need not be predicted if GTP (Paradhanabhokta) as above is present. One of the two alone can happen for this sudden luck or fortune]. TUT aquigt afacasat TAAL MAT: WIAMSSTMF YHA! | aadat vate afranfaire: weet acaihe: warhraaaatacet ges: | Also arraél— Berna Rasakrga: srakrareter Pen afd aggafaca: ateaaig yet | Seantngs: Gakraams Mera: aera ayaraes Bag faqnant se arate: 1 ===== стр 368 ===== Si. 13] CATR: 383 aaaft cat afar) 4 eqasTa: carers ahata: | BATRA STA aiaisaaatfirar: 23 Slola 13,—The effects described above will fully come to pass only if (1) the Rasi occupied by the Moon, (2) the planet owning it and (3)%the Moon herself be all strong. The case of other planets should be decided in the same way, i.e, similar to that of the Moon. Noves,. To be declared strong, the Moon should be above the hori- zon (between the 7th and the 12th from the Lagna) during night or below the horizon (between the Ist and 6th) ina day birth, and must thus be away {rom the Sun. These elfects will operate fully if the following conditions are satisfied, (1) The Moon must he strong-Mere gq (Uchcha) or eqary (Swakshetra) position is not enough. The Moon’s position in relationship with the Sun as described in AYA EN (Asubha. kridudupo), etc, (Ch. XIII—S is important, (2) The sign in which the Moon is placed must be strong; Cf. Seger feqzTas fafa nea, etc., (Kendrastthadwipadada- yonhinisichaprapte, etc ,) Ch. I—19. (3) The ruler of the sign in which the Moon is placed must be strong, by the ruler occupying his gq (Uchcha), waa {Swakshetra), faaata (Mitrakshetra) and so on, abrada: (Sasivadataha), etc. This rule applies to other planets also, just as in the case of the Muon. For example, the Sun is in Gemini. In order that the effect described for the Sun in Mithuna to he fully operative, the Sun must be strong ; sign Mithun « must be strong and its ruler Mercury should also be strong according to the rule laid down above. ===== стр 369 ===== 334. Tee [Cu. XVIE TUT: — frase ze aepat aeguearaeteae ae waa Fal Hae WzTG Mfearteaty I Also arqaa\— uid TAs Us T aebat ae Fz | ubras arate aaafafra a sera For Lagna phalas please see Chapter X VIII—20 infra. -——<¢- ===== стр 370 ===== CHAPTER XVIII UfMetereara: aftagatiszaeraa feat cagqaygizagat | we Tegner anise gues Haar 2 Sloka 1.—If, at person’s birth, the Sun occupy any portion of Aries other than his exaltation points, he will be famous, clever, of wandering habits, with very little wealth, and earn his livelihood by the use of weapons. If the Sun bein Taurus, the person born will Ilve by trading in scents and clothes, will hate the company of women though skilled in instrumental music. NotTEs, The Sun in Aries though in exaltation gives little money because bad planets in exaltation do not necessarily mean good inheritance or fortune for finance. The Sun in Taurus, an’ enemy’s house, brings on quarrels with one’s wife. TMTST:— fed cfrgeaqdeass MIgeaIHSy TANSA: | TT GUraracwashal eiige aA = attny 1 Also aaréi— mrentataet: ena gaira: T3ve27 | erent waratreateria: feet 30: 11 meazairee: Reorepeafrakaraga: | Ga Aa AVR: AQT AT He: I ===== стр 371 ===== 336 THAT [ Cu. XVIIL aaaifaranag: Saale as agAgy: | Wel SaqETAa cera TITUS |! WAAMeAS ZAMIR Awana: | Raaet wade va gary afesriresd | asafaghaagy fgart wat gat feat ¢ A . dleuttsta: WRG aT FyzST | feet rarangecfadtataay a: gary aay feftecaeantragatead: hag: 112 Sloka 2.—If at a birth the Sun occupy Gemini, the person concerned will be learned, versed in astrology and wealthy. If the Sun be in Cancer, the person will be passionate and poor; he will be engaged in other people’s business, will live by sweating (strenuous) work, and wiil undertake long and wearisome marches or roads, ‘The man born with the Sun in Lev will dwell in forests, mountains, cowsheds, and will be strong and learned. If the Sun be in Virgo -the person concerned will be skilled in writing, drawing, and mathematics and will have a body similar to that of a woman. Notes. Gemini isa friend’s house for the Sun and so brings wealth and being an intellectual sign marks the person 4earned, ‘tc. The Sun in Leo will make the person a learned man. The words are HAIL (Jnaha Puman) and not RAT (Ajnaha Puman) as interpreted by some. GHA: (Strivapuhy) heeause the sign is Kanya (qq ). . ===== стр 372 ===== $x. 3) SERMNS HT: SaT HoMeT! — ae ferrsalfersan tat eae pg caeaereayseaalent: | fe Fearwakay se frattanaqe: watz 1 apMasearaeatyy ea feat... Also muadét— Maat qe TATA TA: AANA: | enamagal aga 3173827 11 fagon saat seared ngs: gaz: | fayaer feaadit sna: geet free ene 0 SAG Ws: Sa TosTAMt ears | AAT Yer: waead: sania: | aera: aaaal A aaTFITAUBIT | qa Gata agheate: Fangs 1 gem mera feireast aaifera: | RAE APA Ara Dz | TNT: Rava aft: feos aaage: | faew fanart cna: ge vaste: || Agraageary whita Ties aera: | aah sqan Rat gas: gure | daeafratg ger satrnerstigs: | aaa aaa wal asda | mario ahsatseahed toast Aeaq BU mefear Aafior: Taraissaa | ASN waergacnd dteay fires Aisa: gat asewanagensrTa teas 12 1 43 ===== стр 373 ===== 338 TEMAS [ Cu. XVII Sloka, 3—If the Sun be in Libra, the person born will be a distiller and seller of spirituous liquors. He will be fond of travelling by foot, will’ e a gold-smith and will do base and sinful acts. The person at whose birth the Sun occupies Scorpio will be crue: and daring, will earn money through poison and will be skilled in the use of weapons. [f the Sun be in Dhanus, the person born will be resp cted by the good, will be wealthy, intelligent, skilled in medicine or will become an artisan. The pers’ at whose birth the Sun occupies Makara will do buase acts, willbe stupid, will have small wealth, will be avaricious and will take advantage o{ other's fortune and help. Nores The Sun in Tula being qq (Neeceha) gives bad effects. The Sun in Scorpio will make the person a surgeon skilled in the use of arms, instruments, etc. Dhanus is a friendly house to the Sun, Generally all planets are good in Dhanus, The Sunin Makara, an enemy’s sign, gives bad effects, ‘ihe same remark applies to Kumbha, TUT: — . . . «aftr atfrsaseat: | fangatfe tansy mee FarTasaagT: | ae: Fear: Waa ws a Reoeat aH TAR wae | TT Brasasrarasea ya: | Also azaet— aparasaanat zarenifeeaat (EE: | Aatreataortes wats + II i ===== стр 374 ===== Si. 4] ASTCMNSA: ' 339 Bea: GUBATA: GTTNTA: Gary warafea: | ad geared gage: vasasr I efrantauran: ghtaata 4 aaa: | ofqasgeqgata: ax. Seats | MITSATTA BMG BeTHNSTTNA | sranfaferana: qstaraea gam: Ae tl gearaal TIst sna: sist: Ques gra: | sarachahranticon saagarasy | Gs: Bat Karat gaa Redotlasneag: | aya Fas Gaga: sys Ga | Bey: FAat: PeAaaya: aT | agaITA welearyIasrsee: aeahasciaa: warafaantasadaaad: | naw frat mal agaTs: VSI II aay a2 sara aft=qasea: aaa afaedsea | ATATATAG TAY FAT weneaqtaatagg 8 Il Sloka 4.--If at a birth the Sun be in Aquarius, the person concerned will do base acts, will be bereft of sons and fortune and will be poor, The person born with the Sun in Pisces will earn money through the sale of articles derived from water, (such as pearls, etc.) and will be adored by women. In that particular portion (limb) of the body signified by the sign occupied by the Sun and the Moon together should be predicted th® existence of a mole or the like to the person concerned: ===== стр 375 ===== 340 TMT [Cu. XVII i a ooo NotTEs The third gyq (pada) of the Sloka, viz., AMAA TTA faana (Nakshatramanavatanupratime vibhage) may mean “In the portion of the body symbolised by the Nakshatra occupied by the Moon or the Sun, there will be a mark of finance.” weraeare, ({Lakshmyadiset) is another reading for yey fearq (Lakshmadiset). See Barada (Sudharasatika) If this reading be adopted and if there is a Visarga (2) after qyqqaq (Manavatanu), the transla- tion would then be “ the man will shine as brilliantly as a star in the vocation of life which suits him best and will command with authority of money at the back.” The Moon in conjunction with the Sun in any sign is good for finance and fame TMT: — HEY aa GaMANATT II entaqua farsa: geingae: | ealieoy Hisal wa mat agity zat Also aiaqet— Salt agaca: aati fanatsagee | TA Gan: Bafa fra wale Saraserqar Teatwomet alearala: | SATUS Sea: aA BIT VISIT | Gea Maes: Ce Seana A: | Ma agga: gaa vafe qatar | AYTIMAIM Toga: Yarrsaane | shaqeemat saat Haass | acaftacpascaaqaitrean gat: FABNOTATAA FA CATE ===== стр 376 ===== Si. 5] STERMNSCAT: ‘Bad qafafiary aecahrary Wwanrary genaaileeng faat aaaq 4 I Sloka 5—If, ata birth, Mars should occupy his own sign, the person concerned will be honoured by his sovereign, will be a wanderer, commander of an army or atrader. He will be wealthy and possess a body covered with cuts or wounds. He will be a thief and his senses will be directed to or spread over many things. If Mars occupies a sign owned by Venus, the person concerned will be subjected to the influence of young women, will not be true to his friends, will be addic'ed to other people's wives, will be skilled in jugglery, will dress himself neatly and will be timid and harsh. Notes. Mars in his own house is good for finance. He will lead in any walk of life, in the military line (or Police, etc.) or in trading. He will buy stolen articles. Mars in the house of Venus is bad, though the native will be attractive to woman, and brings on immorality. INBE— galore TIgsa Tat alors, | AM: TATE: Wisea: MTT FH |] gas: eifirat aefiag fara: ger | gee: raat Mens: WHT: UI Also azaa—- Awa Bag: AE Kfadsra weer PERSMAIATMAT TT: UI ===== стр 377 ===== 342 TEMAS [ Cu, XVIII wrafaat trata: apansaurarase: WMA fed cao agqafaea wIeqes: I smatgmaancaqe firs: frag: | Fargasang wwe FAAS: | AA TATTBT: TANGO He IATA: | oom again Garay alia | Merle! WIBIT: HT TINA | dias: aq eyfaeg: gakeane? | eeaqia: gyarawmaral Rea: BAT: | gag: Wea: GAA: Wawa + II afcretaot aaa asgase | tosaiqiane anatase wa I aaseecaaaagy AaecHast MTIHAS: SONSATSAT | aregsaag afsaaiaaataaca: maa wna ae: wet 1G I Sloka 6.—The person at whose birth Mars occupies. a sign owned by Mercury’ will be intolerant, will have sons, will be fricndless, helpful to others, skilled in music and in the art of warfare, stinyy, fearless and will bea lord. If Mars occupy the Moon’s sign (Katata), the person born will be wealthy, will curn much money by sea-voyage, will be intelligent, will be defective of some limb and ‘be wickedly disposed. Nortks. orfary (Artthin) need not mean a beggar, It may mean ‘‘master or lord’’, Mars in Kataka brings wealth according to ===== стр 378 ===== Su. 7] ATTN SAT 343 the author Bad planets in depression do good. Double negatives make one strong affirmative (Cf. aaqgeaza, ctr. VIII—23). TNT: — ; Bepsalsrazgnsal ATM FIM BR: | Magara: FA NT: GB: AA TASHET: UI Also aizaa— ara: Baraleyagaa: wrealafairgor | viniersary a fegon aga faeanaaza: | adqa fagnafafengpe: gag gzai a | Rrgaed farfagee wale sacha ca: 1 a: camera cataaa agian | fafrasaatsermat faa wate sotagees UI aearassmilearaaraatay gaghret: | Sra YAAA Wao IMA: BEA UI quer. aael TeeIEnlea: Hata | Ved T UNA ISY: WIA [I afwaaal Taal ga: Gaakeaznes | wae fafaaad wale ag: ada da. 4 fasta: Saree aaeacae: faeserareasay Ba aaftgatqaras: SUASTATseNAA: | Zaid Aaatsedtszataedens Huftad ale aftaareast BM Ysa aATA: U9 tl Sloka '7.—If Mars occupy Leo at a person’s birth, the ,erson concerned will be without wealth, will ===== стр 379 ===== 344 * TESTA [Cu, XVII endure miseries, will ramble in the interior of forest regions and will have few wives and children. If Mags: be in any of the signs owned by Jupiter, he will have many enemies, will bea minister of aking, will be famous and fearless and will prossess a limited number of issues. If Mars occupy Kumbha at a person’s birth, he will suffer {rom miseries, will be poor, wandering from place to place and untruthful. He will be sharp in intellect. If Mars be in Makara, he will be endowed with much wealth and children. He willeither be a king or his equal. Notes. Mars in Leo is bad because a bad planet in the sign of another bad planet is not good for finance, Mars is good in Dhanus and Meena ( Jupiter’s house). He is bad in Kumbha, FUFT.— fae Sat faftataea: eeaqacaase: aa WN aghqan: WaT FF | aan FA WAIT BATA, HAsea ame MA aggata: HfraeacaA aT II Also atrl— TA’ ATEN: TAT MAASAI: | azgfanangeataeta: Megara: I SMBANTMET T FANT TARGET: | A eu gacs: fates: esq |) nga: aa: Heng fagcares? ge: Teta | TAMAITN ATA TA ACTTHSA WAY | faquetes ghee: Geet masgelae: | HATHA VWs TATA: GHPL wale It ===== стр 380 ===== Si. 8] BETMS AT: 346 eens trnat weqga: Taaste: aarqaeya: | Muaaaaleedasea fans 1 frenstaerta reigns: az ga: | Staatarama Gabas — Mag Faia wage Fea: weita: waa fangeesahaa pata: Afiary | ae ayes | Also aradi— Aare TENe casts: wae: | Tea Headers via: ga FaltaAeaqgata Tae Vt enquqaad a Pend sewe7 festa Rawarat frzaasfaere: | venom wert faraagaat a: | era: FeEN Tafrgn wet zie | artfefa faa vafa garer afgaste: gyets: | agqaaca aa: adie weaImETaTAzA: | MSSM Ma ayaa Wyler AHSTRAABAN BIT: AAT | gan qa: seas sotaae fees was sna: tl maesaTa: WO Afraearad fea: | Agoreangge: sig We: Arey Ta II ered serge erratakrecrats | gm gerreTt wale Garr Wess: gun: II ===== стр 390 ===== Su. 15] ATMS: 355 ATHABISATY Tafa- feaya sonasfitaaar | cfasdaasqiiqsa gan: alfafaar wa: garaiy Uk UI Sloka 15,—If Venus occupies Gemini at a birth, the person concerned will do the work of a king (a lawyer for instance); he will be wealthy and skilled in the arts. Jf Venus be in Virvo, the person born will do base acts. If Venus should be ina sign owned by Saturn, the persen born will be liked by all, will come under the influence vf women and will be addicted to women of ill-repute. TAT: — Mae aan esa av ag feuasitra: HandetHa: Fal | Wee Quaiswpastasra: Bae HMA: UI Also azaat Ramaerne: sofia: aaa gaia: Bat | MSCISCACa: BAST: eI HA: Ay: gaia: geen guenge: | desea § frat way vale UI wyhra agfrgo: wad sarees | Hanerage waanansRIa: | may geckrgy worst set a aeaatTya: | Saat yeaa dedaaalea sa: | PATATTRA TA TASTE) ALATA | ahh waged Sagara Ager: 1 grat orse:wadte: gg:feen ys: ===== стр 391 ===== 356 TEMA [Cu. XVHI WH Tas BaraEl MAT Fes: SETA: SAg Faag adaifiea: | a qrqalamn faarat geft: goer Hage: II MUARANTTMTHM ATE ASA: | SRATL wyGe vale Gara are: (I foaraisat whe: saeacarey TT ail Toads TaTgafadeqaaa: N TH: Ts aracqeaalea aiaagt wi fismen aiafraqiseam 1 2g t Sloka 16,—If Venus occupy Cancer ata birth, the person concerned will hove two wives, will solicit monetary help from others, will be timid but very arrogant, and will suffer great misery. If the planet in question should occupy Leo, the person born will get moncy through females, will have a beautiful wife and few sons. If Venus should be in Dhanus, th: person born will be adored tor his good ‘qualities. Aud lastly if Venus should be in Pisces, the person burn will be learned, will be bonoured by the sovereign and will be very much liked by all. NotTLs Venus will be good for finance and material welfare in all signs ruled by benefics and bad in the houses of malefics as well as in his depression sign. Any relationship—conjunction, square or opposition—of Venus with Mars will make the native immoral. Venus in Makara or Kumbha may give handsomeness but not fortune, eyeff (Artthhi) may be interpreted as a lord or a wealthy man instead of a beggar, Venus is good in Jupiter's ===== стр 392 ===== Su. 15] AVGMNSAM: 387 signs (though inimical). Similarly Jupiter is good in the sign owned by Venus. ; Good | Bad | Good Good Bad | | Good | a Venus ' a Bad _ : Bad Good! Bad ‘Good | Bad ot saws meee! TUET— We: shit gaaraagal aatsaeafas: | MMT AAS: WSTseaTaay BNET: BAA sal aaTa AT aorehya: Also arradt:— Uarata: Met as aga WEA artifaa Gaur: Bassa: gaieer i Meenaraaaaahrs wfeat AAS | Wh theMel teqaaagaaeay: || qaaaanrcaan zaqgegandiaes | aqaa: fravghifaadieas gal a 1 SS Bata Tafsarnaaaal fara: | fase aqaad aefaeanaaftzate: en | aguaAaas: Heated aay: Bea | Ory: GBs sy Maras feqer | agtangam avgeh Bagash | atety: Wea? wet agers wal zat 1 2 ROUTAN Heras: KTIAAT I at ena: at Rew sofrrka: 11 ===== стр 393 ===== 358 TEMA [ Cu. XVIII agama: asaatecdipraaray | WMATA Mle TMI HAIL BH |! qaisea: Hreaifrageaaysa We TF ITN WISIN | fratgardaaa: cafsaa 8ey tarifetale goats VY 11 Voll Sloka 17.—If Saturn should be in Aries at a birth, the person concerned will be a fool, always on his legs, deceitful and without friends. If the planet referred to be in Scorpio, the person will suffer imprisonment and will be beaten. He will also be fickle and without any mercy, The person at whose birth Saturn is in a sign owned by Mercury will be devoid of all shame, will be unhappy, poor, childless and shaky in writing. He will be a guard or a policeman and a chief officer. OT: — at mMIgeisza: Hazary fafa: Gay fratea: agaed g7e canafaqeaa | WISTMST TIS TR ITANF CAN |I afafeat I Also arrael— SIAATTLANAA: AAVSMS: FY: | fegcafaaa aed faa: Ste 1 Tisha FH cITEt gy Seas! | fraaa apie saraasqae: oa: 1 | ===== стр 394 ===== St. 18] ATTEMSETT? 359 urd feast ar frase: TaSE ET | Ban eAstaa: aresero aay | TM AFSIAAAATAl ATMA PU | eearisn cast sasqustitgaesa: | qquarqada: aailesa qereszAA | TSO AeA: ATI VERT HAMA II Suaqayge: fafa as: EaNzAT | aqaqeran james qm fags | WS IBUSAS: WAIA ASeIA-AAT | Reaamaahian Raa saws | STA: WIR FUAgas: HargTa: erat taaad aaeaaa FAL Sa: I ¢ asrener a agra yitaral zea CMA ENT UNAM ISASAaAT | afaoteay fieazaay aradlarsaarsa: fatsaal gaara Aieraag 1 I Sloha 18.—Uf, ata birth, S.turn occupies Taurus, the person concerned will be fond of women of {prohibited) low caste. He will not have much wealth, but will hive many wives S.turn occupying sign Libra will make the person concerned famous; he will be the head of his clan, a chief man of a town, commander of a force or headman of a village and will be wealthy. If Saturan be in Cancer, the person born will be poor, will lose his teeth, will be motherless, without sons and ignorant. If Saturn should occuyy Leo, ===== стр 395 ===== 360 Tews [ Cu. XVII the person born will be mean, devoid of happiness and without sons and will be carrying loads. Nores. So far as finance is concerned, Saturn is good in his exalta- tion unlike the other two bad planets Sun and Mars. The general rule of Virahamihira is that malefics are bad (instead of being good) for finance in their exaltation signs, Saturn is bad in Mars’ houses as also in Cancer and Leo, He is very good in Jupiter’s houses, TUET:— than faga fasicigaa: eareaaaset | Ta: Tagefeat qguaiean: az falteaq TIAMAT TAA: | qsaleaifaaascraassgs CHA TA AAAI AB. Also anaa— erfadla: tent a awazal a GAT SF | TEMA: SAEARAAAGAT: II Me Tat TWA VAT SA: WTC: | aales: qeeet agisaaga ae: eiqnaaral ad feenanaa: | ave: Battal aT eaqagaRaad: ea 1 SAMA SAV av HgHAIT: A: | Srcmafacecam as gern I gama qhgt nea tenfaatfea: Tae: waitskragehehis: agave | avanral fatter arqhreg Ratuters | ma yoages: Gatatratia: aby I felrizaTasire final Raaiere | sifegat afieteh roa) Att eA ===== стр 396 ===== §.. 19] SENS: Ko aabeag feat frraen wala: | MAMAS ee: THOSE aA AT tard TAAAM AeA Tega ATTA AAVAMASHA FASMAAATSZT | WAG IAII FeIsTATTeeg TR x - waa afsa: facta aa a sta: GATT 1! 28 It Sloka 19,—If Saturn occupy a sign belonging to Jupiter at a birth, the person concerned will be happy in the concluding portion of his life and will have a peaceful end. He will become an important and trustworthy personage in a king’s place. He will have a good wife, good sons and will be wealthy. Or he will be the mayor of acity, a leader of a force or the headman of a village. If Saturn should occupy his own sign at’. birth, the person concerned will have dealings with women not his own, will .enjoy other people’s wealth, will be an important leading citizen of a town, a captain of an army or the chief headman of a village and will be dim-eyed, unclean; his wealth and greatness will be lasting for a long time and he will live to enjoy the same. Norrs. Saturn is good in his own signs. It should be noted here that the effects described in thede slékas-f60 Jupiter and Saturn are of a longer duration, bei about, . ne yeay-and 24 years respectivly and it is impossible Yar SaaS fehiatave the same effects of these planets thoufhibormnonths antyests apart. We should only therefore. take ..tx . : characteristics and not the details. Ct i A fe. Ae Se: eh 2 46 ===== стр 397 ===== 362 THAT (Cu. XVII MST: — qed safe: gua: ATTA AT: RA | werangundgda 43 Te WAV | TAHA AT Aa: TR ATTN MAGA: AL, | Reagaa aaaret aren fieneat afea: sre: Also artraai— sree aA AAA ragy_ sae: | GAAS: ATATAT ST I ord qatar & seat yates Tat TesTARR | TTT Agden WIAs HYzSY V7 II fraagreaae: aqgegt Ware | dahindgan tartare staat’ tl ateaqea fetasitel aot aaTTe: WA UNSW PIRATE FSs: II qeatfaaant ay: aferebiaet eee: | WSTTAMA: Ya WTA: SA: waraenyaaca: fears: Tease | Hy BAT ST: THATMAT AT: RAI WET: GAM UFATMSTAATI ATT | wat awarte: gdted aterm: BREUER: TPT: Gee | afkaat Saeed agheaieergeae: I fafacacarnretrai " gegwd seca onareq | canting TCX ATeT, aereareqettferatin: 11 Re tt. ===== стр 398 ===== "Si. 20] STM SENT: 363: Sloka 20.—Whatever effects have been ascribed to the Moon on account of her being in the several signs of the Zodiac (Ch. XVII) or as due to her being aspected by the several planets (Ch. XIX), sages describe similar results as due from the Lagni; nay more in the latter case since the qualitics of not only the sign (typifying the house, viz., Lagna, 2nd, 3rd, etc.,) but also those of its lord should both be taken into consideration. ‘ Notes. By the word qajaqaq (Samagama) it may also be interpreted as referring to fgngqtq (Dwigrahayoga). Thus Sun conjunction Moon is as good as Sun conjunction Lagna, and so on, (Substitu- ting Lagna for the Moon.) The Moon conjunction Jupiter gives good wealth and good constitution. Now, according to this sloka, substituting the Lagna for the Moon, we get Lagna conjunction jupiter, The native will have good constitution and much wealth only if the ruler of the Lagna in the one case and the ruler of the 2nd house in the other are also strong. ——»- ===== стр 399 ===== CHAPTER XIX zisnerea: This chapter deals with the effects of planetary aspects. 7 In the first three slokas are described in detail the effects due to the Moon in the several Rasis and at the same time aspected by each of the other six planets. In the next five slokas the author states the nature of the effects due to the Moon occupying the several other Vargas, viz., Hora, Drekkana, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa and Trimsamsa and at the sime time under the aspects of one or more of the other six planets. It is also mentioned that the effects of the Sun should be similarly computed when he is occupying any of the several positions above described and is aspected by the Moon and other plancts. In the last sloka Varahamihira states when and under whit conditions the effects will prove good, iniddling, bad ete. ae yg a ragah Gasaraait . ACA Pea Bagmenyraag: sq esethy f qeqsaeqaecufsagaieranatsgay waa aragahayhreaasnsttential 8 Sloka 1.—If the Moon in Aries be aspected by Mars, the person born will be aking; if by Mercury, ===== стр 400 ===== Si. 2] aaftalsvar: 365 he will be learned; if by Jupiter, he will be equal toa king; If by Venus, he willbe endowed with all good qualities ; if by Saturn, he will be a thief; and if by the Sun, he wilt be poor. The Moon in Taurus aspected by Mars and other planets taken in order will mike the person born (1) poor, (2) thievish, (3) respected by other men, (4) aking, (5) wealthy ind (6) a servant respectively. If the Moon occupy Gemini and be aspected by Mars and other planets, the person concerned will be (1) transacting business in iron instruments, (2) a king, (3) learned (4) fearless, (5) a weaver and (6) poor respectively, The Moon in Cancer if aspected by Mars and o her planets will make the person born (1) a war-ior, (2) a litersry suthor, (3) learned, (4) aking, (5) a dealer in wsapons and (6) a sufferer from eye disease TONE * — aa ga waa: ago she fer’ fea tale yaaateed | fagsTS) ATAFATIATS: yen: mAs aa zz I PAsawMN qaqa Mega aa: waa: | SAT RIA: wera aaaAE: I an 8 N satfanierateraftagretargarerett | ALTAR: BST SPIT | ===== стр 401 ===== 366 TMs (Cu, XIX. ee a Wa Zgtaafis: RA Aad We gafiaraay war aMsaay yaa: uz Mi Sloka 2.—If the Moon occupies Leo and is aspected by the several planets beginning with Mercury, the person born will be (1) an astrologer, (2) wealthy, (8) aking, (4) abarber, (5) aking and (6) aking respectively. If at a birth, the Moon bein Virgo and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king, if by Jupiter, he willbe the head of an army; if by Venus, he will be skilful in all matters; if by any of the other three malefics, viz, Saturn, the Sun and Mars | he will live by serving women. The Moon in Libra if aspected by Mercury will make the person born a king s. if by Jupiter, a man working in gold (gold-smith); if by Venus, atrader; if by the remaining planets, the person concerned will be (a butcher) wicked and cruel. If the Moon be in Scorpio and is aspected by Mercury and the other planets taken in order, the person born will be (1) a father of twins, (2) submissive, (3) a washerman, (+) defective of some limbs, (5) poor and (6) a king respectively. ToNET.— Ts SMA AMatTATAys: fas aaenfrat zhras: | mays: Saas: i: eorenfra: vac UI FBS Ue Vee siera, a Pes stat Fae aT | Ay WE BAMA AC MTSSAR HASTA: II MegAaAMAIy TA Tes atm yWe- qreatisatriterad reaTTT Ty | ===== стр 402 ===== St. 3] safeenseme: 367 TN yramseaanfca: Fer Galtaa crear aafagay aay sieeg TAY 13 HI Sloka 3.—.f, at the time of birth, the Moon occupies Dhanus and be aspected by Mercury, the person concerned will protect his kinsman; aspected by Jupiter, he will be a ruler of the earth; if by Venus he will be a support to many people; if the Moon in Dhanus be aspected by any of the malefics, yiz,, Saturn, the Sun and Mars, the person will be very arrogant and a rogue. If, at the time of birth, the Moon occupies Makara and is aspected by Mercury, the person will be aking ; if by Jupiter, he will then also be a king; if by Venus, he will be learned; if by Saturn, he will be wealthy ; by the Sun, he willbe poor; and if by Mars, he willbe aking. If, atthe time of birth, the Moon occupies sign Aquarius and is aspected by Mercury, the person con- cerned will be a king; If aspected by Jupiter, he will be almost equal to aking; if by Venus or any of the malefics, viz., Saturn, the Sun and Mars, he will be addicted to other people’s wives. If the Moon occupies Pisces ata person’s birth and is aspected by Mercury, he will be clever in creating mirth; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king; if by Venus, he will be learned; and if aspected by any of the malefics, he will commit sinful actions. . ourstr— : wired acaiege’ ened: qid: Hat eR Cored & ea: | 7 eQoaet qubge: wig renPeashed wire: 1 ===== стр 403 ===== 368 TESTA [ Cu. XIX wiPat YAM Fer BAe: MITA | TARY eratatr raion sat ga: Tae we: I NotEs. What has been said in the three slokas above may be re- arranged and summarised thus :— (1) Mars aspecting the Moon in Aries — -will make the person born a king Taurus ” ” poor Gemini ” - Dealer in weapons Cancer - » warrior Leo ” ” King Virgo » » Servant ° Libra » » Wicked Scorpio ” ” King Sagittarius _,, ” Fop Capricorn __,, » King Aquarius ” » Wicked Pisces » ” Very wicked Thus Moon square or opposition Mars is bad except when the Moon is in Aries, Leo Scorpio and Capricorn. Three of these latter happen to be the yqajq (Swakshetra) and ggayy (Ucchchakshetra) of Mars and for the Moon in Leo happens to be the ruler of the 9th from it. That is why Mars is good in these four signs, (2) Mercury aspecting the Moon in Aries makes the person born Learned Taurus Thief Gemini King ; Eancer Literary Author ' Leo Astrologer... - Virgo , ‘King, Libra * King © TO BM Scorpio ; Father of twins.” Sagittarius OF, ¢ Sedper of off ttralations Capricorn ,; + ot yor Aquarius " is frig 5° Pisces SSR OBE 6 EET ===== стр 404 ===== Si. 3] galaftasen: 869 The Moon in opposition to Mercury in any place is good except Vrishabha. It is however not so good as the Moon in Opposition to Jupiter for finance. The intellectual side is good. (3) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in Aries will make one equal to a king Taurus ” » adored by people Gemini - ” learned Cancer » » learned Leo ” ” wealthy Virgo - ” leader of an army Libra ” » working in gold ' Scorpio ” 7 obedient Sagittarius ” ” a King Capricorn - ” a King Aquarius » ” almost equal to a King Pisces » » a King The Moon can be aspected by Jupiter only when the Moon is trine or in opposition to Jupiter and not when the Moon is in conjunction with Jupiter, Politicians or statesmen are burn if the Moon trine Jupiter or Moon opposition Jupiter takes place when the Moon is in Taurus, Virgo or Capricorn. It therefore follows that all leaders in any walk of life must have Moon-trine Jupiter or Moon-opposition-Jupiter. (4+) Venus aspecting the Moon in Aries will porduce a person of good qualities Taurus , a King Gemini - a fearless person Cancer » a King Leo » a King Virgo ” one skilful in all matters Libra hn a trader Scorpio ” a washerman Sagittarius » a supporter of many Capricorn ” a learned person Aquarius : one fond of women, not his own Pisces ” a Learned man 47 ===== стр 405 ===== 370 TAA [ Cu. XIX Venus opposition is thus not generally bad, (5) Saturn aspecting the Moon in Aries makesone a thief Taurus » wealthy Gemini ” a weaver Cancer » a dealer in iron Leo » a barber Virgo » a Servant under a woman Libra - wicked and cruel Scorpio » defective of some limb Sagittarius _,, a fop Capricorn _,, wealthy Aquarius » addicted to other people’s wives Pisces om a sinner All aspects (whether 3rd, LOth or 7th) of Saturn to the Moon are bad except when the Moon isin Taurus and Capricorn, We have already stated in Chapter XIV that Moon conjunction Saturn is bad. (6) ‘The Sun aspecting the Moon in Aries will make one poor Taurus ” a servant Gemini » poor Cancer - suffer from eye complaint Leo » a King Virgo ” take service under a woman Libra ” a rogue Scorpio ” poor Sagittarius 7 a fop Capricorn ” poor Aquarius ” vicious and immoral Pisccs so a sinner All opposition of the Sun to the Moon is bad except when 4the Moon is in Leo; the Sun will then be in Aquarius and aspec:ting his own house. What is true of the Moon is also true of the Lagna according to Sloka 20 of the previous Chapter. ===== стр 406 ===== Su. 4] walafeensear: 371 All squares or oppositions between the Moon and any malefic is bad. Similarly all squares and oppositions between the Lagna and any malefic is bad Similarly conjunction of malefics with the Moon or the Tagn> is bad except Sun conjunction Moon. All conjunctions between malefics are bad. (Cf, Chapter XIV, as also Western Astrologers.) aliqaamniia: gaat ca: gall aza- way aaa: gexaaat dea: aaa | aa MAAS TTA Ba amlacaartaash afar tt aatteaa: 8 Sloka 4.—The Moon in any hora if aspected by planets occupying also the same hora is productive of good results. The Moon in any decanate if aspected by the lord of that decanate (or by the lords of the Navamsa, Dwadasamsa, or Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon) or by planets in their friendly signs is declared as good. Whatever has been declared as resulting from the Moon in the several signs being aspected by the several planets should be recognised as applying in the case of the Dwadasamsas also- Hereafter will be described the effects of the Moon from its occupation of the several Navamsas aspected by the several planets from the Sun onwards . Notrs. If the Moon be in the Sun’s hora, the planets aspecting must also be in the Sun’s hora to increase the immensity of the yogas good or bad as the case may be, The same holds good if the Moon be in Lunar hora and the aspecting planets are like. wise in Lunar hora. If the Moon be aspected by malefics causing a bad yoga, it will be still worse. For a malefic yoga, if it is in ===== стр 407 ===== 372 qe (Cu. XIX Operative opposition, it will be worse; if otherwise, the inten. sity will be less. The same rule holds good for Decanates. Therefore Vara- hamihira wants to confine the aspects of planets from 15° (gtqj-Hora) to within 10° (Rayoy-Drekkna). If the ruler of the decanate occupied by the Moon be a friendly planet to the Moon and be a benelic, such an aspect is good. This can only happen if the Moon occupie~ decanates of Mercury, Venus or Jupiter. Dwadasamsas take up the (phalas) effects of the Rasis to which they belong in regard to the Moon. TOUT -— FLSA TEA Asano fase: | MAUI FAAUTNVIA FIA | aust feanarea aeq atufeadse: 1 alata: UHI enRsE NTs TA UI qavat: Dials Uahrra 2B agyfrraqafaeataaa: | wa: a Bans sacar a- gia aga amafecaiazst 11 ~ ba’ ATM TPE Saat fas Wsday saegq Ridatatea | qaiseaafaica: gata: fata MAM AIFTAMSTRSATA 14 I Sloka 5.—If, at a person’s birth, the Moon occupy a Navamsa of Mars and be aspected by the Sun, the - person will be a watchman of a city ; if the Moon in the above position be aspected by Mars, he will be fond of killing; if by Mercury, he will be skilled in close fighting ; if by Jupiter, he will beaking; if by Venus» ===== стр 408 ===== Si. 6] walafrenseaa: 373 he will be rich; anil if by Saturn, he will promote quarrels. If, at the time of birth, the Moon be ina Navamsa of Venus and be aspected by the Sun, the person conterned will be a fuol; if by Mars, he will be addicted to other people’s wives; if by Mercury, he will be a good poet; if by Jupiter. he willbe the author of good literary works; if by Venus, he will be intent on having all comforts; and if by Saturn, he will unite with other people’s wives, NotTEs It may be mentioned here that the planets aspecting are in Rasis and not in Navamsas. It is only the Navamsa of the Moon that should be taken into consideration and not that of the aspecting planet. TU saga aaa fase Banach: ear | erual ealaqaran aa ware: Beer | TASIGNA: TH Hieaaaegay: Ga | araaaase aaiefaterad | aa F tHacstadhegnen Taafirerfagn: ata Rada | ratasermarqageraTeagea: arirapateay fateray 1 Sloka 6.—If, atthe time of birth, the Moon occupy a Navamsa of Mercury and be aspected by the Sun, the person concerned will be an actor; if by Mars, he ===== стр 409 ===== 374 TEMA [ Cu. XIX will be a thief; if by Mercury, he will be the chief of poets ; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister; if by Venus, he will be skilled in music: and if by Saturn, he will be skilled in mechanical arts. If.at the time of birth, the Moon occupies his own Navamsa (Cancer) and be aspected by Sun, the person concerned will be lean; if by Mars, he will be avaricious; if by Mercury, he will be practising penance ; if by Jupiter, he will become an important personave; if by Venus, he will be supported by women; andif by Saturn, he will be devoted to his duties. TUNEL: — ae wae: sara: afar Haarrahteca Heqatasya | wateTseaera: HITATEH FENSFANTAHATR: | aaa acafadaay fata: faa wyraalshfeaat | SIE ID OCCUR CIL Et eeag: afyaiemrgae: 0 I Sloka 7.—If, at the time of birth, the Moon be in a Navamsa of Leo and be aspected by the Sun, the person concerned will be of an angry temper; if by Mars, he will be a friend of the king; if by Mercury, he will become the lord of a hidden treasure, if by Jupiter, he will become a great lord; if by Venus, he ===== стр 410 ===== Si. 8) calaasea: 375 will be childless; and if by Saturn, he will do cruel acts, If, at the time of birth. the Moon be in a Navamsa of Jupiter and be aspected by the Sun, he will be a man of reputed valour; if by Mars, he will be versed in fighting; if by ‘Mercury, he will be witty; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister; if by Venus, he will be without lust; and if by Saturn, he will be virtuously _-disposed. aT: fad walt Brana: ea farfaanen freaastaea: | HAT Cara: eeeaasTwye: | grag: afraarg frat aaaeaz: I HeTNTA Gilaa: aay AAA: BART LISTTH | qeele: Hoary ae at aafteafeer cl Sloka 8.—If, at the time of birth, the Moon should occupy 2 Navamsa of Saturn and be aspected by the Sun, the person concerned will have a very limited number of children; if by Mars, he will lead a miser- able life even though wealthy ; If by Mercury, he will be haughty; if by Jupiter, he will be devoted to his duty; if by Venus, he will be fond of wicked women ; and if by Saturn, he will be a niggard. In the same manner should be predicted the effects resulting from the Sun in the several Navamsas being aspected by the Moon and other planets. ===== стр 411 ===== 376 seas [Cu, XIX Norrs Substitutc the Sun for the Moon in the above slokas of this chapter and read the eifects accordingly. Just as we said Moon.square-opposition-or-trine any planet js bad, bad, or good, etc., we have to say Sun-square-opposition- or-trine any planet is bad, bad, or good, For example, we said Moon trine Jnpiter or opposition Jupiter is good. Substituting the Sun for the Moon, we read Sun trine Jupiter or opposition Jupiter and the effects as if for Moon-trine Jupiter or opposition Jupiter. Substitute Cancer for Leo and Leo for Cancer in Navamsa in Slokas 5, 6 and 7. Varahamihira considers the effects applying to the Moon as equally applying to the Sun and the Lagna, TONTST— ALTA: MATAST Fra areal aaa: | ZEIFAS: BINS aaeeesiy Tages II IMAL YA ITH ATLALISGTAYAgeAT | ¢ ° dnifadisaarhifienty Ww Uae TSAITS FAIA 8 UI Sloka 9.—The good effects described above will be full, middbing and little, according as the Moon occupies a Vargottomamsa, his own Navamsa or the Navamsa of another planet. In the ease of bad effects, it will be the reverse. Again, if the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the Moon be strong, the ===== стр 412 ===== DL. Y | CHM SA ot effects described for the Moon in the several signs and aspected by the several planets will be nullified, and only those effects due to the Moon's occupying the particular Navamsa subject to the particular planetary aspect will come to pass. Notes. The aspect of benefics upon the Moon when she is in (1) a Vargottamamsa will prove very good (2) her own Navamsa, Ordinary and (3) another’s Navamsa, very very ordinary. In the case of bad effects (caused by the aspect of mialefic planets on the Moon), it will not be so bad when the Moon is ina Vargottamamsa ;_ it will be worse when the Moon is in her own Navamsa and worst when she is in another’s Navamsa. The effects good or bad as described in the slokas above will be felt only if the lord of the Moon’s Navamsa Rasi is strong. Otherwise, the Rasi phalas only will take effect. That is, the effects described for the Moon’s Navamsa being aspected by the several planets will not occur unless the rulér of the Moon’s Navamsa is strong, In such a case the Rasi phalains alone should be considercd. We can even here sulstitute the Sun or the Lagna for the Moon, qoet:— Ry VT GAT Ty tay- Saas AMT Tae | HT ASHSATTATTET asa wartaataa I dattad aaanata warts HATTA HAHS + HS TIT | seal fare . TRY FAA GS FTAA, | | 48 ===== стр 413 ===== CHAPTER XX FTAA: Me wea Rasarrat frgsé taet ay aeaftatreaaa: feedea franca: Aasaisea: aATEATI TTT: Tay yhtxent areqaat amet BA 8 Sloka 1.—If the Sun occupy the Ist house at a person’s birth, he will be valiant, obstinate, will have defective eyes and be cruel-hearted. But if Aries be the Lagna and the Sun occupy it, the person born will earn himself, but will suffer from eye-disease. If the Sun be in Leo identical with the Lagna, the person concerned will be night-blind. If Libra be the Lagna and the Sun occupy it, the person born will be blind and poor as well, If the Lagna at birth be Cancer and the Sun occupy it, the person concerned will have inflamed’ eyes. If the Sun should occupy the 2nd house ata birth, the person concerned will be immensely rich but will be deprived of his wealth by a king and will suffer from diseases in the face. NotTEs. The Sun in Leo causes blindness at night, In Cancer, the Sun causes cataract in the eyes. The Sun in Libra causes blind.. ness, The Sun in the Lagna causes some defect in eyes. (Cf Western astrology.) In the 2nd house the Sun causes;some defect or other in the face or teeth, The yoga is bad for litigation exaept when he is well aspected. ===== стр 414 ===== Si. 2] featseara: 379 qone:— wanftat asanss wn afraatraraassa | fae Rueda gamased fen gash a gage: | TMATA: ara Ta Raga gacrgzat waa | Also arraai— wastsersa: Rearwaata: mel career Trl SAARTBRATT: Ysa) Fre: | wae: Tey fea afafac: fae fence: gare aftaqeal asaaal Seeger at: | farqguzant yeaa! asa eaT | TIAA: FIA WFAN FBI: II afsfimaneadaiss fige: hfeamaaaay | maa aaafsateartr que ay ATM = Vl Sloka 2.—lf, at a birth, the Sun occupy the 3rd house from the Lagna, the person concerned will possess a good intellect and great strength If the Sun be in the 4th house, the person born will have no happiness and will be troubled in mind, If the Sun should occupy the 5th house from the Lagna, the person concerned will be childless and without wealth, It the Sun be in the 6th house, the person born will be power- ful but will be overpowered by his enemies. NoreEs. aeftqaq (Nashtaripuscha) is another reading for saree (Satrujitascha). The reading in the text has the support of ===== стр 415 ===== 380 TEMA (Cu. XX Yavaneswara and Sphujidhwaja while the other reading is supported by Satyacharya. . The Sun is good in the 3td, but is bad in the 4th or culminating house as well as inthe Sth. He is good in the 6th house, TUPI: -— auya ufamar aeat gana fagaistafrteea: | gine gafaaaaiiad aazashfrat RA ca? 11 Also azraéi— Raa anya Fasaemadat qa | we Rashraa: at Rages | aearatela: MeawagTs az | qageaaATaza vals AT: STTAT | gagaaakeia: winiiceieaaars: | Fearn varlea: eqeqg: GIA AT UI TABATA MISA W AAfsea war | Raat Haan saleat era FT | difitta: aftad wait Tay ereTeaM fraat frssay | ay gaigang gaatnng & ‘ aly myataary saaed VR RU Sloka 3.—If the Sun should occupy the 7th house at a birth, the person concerned should suffer hamili- ation at the hands of women. If he should be in the 8th house, the person born will have only a limited number of issues and will have a defective eye sight. #, at the time of birth, the Sun should occupy the 9th 7 the person concerned will be. endowed with ===== стр 416 ===== $1.3] fetsera: 381 children, wealth and happiness If he occupies the 10th house, the person will be happy and powerful. The - Sun in the 1th house will make the person born wealthy and if in the 12th house, the person will suffer degradation. NotEs. According to some astrologers the Sun is bad in the 9th house. The Sun in the 10th house gives maximum labour and minimum income. That is why Varahamihira has not used the word eg} (Arttha) herc as he has done for the Sun in the 9th. The Sun in the 10th house is bad for finance because he is in Square to Lagna. In the IIth he is good because he is sextile to the Lagna. In the 12th house he is bad. INET: gfeara THOTT TeAT faaatiserge faacern: | qakat aeagaige: WL Gal arate: TAA: | wraitard yfcaaraag sqafead enciea: Tae I Also azvaai— fy: 3tm: qhaya: BAT satya: qa | qrrTaaasARa Zaaasw asraassaed qagadalsewsaa: Ges: | wat aeaage wahrassrafaearaa: I qagakrann sieraqerashkcwT | Reatleean wae aay Gea: Se UI oatcairartat tangrerygrayt ea | ASAT At TASTED: WHT Il eafazal Teal Bea: Heal fetengens | QT: faaa: fracke: Rrasat + It ===== стр 417 ===== 382 TEMAS [ Cu. XX frearde: wor: aa aerate: Racha | sae Ga qauleat sat gz: WAH AAS HATA: HAs TAFE VaaaATy Tal TGA: ae: zed aa | fea) wWaTa Ta aaay acirwmarafaay wantagasaeacaeenssaaneay 18 I Sloka 4.—If at a person’s birth the Moon happens to be in the Ist house, the person concerned will be mute, insane, stupid, blind, base (or mean), deaf or servile. (This does not apply to births with the Moon in Aries, Taurus or Cancer,) If the Moon should occupy her own house identical with the Ascendant, the person born will be rich. If Aries takes the place of Cancer, the person concerned will have many children. If Taurus be the ascendant and the Moon occupy that sign. the person will be wealthy. If the Moon should occupy the 2nd house, the person born will be a man of large family. If the Moon bein the 3rd house, he will be cruel: if in the 4th, the person will be happy; if in the 5th house, he will have children; if in the 6th house, he will have many enemies, will have a delicate constitution and a dyspeptic appetite. His sexual passion will 4lso be weak. He will be harsh in temperament and indolent in his work. oe: — | SATAN SAAT Ta SEA | —— Reaentt afr sat eee: | | ===== стр 418 ===== Si. 5] feasam: 883 Faftat gram gat FeAA aria gat gel a7 Il qafaa: gard fqastae- efensem agiaagzeae: 1 Also armaat— gore: Tea ae PaTTaseR fed | eaaaaae fae 7s: ae ad vale geragsarn tl aerate ter Tz firctrcfirre | arpishatam wale avtsererat: UI wWMITUA zeikaa: ser afets | wa vale 3 ao erremaREORTT: | aqakeaqaiedated tat aqua wz | WTA Ug: Fargarcrsatas: I Sz wa a YC FaTMARATMT: | agaqaateaten taht saat Aer: | aqua seantewewrey | BH THT Vi: TANeal wale | Taat Fag: VENA wales Saher | Scegediaaay at agafieaeattaaey ataracaaferaeqaana wataa stant | favafer agate staadiatd fa: edit VUat Mayer Anat alsHAA eT 4 a Sloka 5.—The person at whose birth the Moon is ‘in the 7th house will be envious and will be exceedingly over head and ears in love; while the one with the ===== стр 419 ===== 384 Tess [Cu, XX Moon in the 8th house will have a fickle mind and will suffer from diseases. If at a person birth, the Moon should occupy the 9th housc, he will possess sons, friends, relations and wealth. If the Moon should occupy the 10th house at a birih, the person concerned will complete to perfection inytlLing he undertakes and will be endowed with virtue wealth, intellect and valour. If the Moon should occupy the 11th house, the person born will become famous and will acquire wealth and the like. If the Moon be inthe 12th house at a birth, the person concerned will be wickedly disposed and defective in some lim) Notes. From the foregoing two slokas it is seen that the Moon is generally bad in the Lagna even for eye-sight, except when the Lagna happens to be Aries, Taurus or Cancer, In the 2nd the Moon indicates that interests are mixed up with others, In the 3rd, 6th and 12th, it is bad. In the 4th and 5th, the Moon improves these houses, In the 7th she is not very good. In the 8th, the Moon makes the person sickly. In the 9th, 10th and 11th houses the Moon is very good. get: — : Sega tshtagaaed: aii WN YA GaAs: BATT: | Haasafara: Te sige a wey wuss: ena: ga dartgery | Also arragi— ara ger: gat: Gace: smdgR TH | Saenktaze: Ber sera wey |) —— Glanlacktsrea safiaragiaqe: | frtae cahret weaatat daft 1 an , AS ===== стр 420 ===== ‘St. 6] fienseaa: 885 Qaafisarda: Garages: | qahorraararn aaa oh Raateta: 1 orhreht saat: Rreroes wares | gracaeiss ta at gear aaeatahs qATT HEA aay: Rasgaates | Hal NIAAA Mel: AL TSET II ota: Gea: BA aaTEiswat wafeaT: | WR NAMA Be frawoya: | BT FI TIATIAT BT TISTTPTABTMTM STAI: | ary att eareaqeagTz- - Sdgfayago: wasaasy 1 § I Sloka 6.—If, at a person’s birth, Mars occupy the Lagna, he will have an injured limb; if Mars be in the 2nd house, the person concerned will eat bad food. If he be in the 9th house, fhe person born will commit sinful actions. If Mars be in any of the other houses, the effect will be similar to that (already stated) for the Sun in these houses. If at the time of birth Mercury occupy the Ist house, the person concerned will bea learned man; if in the 2nd house, he will be rich; if in the 3rd, he will be a consummate rogue; if in the 4th house, he will be learned ; if in the 5th, he will be a minister ; if in the 6th, hée*Wilf be “without enemies; - if in the 7th, he will possess a knowledge of the law and rules of the country;. if'in the 8th, ‘he will be widely known for his gosd- qualities. The effect of 49 ===== стр 421 ===== - 386 TS [ Cu. XX Mercury occupying the 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th houses will be the same as that (already described) for the Sun in these houses. OUST: — BA AAA TAT SI TSTTATATTG | frart wal garaged: er- art Fererg: aire aeeOT I wae: wrt sea gat argon WaT I frnigaes: sree ira: |) Ray garea: Hr: gel Fz Aaraag: fadtstres | Aaearedl aaa: Bara: aaa fa maT Aeaq ell Sloka 7.—The effect of Jupiter occupying at a person's birth the several houses from the Lagna taken in order will be to make him (1) learned, (2) eloquent or sweet-tongued, (3) stingy, (4) happy, (5) intelligent, (6) without enemies, (7) excelling his father (in his qualities), (8) base, (9) devout and philosophical, (10) wealthy, (11) prosperous (a gainer—one who makes large profit) and (12) a villain. / TOUTS — Feary ver gretenradiet | Crore ANY: AT | Raee eel caf | a feegek srcert gue: cary Ht . y ===== стр 422 ===== St. 8] fraisea: 367: ” ne a cachagn: afeay fier Araaeeiscand Bay: | aaaTAg aa TIT TACHSITE aAAISA NS Il Sloka 8.—If Venus should occupy the Lagna ata person’s birth, he will be skilled in amorous sports and will be happy. If Venus be in the 7th house, the person born will promote quarrels and will be fond of sexual union; if in the 5th house, the person concerned will be happy; if in the 12th, he will be rich. The effect of Venus in the other houses will be the same as that (mentioned) for Jupiter. qoret:— ga wag frgon geantqen SUT SVERGTHUHT | era wet Gaga: Tranferd eM- eae hacen Sha: Gra I arena Teh aqaeamserantet fired flere: ahagqaewsercaag | Tease ZHAI MAGA: ahatndgy Rasvediseay efte: 118 II Sloka 9.—lf Saturn occupy the Lagna ata person's birth, he will be poor, sickly, love-stricken, very unclean, suffering from diseases during his childhood and (will talk indistinctly) indistinct in his speech. (The above effect is only when Saturn occupies the Lagna identical ===== стр 423 ===== 388 TEA. [Cu. XX. with a sign other than Sagittarius, Pisces, Aquarius, Capricorn and Libra). If any one of the signs Dhanus, Meena, Kumbha, Makara and Tula be the Ascendant and Saturn should occupy it at a birth, the person con. cerned will be equal to a king, the headman of a village or the mayor of a city, a great scholar and will be handsome. In the other houses (viz., 2nd, 3rd, etc.,) Saturn produces the same effect as that of the Sun in those places, qorsa:— areas ih afeat eRe RASTA BATRSTAT | PTT TVG Tet YRS TY a az 1 afacaen fearatqa: | afagardt waht FSA I gerhaaacaaageaarat ange > x, porathea sarees | agraaaad aleantg aa: aaata frada R:nageAZ oll Sloha 10.—The fullness or otherwise of the effect of a planet occupying ahy of the 12 houses, vtz., Lagna, 2nd, 3rd. etc., must be judged by a consideration of the exact nature of the sign occupied by the planet, ée., whether it is in a friendly or in an inimical sign, or in the house of a neutral planet, or whether the planet in question is occupying his own or his exaltation Rasi, ===== стр 424 ===== Su. 10] fteitseqrt: | 3B9. Satyacharya says that benefics posited in any house ‘generally promote the advancement or prosperity of that house while malefics in any house work only its decay. This is reversed in the case of the 6th, 8th and 12th houses. Notes. The following is the quotation from Satyacharya:— aten: ofS cenerentt afer ser: Se: waey fraasa we a frrdane According to Satyacharya, the bhavas are generally advanced if good planets occupy them and reduced if bad ones should be in them. But in the case of the 6th, &th and 12th bhavas the effects are reversed. That is malefic in the 6th, 8th and 12th houses bring on good fortune with minimum labour and maximum income, [Cf. western astrologers who. say that malefics in the 6th‘ (setting) or the 8th (set)—planets except in opposition ( = 7th )—are good for legacy, etc.] But Bhattotpala interprets this statement of Satyacharya thus: In the case of the 6th which signifies enemies, benefics. there will destroy cnenies while malefics will increase them, ‘The 8th house is termed By (Mrityu=Death). Good planets there will retard death, that is, lengthen life while bad ones will promote death, 1.¢., bring about the same sooner. The 12th house is called sqq (Wyaya=expenditure). Good planets in this house will destroy expenditure, that is, promote thrift. while bad ones increase expenditure, UB: — qahratniarage sa OO qua aaa Heth ATR: | Arnie afaqaresatifrs: feats aft & aah anaaeny | ===== стр 425 ===== 390 qerat® [Cu. XX (Per agate wren ateanerfira: STB: Hat Hat WITT I Also anradgi— ora frat qeatdey wale guna ara: | Rade fiqensadg azacHsy || ain a awain: ateageR saat | sawaadanes Geaaay wats |! sahatnagesqaazerst: | Ta auingagenaeens keh Sloka 11.—The good influence of planets is at its maximum, three quarters, half, a quarter, at its minimum or nil according as the planets are in the exaltation sign, Moolatrikona (qeftepto), Swakshetra (taara), Mitrakshetra (fyaaa= friendly sign), Satru- kshetra (aq@a=inimical sign), depression sign or {combustion) conjunction with the Sun, Norks In the case of benefics, gq (Uchcha) Full effect aera (Moolatrikona) , @qaq (Swakshetra) t+ ws fiyzaxa (Mitrahshetra) + , ayaa (Satrukshetra) 4 on dq (Neecha) te” eq (Arkaga-Combustion) oro This order should be reversed for the malefies, ===== стр 426 ===== Su. 11] fratsena: 391 aS gases (Subhaphala) will increase if in gg (Uchcha), @gpraraee (Asubhabhavaphala) will increase only in gq {Neecha). Benefics are good in exaltation. Malefics are good in depression. Malefics are bad in gq (Uchcha). The proportions given above are with respect to benefics. In the case of malefics we must reverse the effects, e.g. A benefic in exaltation gives very good results (i.c. full); in depression vs effect. A malefic in \q (Neecha) must give } good effect and in wa (Uchcha) 1, good effect. This will be found to hold good for finance. TONST:— pl: eqiy torah eafirattr fit en : TE Bay aagaent fers TAA | ered ara feate a gat Sat ashe Teh ARCA AAT | Also aqawt— aera aa Fe: Ge geas Peete | arratiiqrenn farane: ara ar: U1 ===== стр 427 ===== CHAPTER XXI ARTATEATE: The eq (Asraya) yogas treated of in this Chapter are not the same as those mentioned in the apraatnear (Nabhasa Yoga Adhyaya-Ch. XII). The following ‘esa (Asraya) yogas bear resemblance to Wat {Sankhya) yogas mentioned in the apraatneara (Nabhasa Yoga Adhyaya), The tone of Varahamihira throughout the qeqy (Sankhya) Yogas was that planets situated in 7 houses are superior in effect to those situated in 6 houses, which in their turn are superior to planets posited in 5 houses and soon In other words, con- junctions of planets are not favoured. In the present chapter Varahamihiri deals with special cases of those aeq (Sankhya) yogas HOMAHSTE IAI FIST ahafrntign: atsrga | aefanageatyNes Toes FTA eH Sloka 1.—According as the number of planets occupying their own houses is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 at any birth, the person concerned will be (1) a member of average dignity of his family rank, (2) the chief member : f a family, (3) a man respected by all his relations, (4) a wealthy person, (5) a happy man, (6) a person enjoying all comforts or (7) a king ===== стр 428 ===== su. 1] anise: ays respectively. If at a birth there be a planet occupying a friendly house, the person concerned will be fed at another’s cost, if there be two such planets, he will live upon his friend’s bounty; if there be three such. the person will be protected by his kinsmen; if four, by his relations (brothers and cousins); if five, he will be the leader of a group; if six, he will be the leader of an army; and lastly, if seven, he will be a king. NortEs. If seven planets are in friendly houses [aegis (Tatkalika) and faa (Nisarga) combined] the native will become a king, The following chart on the left seems to be the only possibility Cf. (Parallel aspect of Western astrology). | — E ca posited in | occupying - ° {their friendly; ~ [ff | their own | Jup. houses Moos Saturn| houses | Sun Mars ° Mere | Sun jup. | Mars Venu Mere PUT — ayaa famagea: satire aysafaa: wai | aaieqa: aterqa: BAT yAIeGen again: | TA Geeerqaee sarge: | RAG AD Aw 50 ===== стр 429 ===== 394- TEMA | Cu. XXI Cf. also maeatsna— wasfaren fragsaat warlaemaageayy: | aaifefa: crenata Mara WAT: |I It is exactly as a net grows with the growth of its meshes that a man attains a position of equality with his tribesmen, a position of superiority, an honoured place, a wealthy position, pre eminence for vast riches, a status equal to a king’s or a king- ship itself according as the number of planets occupying Tata FAAS TINA TAHA AAT ek ll Sloku 11.—If the malenc planets occupy the 9th, the 11th, the 3rd, and the Sth houses in any order accordiny to circumstances and be not aspected by benefic planets, they conspire .ccording to their strength to do damage to the organ of heariny of the person born; if they occupy the 7th house and be without benefic aspect, they make the tee:h unsichtly. Notes. The man will suffer from ear-complaint with certainty, ‘The 3rd and the [1th houses stand for ears - ird for the right ear andthe llth for the left. (Cf. also Western astrology). Varahamihira seems to extend the principle to the Sth and the Oth houses also, Diseases of teeth and ton;,ue are indicated by the 7th house (Ch, V, 24, Fig. 1). This is alo the principle of Western Astrology. Cf. Alan Leo, «« Malefics, unaspected by benefics, occupying the 7th kouse will bring about tooth diseases (deformity or otherwise) ”’. ; TUBE would include the Moon also in the yoga causing damage to the ear. Cf. . ===== стр 465 ===== 430 TEMA [ Cu. XXIM we mr 1 Reranfeayeaea: ARIMA AT | stand aaatea Gar- waged Fae TT | Also arjast— UMAGA: WI: Meat Tileray SrA: | manent SA: AAAI TAZ UI Also maafaea— Terma: Ta: aeaaifera: | SOTA J PRAT SATII: 1) TAUITSY Guead aftaensyanyaay: | AIMMITSS TATA TIATTAfHas (1 FRU Sloka 12.—-If the Moon is rising in the Lagna in conjunction with Rahu with malefics in the 5th and 9th. the person born will be troubled with goblins or devils If the Sun is rising in the Lagaa and be placed in qft@@ (Parivesha), the man is sure to be born stone-blind. Notes. qftqq (Parivesha) is halo round the Sun or the Moon and can be calculated according to Arya Bhatta (et@yag). The following quotation from azz will be found interesting :— safafaaeg— fecon agian afar aveslsai: | aang geta: aHaal: I ft TEAMSUNISTERA MASI: | adageanha nn fey afer: i 1 aeqadlwael: ; ===== стр 466 ===== ‘Su. 12] quiatsent: 431 BEA: Taaed a aguins Taz: | ga raesan: Rare: aaeegeira: ANP ISETYRAMTA: JAI | ereraanbs fae aaa IN MBVITAM PA: Teel: | AACITIASN: Naas ATS HT | erefiat Stated wegretaeon aa | gffast svat seat ated} aa7 I fFaveeaqaagan afences: | ahtana: ate gaarafeata tt WHC Ha: AAVAAATT: | B: aMAas: DR TAT FEAT: UI qhtaana: taghtasaeng: | dre aaa ugidsaz ele = I at nat afxaved ferdreenay | gata sage oftaenaea: | MTT: WLAN FIT ALTA: | GAIA: GF ASASAT El: II aq qaERATAT HefeITg | aia: amdtat Wat RTT || ahaasty froma naaq zafag || qkagt feaaat as: sfaaifeg qaratey faay aaa sted II ersrat qaraa feaascahez: | aafaay fafag sqonraga:s: | qufeaea gizzat faansia waza Sagas satay Tals at | TAIT TA TALITY TITZ? | qftas: waqeal fardinaafage: | aftauea med at Te Tar WITT | eufrat sere ae anfrat wafer | ===== стр 467 ===== 432 Tas [ Cu. XXL mage = ale Rag HSI: | qaeay Kay agwHezbsza: II It is not necessary in the second yoga that malefics should be present in the 5th or the 9th house. The 5th house is the house of s'1}).conscious brain and the Oth is the house of super-cy: sc. “tsness, Bhattotpala would interpret gurai (Surasyage) 1s TED (Rahugraste), This is not acceptable, because, there are many pcople troubled with ghosts or spirits without being born on eclipse days. TONS: — aga sidtest fen Rarsqaisgealfeat | aaa safaris sna: weaased afealeaal I aege: Taag AraNga ga fat ge aeaaisiaa feaaseraa fa Reafird | ¢ Q TRAIGANIASaaga TWIeAATAay Ha a aaeacaaay fir say afta 23 Sloka 13.—If Jupiter occupies the Lagna and Saturn be in the 7th house ‘the person born suffers from windy complaints and rheumatism. If Jupiter is in the Lagna and Mars is in the 7th house, the man will (be insane or) get cpileptic fits. If Saturn is in the Lagna and Mars occupies the 9th, the 5th or the 7th house, the effect will be similar. ( Cf. Western astrologers who say that malefics should not be posited in the Lagna, the 5th or the 9th), If the waning Moon in conjunction with Saturn occupy the 12th house, the man suffers similarly. ===== стр 468 ===== Si. 14] safensea: 438 i a Geet wea AY saseaTg Tat | ara gan ata Ter sew 1 aaa We Saal Br | afi a1 stat @% qtqgentad 1 mass — qa ikea at gat Bt | | Seat wat se eared get wae | Also anragél— sea fearacgy femora Sr T GANS | afar af aalt at a craze Sra: I Also sama wre frat Rasa dasa gat HT VATA AIMTAATAY Aaa | yal yoasiegat saat wee cf feat WAARM TATA: MAI: | era Tage mea easae: | SMTA AT Vans) aie: I TTT RTA TTA TS - dfteartiatranteftanital | TeaseTT Ta: HAT: HAT TAU: TCT MABTMAgTAL U1 LB Il Sloka 14.—If the Sun, the Moon or Jupiter be the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the Moon at a birth and at the same time one of these planets be in depres- sion or inimicaf'house (or their Navamsas), the person 55 ===== стр 469 ===== 434 TEMAS (Cu, XXII will serve under other men. If the planet be Jupiter, the native will be the son of a highly-placed servant. If it be the Moon, the native will be the son of a person placed in an ordinary position in service. If it be the Sun, then the father of the native will be in a low position in service. Notes. The above yogas hold good if any of these three planets, viz,, Sun, Moon and Jupiter, own the Rasi occupied by the Moon. This is supported by Western Astrologers. wzasq (Rasyamsapa) may be split up into qgqq (Rasyapa) and afgtq (Amsapa). The Sun in the above case represents a dependent position for the father at the time of the birth of the native. The Moon in the above case makes the father start in life after the birth of the native. Jupiter indicates that the father of the native is ina prosperous condition at the time of birth itself. In the case of Sun in the above, we shall have to say that the father of the native has not yet entered life. The Commentator Bhattotpala has another interpretation : Consider how many out of the following planets, viz., (1) the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the Moon, (2) the Sun, (3) the Moon and (4) Jupiter, are occupying their depression or inimical Navamsas at a person’s birth, If it be one, the person must be declard to be under the service of another for earning his livelihood; if there be two such planets, the person must have been bought by another for some money, and is therefore a sort of slave to him; if there be 3 or all the four occupying depression or inimfcal Navamsas, he must be declared to be the son of a slave. PoURI-— aaehaaia: ASMA: MrT TTeAaT TA: Bq erghareargera (?) xa: maaan: ATTN: I ===== стр 470 ===== Su. 15} TANS: 4355 AgacTa: WES TATA _ wofaryada wa a amas ar | AAAI UTES THATS feaarqa aneai: ah Raw: garg 1 24 I Sloka 15.—-If Aries, Taurus or Sagittarius is rising and be aspected by malefics, the person born will have irregular teeth. If Aries, Scorpio, Leo, Capricorn, Aquarius (signs ruled by malefics) or Taurus or Sagittarius be rising and be aspected by malefics, :the person concerned will be bald-headed. lf the Sun be in the 5th or the 9th house and be aspected by malefics, the person will be of weak sight. If Saturn should be in such a position, the person willbe afflicted with many complicated diseases ; if Mars should be in such a position, the person is sure to have an accident maiminy him of some limb permanently. TMF — qitfad axda. feat Fon MIaaeg I away | mrifert GayAsecaluanss aga T fsastga = Ait 11 Also wa#ee— SS swe wt Raza TT WeAQAey a sae: gs laa att cat nes engesa: | arom ageaageg Ga AIT I sqagaaaratcal ey Saramatra fiery | ===== стр 471 ===== 436 TeMTy [Cu. XX ganfanemargat- amacaleafadites azq 88 I | Sloka 16.—If, at a person’s birth, all the malefics are in the 12th, the Sth, the 2nd and the 9th, the man is imprisoned. The kind of restraint employed will correspond to the nature of the rising sign. Again, if the rising decanate at a birth happen to be a ag (Sarpa- serpent), fang (Nigala-fetters) or ete (Ayudha-weapon) Drekkana, and if the sign owning the decanate be also aspected by muilefics, the person will suffer imprison- ment. NotEs. In the above translation, of the 4 houses, viz., 12th, 5th, 2nd and 9th, Sth and 2nd or the 12th and 9th may be considered as going together. If malefics occupy the 12th and the 9th {houses in the visible portion of the zodiac), the man’s public reputation is affected by being imprisoned for a criminal offence. [The 9th house stands for character, reputation and honor.] If malefics are in the 2nd and the 5th houses, the credit will be affected by the man being imprisoned in a civil jail (probably for not paying a debt), The qq (Sarpa) decanates are: the second and third Drekkanas of Kataka, the first and the second Drekkanas of Vris_ chika and the third Drekkanaof Mcena,. The faa@ (Nigala) decanate is the first Drekkana of Makara. The oat (Ayudha) decanates are: the third Drekkana of Mithuna, the first and third Drekkanas of Dhanus and the third Drekkana of Makara. (Vide Chapter XXVII infra). There is howavcr some diversity of opinion about these: The Drekkana swarupa ( tqyoreyeq ) is thus described in maeafestia (Jatakaparijata) :-— POCA ATSTA STO ALATA IT: | eraser area: mater wt Revat Agee: 11 ===== стр 472 ===== S&. 17] TRS ETA: . 487 According to agg (Balabhadra), the first and second “Drekkanas of Kataka, the first and second of Vrischika and the last of Meena are qq (Sarpa) Drekkanas: For he says— Cate sie gigs saad aaereet Ta BST: The latter half of the sloka in the text may also be inter- preted thus : If the afflicting planets be in @y (Sarpa) decanates, the man undergoing imprisonment will be subjected to lead the life of inactivity; if in fam@ (Nigala) decanate, he will be in fetters; if in ciety (Ayudha) decanates, he will. suffer from instruments (i.e., will suffer whipping, etc.). These yogas happen only at the time of progression (when the Moon has progressed). The positions of the planets at birth like the above show cnly a predisposition to have these effects, TAA TAA AAA AAA: | «DC mag dafrrefanssaideney: GATED: | Also maatrea— STAGAMAB: WIAeTA TWAT | TATUM J Waa ay SHAT II PAPTGaEN we fanetza7 | apfaend ga wa: Mayes | qerraasteated: aat a franca ataaaa alata Ta TIT | EN tanga: aleaebaaraaarfie- ACCU CEMECLCCCUEEE Cot im CDT ===== стр 473 ===== 438 TesTT (CH, XXII Sloka 17.—lf the Moon be in conjunction with Saturn, the person concerned will be harsh in speech, (that may also mean that he is blunt). If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn be aspected by Mars, he will have epileptic fits and will speak fretfully or will stammer, If the Moon being in conjunction with Saturn and aspected by Mars be also in qfg4q ‘Pariveshi), the man finds it very difficult to speak, loses the faculty of memory and at the same time gradually wastes away. If the Sun, Saturn or Mars be placed in the 10th house from the Lagna and be unaspected by any benefic, the man will bein service, The Sun represents a high grade of service; Mars indicates middle position. Saturn indicates a situation of a very low order. Noves qatfes: (Purvoddishtaihi) has reference to the Sun, Saturn and Mars referred to above, All the three planets cause service. The degree is indicated as above, the Sun, giving help through superiors; Mars giving help through equals; and Saturn giving little or no help. gaff@; (Purvoddishtaihi) alsc refer to what has been said in Chapters I, II, V, VIII, X, XI and XII. The commentator Bhattotpala interprets gafeBaciqqAeaats (Purvoddishtairvaradhamamadhyamaha) thus: If one out of the three planets (Sun, Mars and Saturn) be posited in the 10th house without a benefic aspect, the person will be honorable in service; if two of the said planets be in such a position, the person will be a servant of middle rank, and if all the three planets should occupy the l0th house and have no_ benefic aspect on them, the person concerned will be a servant of very low rank, aT: — Ste eaEpeala rate TAT aaryseee aii afaanntaty | ===== стр 474 ===== Su. 17] vaasena: 439 garesarerkerfrerehagasaat we eat gt walt was: TARE Also maafiea— WeUse: BEAT saa za | Tita A MF grat weasrafehr: | For qftay see notes on Sloka 12 supra. ===== стр 475 ===== CHAPTER XXIV SATSTAT BATA: THE HOROSCOPES OF FEMALES. The Science of stars has much to do with females as with males, It is therefore natural that this chapter should deal with the horuscupes of females. Every horoscope has to be viewed in two lights. They are, one by itself and the other by the light it throws upon the corresponding male horoscope. The fortunes of the male are so intertwined with his consort that it will not be too much to say that no male horoscope can correctly be understood without reference to the female, nor ean a female horoscope be understood independently of the male horoscope. !n other words, the two horoscopes are always complementary rather than contradictory. They supplement one another. There are sixteen slokas in this chapter. As they have been elaborately explained and commented upon in their proper places, no attempt need be made here to give a running summary of every sloka. What I have siid in the above paragraph is explained by Sloka 1 which says ‘ all those effects till now described in the casc of a male horoscope which are suitable to females should be taken to be applicable to them alone and those effects ina female horoscope which are suitable to males should be applicable to their husbands,” ===== стр 476 ===== Su. 1] waffetsera: 441 Sloka 2 and the five succeeding ones enable us to picture to our minds through the Jatakas, the personality of the Jatakees. “If the ascendent and the Moon are in even signs,’’ says the 2nd sloka, ‘the woman born will be truly feminine in character. Sloka 3 says that when the Lagna or the Moon is ina sign belonging to Mars the female born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will be ill-behaved. The other slokas deal elaborately with several other characteristics of female horoscopes, the nature of the husband one will have, the yogas that leid to widowhood, her moral purity, children, longevity, etc The last sloka says that, when a malefic planet occupies the 7th house, the woman concerned will devote herself to asceticism. It may be pointed out that the yogas mentioned hitherto become applicable in connection with the time of marriage, the time of selecting a girl and the time of gift and the time when a query is made regarding her. The beginning of marriage in India was cotermi- nous with the dawn of history and ever since, the fortune of men have ever been bound up with their wives and vice versa. Even to-day the bond that ties the couple has been the wonder and despair of the world at large. Itis this feature of Indian character, this chapter so elaborately explains. aes ATA TAARALAL qagactag at ane faq | mat g aaa Prat aged wag TATaaae ag te Il 56 ===== стр 477 ===== 442 TESTA (Cu. XXIV Sloka 1.—Of the effects that have been described till now in the case of mile horoscopes, all those that may be found (in female horoscopes) suitable to females should be declared as applicable to them alone; the rest should be ascribed tu their husbands. ‘The death of the husband is to be deduced through the 8th place (from the Ligna or the Moon whichever is strong). Matters relating to her appearance, beauty, etc., should be determined from the Lxigna and the sign occupied by the Moon. It is from the 7th place (from the Lagna or the Moon whichever is stronger) that her welfare (happiness) and the (nature of the) husband should be ascertained. NoTES. The effects may be divided into 3 classes, viz., (1) those that havc to be applied to women, (2) those that concern men alone and (3) those that may be applied to both, Suppose for instance that there is sy-gftyayq] (Chandradhiyoga, vide Chapter XIII 2 supra) in a woman’s horoscope, while the same is absent in that of her husband. The native being a female, the effects described for the effirqtq (Adhiyoga) cannot be applied to her, In such a case, the effects of the yoga should be declared for her husband not with standing the absence of such a yoga in his horoscope. PTSIs— geet aca fraatsrnetarta faa: frg aot Geaghra aevet areca | qasiea Wagar TTT dterintergrrragharrtay (I Also Cf. saeafiena XVI, 4, 5 and 6— . erat Tenge ferscrene sateen, | ===== стр 478 ===== * Su. 1] aafsenseqy: 443, ATOM Tor ATE fear Ast ze: aeanaaaaeea aes aha ay az II Whatever effect may accrue from the horoscopes of females that is applicable only to men, should be ascribed to the husband. The good and the evil affecting their person should be calculated from the Moon and the Lagna whichever of them is stronger. It is from the 7th place form the Lagna or the Moon that all that is worthy or unworthy in the husbands should be acertained and the death of the husbands is foretold through the 8th bhava (from the Lagna or the Moon), All this should be well weighed by the strength or weakness of the planets, benefic and malefic, before an announcement is made. Bot sa suhaacaa asarqa: aogaaeis aaa: Gara A. | MAH CAAAAAT RT TAAL sfx auseese ease: 11 Of the Lagna and the Monon, find which is the stronger, It is with reference to this that the luck, beauty and strength of women should be announced. Children and wealth in abundance should be declared through the 9th bhava therefrom, Wedded happiness or otherwise should be gathered from the 8th bhava; husband’s fortune from the 7th. Some astrologers opine that the well-being or the reverse of the husband can be determined from the 9th bhava, qaeq ata wraTaraTtan aa: «Ga Bama: Gta Ha BRE: | rasa Hanaige watwaT: a wearaTrTaes TATA ANT UI Some hold that widowhood is found out through the 8th bhava; beauty, fame and fortune through the Lagna; the son through the Sth: wedded happiness with the husband through the 7th; asceticism as well as the exceeding tranquillity of women through the planets occupying the 9th bhava. All else whether due to the bhavas or yogas are the same in regard to both men and women, . , . ===== стр 479 ===== 444 TEA [ Cu. XXAV pay saat: safakaa oft AHATTMMAM BACT |! SIRCORIC RC RICAR ICY by TT I NAAT TA Sloka 2.—If both the Ascendant and the Moon are in even signs, the woman born will be truly feminine in character [fin tie above, Lenefic planets should also aspect the Lagna and the Moon, she will possess excellent qualities, be of steadfast virtue and well- ornamented If the Lagna and the Moon are in odd signs, she will be masculine in form and masculine in her bearing, and if they be aspected by or associated with malefic planets, she will be devoid of good qualities (will be profligate), NoTEs. Of the two signs, viz., Lagna Rasi and the Janma Rasi, if only one of them be even while the other is odd, or one of them be aspected by a benefic while the other is under the aspect of a malefic, the woman concerned should be declared to partake the characteristics of both male and female, TUBE qara: aaqe setae wt enfan gaara: Gener | GqemsatearaaTeTa: ee, GIT BRAN FESArE | Also auadi— | THEN Brat TAA ae ANUS TA grditerata gL . genpfiviega gator Aare Rrra | | Reeliheagen: rar Vt waTgTefAaT I a ===== стр 480 ===== Sz: 3] waffasear: 445 Cf. Also snaaaftsia, XVI, 7.— ga salma af acetates aaaadge mad aes 3 ATA | enviar Gama Boer SAfear age HERAT Sharazad sar seraoh 1f the Lagna and the Moon be in an even sign, the female born will have the form and characterisitics of the best of her sex. If they be aspected by or associated with a benefic planet, ‘she will possess excellent qualities, of steadfast virtue and:be prosperous. If the sign occupied hy them bean odd one, she would be masculine in form, fickle.minded, masculine in her bearing and sinful ; and if they be aspected by or associated with malefic planets, she will be profligate. a -~ e HAT TOT ARMS TT aed! Aaa SAAT A | WENA AIT ITY am 13 I Sloka 3—When the Lagna or the Moon (which- -ever of them is stronger) is in a sign belonging to Mars, the female born in a lrimsamsa of Mars will be ill- ‘behaved; she willbe a menial or slave if born ina ‘Trimsamsa of Saturn; virtuous, if in that of Jupiter; -deceitful, if born in that of Mercury; she will be of a -wicked disposition if the Trimsamsa of birth be that of Venus. ; IONE: — : | Serta guakret Hater gato | ea oot Geert Met craze wade Tat - ===== стр 481 ===== 446 TEAM [Cu XXIV Also ataat— aMasateatashwa: Ke BAT: | YAAAM AM AAUTeAAVSTEAT: || BAUS FM Maaaias wT | Saal ay Mae AAA MeTAsas | TT ASB TAY UI Also wraaaifiaia. XVI, 12.-— ea wage at ae a aalfas WaA- Aaa Taaste af FUIAH WA | eI AIGAAAS TIA Teal FT shaiae Wray alsa faaiaaay sian I When the Lagna or the Moon, whichever of them is strong- er, is in a Rasi belonging to Mars, the female born ina Trimsamsa of Mars will be ill-behaved; she will be a menial or slave if born in a Trimsamsa of Saturn; worthy and virtuous if in that of Jupiter; depraved if born in that of Mercury; addicted to a paramour if the Trimsamsa of birth be that of Venus, ok COCR OWE CIEL VAM THETIC | eae StTAaT aat | HI quran saofer EN Sloka 4.—In a Rasi owned by Venus, a female born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will be wicked, she will be remarried if born in a Trimsamsa of Saturn; she will be endowed with all good qualities if born in a. Ttimsamsa of Jupiter; skilled in all the arts, music— vocal and instrumental—if born in a Trimsamsa of ===== стр 482 ===== Su. 4] aafeeseq: 447 Mercury; and famous for her good qualities if born in a Trimsamsa cf Venus. When the Lagna or the Moon’s Rasi is a sign owned by Mercury, the female born in 2 Trimsamsa of Mars will be dishonest; if born in a Trimsamsa of Saturn, she would be of the nature of a hermaphrodite; if in a Trimsimsa of Jupiter, she will ‘be chaste ; if ina Trimsams. of Mercury, she will have many good qualities; and if the Trimsamsa of birth be that of Venus, she will commit adultery. TNST— Sa Foy frgnr aenfert 3 ean mpage afar gay: ABTS TAMA Vat FIAT fararart + aga = | Also aaei— oe. + MRT g way | ste TAT y ated Wad! WaT II HIT Bal Tat Hla Ser Ast aaa | Te aA MA Teg Fagen wat I HI Tonieaa Hy Gay: Also Cf. manaftsna, XVI, 13, 14.— Banzuke seeae ger Faia aren Grae GeqTTATY Gay: Te: | arawinageanssnmaxaayra gait gaze + gam atafrar sat | In a Lagna owned by Venus, a female born in a Trimsamsa -of Mars will be vicious and quarrelsome; she wlll be chaste if born in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter; remarried if in that of Saturn; sshe will be fond of all the arts, music—vocal and instrumental— ===== стр 483 ===== 448 TEA [ Cu. XXTV if born in a Trimsamsa of Mercury; if the Trimsamsa of her birth be owned by Venus, she will be fond of wise men, a favourite of her husband and liked by people. . faatasaae aaagt 28 gq yaaa aeziy TAS Bag HAT aN Vay | OT VIEU Fre Teoh fqesaeufe rs MH Ledwanwnaigatagr WIT II When the Lagna is a sign vwned by Mcrcury, the female borr in a Trimsamsa of Mars will have sons; it bornina Trimsamsa of Saturn, she will be a widow, have her children still-born or of the form of a eunuch; it in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter, she would be chaste and devoted to her husband, if born in that of Mercury, she would be virile, famous and handsome; if the Trimsamsa of biith be that of Venus, she will be conspi- cuous for her elegant attire, ornaments, cattle and wealth, Teg TAUlad aga efereanedegy AAU FIA WATT: FAA ara | ay aaMeatagm Anagear ad alal aracafay alata zesameatae: 4 I Sloka 5.—When the Lagna or the Moon happens to be in a sign owned by the Moon, and the Trimsamsa of birth is owned by Mars, the female born will be self-willed and uncontrolled ; if the Trimsamsa be that of Saturn, she will kill her husband ; if the same belong to Jupiter, she will be endowed with many good qualities; if ‘the Trimsamsa be that of Mercury, she will be skilled in the arts; if the Trimsamsa of birth be that of Venus, she wlll be unchaste. When the Lagna or the Moon happens to be in a sign owned by the Sun, and the Trimsamsa of birth that of Mars, the ===== стр 484 ===== St. 5] aafeensent: 449 female born will be of a masculine disposition; if the Trimsamsa belong to Saturn, she will be unchaste; if to Jupiter, she will be the beloved of a royal husband; if the same befong to Mercury, she will be masculine in her ways; and lastly if born ina Trimsamsa of Venus, she will have intrigues with a man of low caste, When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon is owned by Jupiter, the female born ina Trimsamsa of Mars will be endowed with many good qualities; if she is born in a Trimsamsa of Saturn, she will not indulge much in sexual intercourse; if born in a Trim- samsa of Jupiter, she will have many good qualities; if in that of Mercury, she will have proficiency in worldly knowledge ; and if in that of Venus, she will be chaste. When the Ascendant or the sign occupied by the Moon belongs to Saturn, the female bornin a Trimsamsa of Mars will be a maid servant; if her birth be in a Trimsamsa of Saturn, she will be addicted toa man of low caste; if in that of Jupiter. she will be devoted to her husband; if in Mercury’s, she will be wicked; and lastly if in a Trimsamsa of Venus, she will be barren. NoTEs. Bhattotpala splits the words famnag eared (Vignanayukta- sati) into farRTraqeT (Vignanayukta) and graqt (Asati), meaning thereby that a woman will be unchaste if, when her Lagna or Moon’s Rasi is owned by Jupiter, she is born in a Trsmsamsa of Venus. There does not appear to be any good authority to warrant this. My interpretation is supperted by the following quotation from giqaR— oraay state een aeariten efrearn | meid g ele raneert exer Te I 57 ===== стр 485 ===== Sores wenag: TI: wit: wa a Genser 1 The same effect is said to happen if, instead of Vrishabha or Tula being the ascendant and Kumbha the rising Navamsa, the ascendant is Aquarius and the 8th Navamsa of it (i.e. Taurus) is rising Cf. wranaiftsta XVI, 35. Taare arsiaaaanazewl J aT | SY VSM Be Aa za | When Venus and Saturn occupy each other’s Navamsa or aspect mutually, the female born in the 8th rising Navamsa of Kumbha will be afflicted with too much lust. WY KGENsSTsstavaa aleamerdiiya araised TaaaatTe fret vavenieaa: | sear tao gaa faa Tedscaafa kaa aaaTyaaasadaa Ta at wef We have been seeing that for every sloka of Brihatjataka, TOTBT (Gunakara), a later author, invariably has composed a similar one conveying the same idea, It looks strange that there is no sloka by Varahamuhira conveying an idea similar to the above sloka, Are we to infer that it is missing ? The sloka may be translated thus : If the Lagna at the time of the query be an even sign, the Lagna at the time of birth should be determined in the proportion of 5 degrees for each sign in the six signs counted from the Sun’s sign (that is Leo), But if it. be an odd sign, the Lagna at birth ‘should be determined in the same proportion ‘in the 6'signs counted from the 7tli-frem Leo. Soe a Nee ===== стр 538 ===== $1. 8] TShTMSeTA: 503 For example, suppose the yatzq (Prasna Lagna) to be the ‘Cancer 18°. This is an even sign, The Lagna at birth should be sought for in the first six signs from Leo, As it is 18°, it is the -4th group of 5°; that is the 4th sign from Leo. The Lagna at ‘birth is therfore,Scorpio. Suppose the Lagna at the time of query to be Libra 6°, The -Lagna at birth will be the 2nd sign from Kumbha, that is Meena. Also arasi— cee ee ee BMRA | BURGE @ Baas aa tI | Raradr wercterrat gf reyes Frere | saregerand ata Ly BUMNGYSASHEASAATT | ardiaganeaa agar ANAM Wee ) < << id # 4 &@ w ===== стр 552 ===== | aaftaisena: 517 tape ST LCL LL TIT | 2 2 3 Bte Fz = E g gH ¢ ; ee | be ad <« ? cg £8. 0 $s NW = i + r-) —Q ; ~ me 5 Be a 33 a Ye OSC 2 f = & 2 2 ~N a 3 6 6 ham fe 6 g@ ¢& & Pte fxa [xy fr oF fzq LLL 2 ee es we wa 3 one daa ae r] €35 3 $5 $5 $5 § Le} ~ <3 i © | ~~ lao} gsdgze sie ezeFe o3|" rT | om A. A — om} Bo) e Pe tafe tape Tato toto forse to { a at - ' fh . | § 8 & 3 aq o ° . * 4 : v a & > @a 4s ===== стр 553 ===== 518 TEMA (Cu. XXVIL SS aan faaraata: ao: an carfieiraq | tla: Wey agad Tt Gafieraa: ga 2 Sloka 1.—The first decanate of Aries is a man wearing a white cloth round his waist, black in colour (like God Subrahmanya), able to protect many, fierce in appearance, with an axe in hand lifted up and of reddish eyes. NoTEs. The language used is metaphorical through out in this Chapter. The author gives a description of the Zodiac as to how the several portions of the same are symbolised. It has to be inferred that a person born in this decanate will bea mighty man, a politician, ready to protect others, etc, The decanate is a male one and an TAIZ BT (Ayudha Drekkana) TOTS — Os Sen Sa: Bare: Ho Ty weet aeRo | THA WAT Ara Teens: Hlaiss Sram: 1 Also arrast— ra eat fae YONA VHUT GUE: Ne | Rrafanafent tee aeqqaqoes 1 THIET YO CT AT Srstaatigel ana | RHA TT | Arey THUS TATA Sloka 2.—The middle decanate of Aries is a woman clad in red, fond of jewels and eatables, like a water ===== стр 554 ===== Sx. 3) Taftansena: | 519 pot inform, with the face of a horse, suffering from thirst and standing with only one foot. So says Yavana. Norrs This is the 2nd decanate of Mesha ane isa female one. It is a quadruped decanate and belongs to Leo. It represents a ‘woman ambitious of power, jewels, etc,, unsettled in life, with a body not symmetrical, etc, TUR: — era dean teen aaa | Eat y NAME ae R weaTET: | Also aradi— Sasa Aad cay haben ava az | Rehr gee: arate = 11 BU seg: atts: feat ATANSHATAT SER: | caift Tent frafa aet a adie: aftaferm = 3! | Sloka 3 —The third decanate of Aries is described as a man cruel in disposition, skilled in arts, of a reddish colour, active but foiled in his attempts, and with a raised hand holding a stick, He wears red garments and is angry. NotEs. This Drekkana is an ef (Ayudha) and a maleone. The idea jn this sloka without the figure is that this decanate Tepresents a man who in spite of his talents fails in his attempts, gies after stealing ‘and robs others. ===== стр 555 ===== 520 TeMAy (Cu. XXVII TONE — We: Be: freer feat eriRrat Tete ae | Mage WAAYRAT | ae she: akerafernt: | The author of qyqa@y (Saravali) attributes the following qualities to a person with the last decanate of Mesharising- IATL WAT ATSAATM AVTAT ENA | asabrastrsteatarm Kenge | SaaAKA ATE araqqat TaasTarra | arameafinssia a Siig Wa TAT OU I Sloka 4.—This is the figure of the first decanate of Taurus: A woman with her hair curled and cut, with a body like that of a water pot, wearing a garment partly burnt, thirsty, and intent on eating and fond of jewels, ON: — , aaaahen aakerreagensanet | Afiqrruniataas Mca Ter EMT II Also atadl— Rauaasaany featrag Te Tay | TMECLYN FaArsngant AN I ‘ FTUTTLTTETN SHS ATES GMT | caragaell arafiqed geatismamay weaTat: 14H, ===== стр 556 ===== Si. 6] wafiaseart: 521 , Sloka 5.—The second decanate of Taurus is represented by a man who is skilled in matters relating to wet lands, grains, house, cows and fine arts; he is well-versed in the use of the plough as well as in the keeping of conveyances. He possesses a neck similar to that of a bull; he suffers from hunger. He has got a face like that of a ram and wears dirty garments. Notes. This decanate is of the form of both a man and a quadruped. The ruler is Mercury. ONT: — TAAATIRAFITATAS AM SHS: SG | Treg: Kaas Vasa Tagereds: | ast — AAPG ACI CITATT: | Saar Reet aeeht Seetehot frat fea ear KraaaTT: WEEE: acaantin: fiqeqigs | arrTSraSaT gare GIA MeaNasa_ «NG Il Sloka 6.—The last decamate of Taurus is a man possessing a body like that of an elephant, with white teeth, with feet similar to those of a Camel, and a form brown in colour. He is fond of sheep and deer and his mind is agitated or perplaxed. Notes. This decanage i¢ both a muleurd wquadruped: 66 ===== стр 557 ===== 522 Tes: [ Cu. XXVH TOUR: — sqpesharmian Res: TTT: | qoeas se mada Odaa wat SHOVE aerasl— AIUSVMARD AGA: MATT | Baas g PATTING wit sa F II mea aafiassa at ard enieaar ATR HATAT FT | ¢ damitaagagad Bona. wea alata acted asa = 9 II Sloka 7.—The first decanate of Gemini is sym- bolised by a woman with raised hands. She is fond of needle work. She is beautiful, and shows keen desire in adorning work. She has attained her puberty, but has no children. So say the sages. re ag get eA eeRTRA TIM HAY TIMI TET | afravafataft eg Aya saa ag em: UI anast— | fqas eat spaarat wenfaa: sig: | feaat con fort Bua Aas a7 I Saadem: Brest TyAT- SHISTINY STAT | STAM SECM at - SO wa, ET WA: Hc ===== стр 558 ===== Su. 9] aafeaseary: ——-823 Sloka 8-—The central decanate of Gemini is a man standing in a garden, clad in armour and armed with a bow ; he is valiant and is a professional warrior. He has got a face like that of aey (Garuda). He likes sporting. He is fond of his children. His mind is always towards ornaments and wealth. NoreEs. This decanate is a combination of a man and a bird and is armed. JOTRT:— TAA: HTH VAT OTe: AE Tea | gagienponay fa-at wa wer sfirne fia: 1 ae — SearTaeaaT: SeaITy: qenqdadg: ear | TN agderAsdany cara gaw: | ahal qenaageat TEMS: TATA: | Traarag a fanz meIHeyasaaars = 18 Sloka 9.—The last decanate of Gemini is a man decked in ornaments, rich in jewels, fastened with a; mail coat anda quiver, and carrying a bow. He is skilled n the arts of musig¢ and dancing and is a poet. ===== стр 559 ===== §24 TENTS [Cu, XXVU Notes. The drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed, NST Framtaghian yfteaera qo sozat arae | fara ae asag essiontt Straaaaa aaa wgwnagaraaaa: waza: WY: | eqaaiimawrathat eee A It CAA RATT THT Bay ASI: TATA: | MISACTARAY TAGS! © HE AUASIGAA tl tot Sloka 10.—They describe the first decanate of Cancer as a man holding leaves, roots and fruits and haviny a body like that of an elephant, stationed amidst sandalwood trees in a forest and having feet like that of acamel. He has a face like that of a pig and a neck similar to that of a horse. . Notes. This is a male decanate and is a quadruped. gna Renan sewayS start afierat fee: | gaa aetraiircaraat sears | wazaiRramt Yeonecere Az: | SASS Tet ee I Opa: TaN: ===== стр 560 ===== Si, 12] aafeanseaa: 528 qmfan qata atiiger at aqarecacar ft Mat KITeT Aya 4 yey Raat HHTRET TA 1 LVI Sloka 11.—The middle decanate of Cancer is represented by a woman with her head decorated by lotus flowers and carrying a snake with her, She is rough in her behaviour and is crying Joudly alone ina forest. She is resting herself on a branch of the qt (Phalasa) tree. NODES, This is a female deeanate and is a qqzyayo (Sarpadrckkana). OTR: — . mrad aaaaany fat alet afer aaa7 | wuaignal favs gelcaea faa: se: 1 aTael— | Bq: Brae: aa: efralshraa ee | aesaal frat aIat agefiada = |) aarcomdaaty teat wea ataea: | dha gay feqenifafteretrarnay BEE LRU Sloka 12.—The last decanate of Cancer isa man who has: started on a boat in the ocean to procure ornaments for his wife. He has a serpent coiled round him. He is flat-faced and is wearing ornaments made of gold. ===== стр 561 ===== 526 TEMA [ Cu. XXVIf Notes This is a male decanate and is a AI eNT (Sarpadrekkana), The sloka in this Chapter can, subject to the cther planets in the horoscope, be used for describing the character, etc., of a man or a woman [as can be seen from the quotations from alae} (Saravali) under leach {sloka]. For example, thissloka in unfigurative language means, aman very much under the influence of his wiic and whe will undertake even perilous adventures in order to please her- — e abaerazasiy care det asia Ie: | gahysbr head ad aa: Satcsasaara: | atas— alaaalstaat Arak: fara: ay: | SMART Sewaraategna eq, | mersenkt Taarqzat at ava afeazaatead: | Ufa malrafaatfea- facerfiamagera 1123 1 Sloka 13—The first decanate of Leo is of the form of a vulture anda jackal sitting over the syeafe (Salmali,. Silk.cotton) tree and resembles a dog as well as a man with dirty garments. He is crying aloud owing to- separation from his parents. NotEs. This decanate is a combination of qgq (Purusha), qguqry (Chatushpada) and gfgyq (Pakshin), ===== стр 562 ===== St, 14] oars: 527 TOnET:— MATL THEY EI: wee Teradata: 7a | manfeathisatm frat SmI: warsgifea: faerst: I aasl— feeaxeait ara vata: e171 1 agranike geggawaaat: gaya | EMSA: WeTAeIpari fas Sonya az: | quran: fae garrangat AUT BIAAETT: 1 29 I Sloka 14.—The middle decanate of Leo is a man with the shape of a horse, and wearing on his head some flowers slighty whitish in colour; he also covers himself with deer-skin and a blanket. He is difficult to be found or met with like the lion. He carries a bow in his hand and his nose is somewhat bent. Notes. The decanate is a combination of gua (Purusha) and mgt (Ayudha). TONS ; eraaraqa ESR: RaneaAearsyar: | array etacatean feaara sf Renan i HITE . grofircenrdt tren Rercregeensttcg: ear | ‘Tang shratehehehta aT + 1 ===== стр 563 ===== AAA MaTTCTIA faafe ze GomfaT a | gat aqea: pitta Fy- BraearaTaeaT: 4M Sloka 15.--The third decanate of Leo is represented by a man, with a face like that of a bear, whose movements and gestures are similar to that of a monkey. He carries with him a stick, fruits and flesh in his hand. He has a long beard and curled hairs. Notes A Combination of geq (Purusha), Ci (Ayudha) and qgeqy (Chatushpada). WUT: — VSIA: SAAT Pramfrrnente frat | guar gtegiewn sas gata It ae — Beq: TRIRLY HET: Vag? wEale: feaa: | AMATI: DANIT: ATEAS Il TWP Iq BUT HearaeTTTAHT | Tada eatal I: ys WSR STE LE It Sloka 16 —The first decanate of Virgo is sysbo- lised by a young damsel holding a got full of flowers, with her limbs fully cavered ugeby dirty garments. ===== стр 564 ===== She desires to have cloths and wealth. She wishes to go to her father’s residence Teyst— gerases Sat Rat wfeagens | ged fage wares qafeqem: | aes — | Tala: gaihadte: Hy: geATaPAcasey arashinta Hake aaa | ger: WTelASaha: saat Tae SaTTH e Ce fags 9 ftafa age VAST ATT? tl Voll Sloka 17.—The middle decanate of Virgo is a man holding a pen in his hand; he is black in colour, and has his head tied with a cloth. He spends as well as earns. He carries with him a large bow, and his whole body is covered with hairs, NOTES. A combination of Tea (Purusha) and TT (Ayudha). TUE — ; Taal Rosey ae Bert aah o Saag | aft werardta tera ereferaae Ras: 11 GRSI— etd fateant Revsafies: aacgtes: | Me: PTT Feitwat Ara A ene It 67 ===== стр 565 ===== 530 TSR [ CH, XXVII whe galengReTAT AGH FAR HTAT | aaee ot saa TTA aafea KaeeaTa ATT: ks Ul Sloka 18.—The last decanate of Virgo is re- presented by a woman, yellowish in complexion, with her body covered by fine garments which have been well-washed; she is tall and holds in her hand a water pot as well as a ladle. She is pious and is going to the temple. Notes. This decanate is of the shape of a woman. — ° e ° e MA HracraMa THe Hea aA GP sery aser7 | ame sfea Hare: RewoNss His: saws | AAS — arsendaah apackraer a: ear | eenarerrard wes hw || ALTATGAMTAS FSICTSTA- smMaAMagas: Waa: | meg faFyraafa aea F yeaya- qo ager aay TT TAT kk I 7 Sloka 19.—The first decanate of Libra.is of the shape of a man who has entered a shop on the way with a balance in hand. He Its skilled in measuring and weighing and holds a weight in hand, He thinks of ===== стр 566 ===== Si. 20] safiansena: 531 his wares and of their exact prices. Thus opine the Yavanas. . NorTEs, This decanate is of the shape of a man. TMUST— arateaia Talon Rraforserrat aprettareraiter- wes ater fara walt & aguedtfeqaferm: 11 aaal—- eqieaaqnegakenissyTaagg, | TUASS WAC Kreaneane: GAT I Hoy otra fafisiag andicata Tage: gen | gtiaatas seagar- saad FSATAETTA: — | Re Il Sloka 20:-—The middle decanate of Libra is of the shape of a man with a face like that of a vulture; he is hungry and thirsty and wants to fly away taking the pot along with him. He is thinking of his wife and children, Notes. This decanate is of the shape of a man and a bird. TONBE: - TAR: Tana Tals aaraeageat Ages: | Gala afar wy AAA WTA BAT II alas — | GEMfMsAa: Gerataea: Sah ML | eu: wanahiaragT FAA TU ===== стр 567 ===== 532 ane [Cx. XXVU feaagia catatrat at AMT HIATT | BOAT TATETIA- a TAMAAMA WIASzeAs VL I Sloka 21.—It has been declared by the Yavanas that the concluding decanate of Libra is of the form of a man decorated with jewels and who is carrying with him a quiver and a mail-coat made of gold, He is monkey-like in appearance, carries fruits and flesh and stands frightening the deer in the forest. NotEs. qqac: featequac: (Dhanurdharah kinnararupabhrinnara.- ha) is another reading for the third quarter of the sloka, The decanate is a mixture of a man and a quadruped, Jona: — MATL GUO Ela? Bat BA BTBTA: | fertaia: BVaT witty gerazsm: | are! — Tis: TS: Fat Preafratafaayle: | asgersimam: eqeqaains tha ez I xs aafidassameg arth ARGGAATIT FO | HATH TITS wacat wear: 82H ‘Sloka 22.—The first decanate of Scorpio is represented by a beautiful woman shorn of her garments ===== стр 568 ===== St. 23) aafeesea: 533 : and jewels and coming from the great ocean to the shore. She has been ejected from her position and her feet have been bound up together by a serpent. ) ; NorEs. The decanate is of the shape of a woman and a serpent. MET: — . yanfackea aazae: goals ahrar wales: | ataaumn Rakeqa teratctesafieno: 1 MIS — ate: Raz: save ToneH!: CapAT freA: | eae: efefia aaway | wagaeraiasafa ad ¢ AIHA YAMTATET I BOSISAAATATTT qtaareqneqgard 11 831 Sloka 23.—The middle decanate of Scorpio is represented by a woman desiring all kinds of comfort for her residence. Ske has a serpent coiled round her person for the sake of her husband. She has a body similar to that of a turtle or a water pot, NotEs. This decanate is of the shape of a woman and a serpent. TNF — afer gaat a nz waftee yaa: Tareayt | BRITTIAQeEA- wafer & ahrecfiereres: | ===== стр 569 ===== 534 THAT [ Cu. XXVIL ATS — AAAI TAMTAla: WL | Bra: Waa: Hews AAT | | qysfafizgiqean: MATTEAMAANTER | Has FT TTTBCTTA anaes afar | | Re Il Sloka 24.—The last decanate of Scorpio is of the shape of a lion with a face broad and flat like that of a turtle He is scaring dogs, deer, pigs and foxes. He guards the sandal-wood regions. NoTEs This is a quadruped decanate. TUB: — salsyeieguensauas a fal) TITAS aaTtaaaateacenrasay It anal — feaaadatee: Aree: seat + | BERETTA Nag? BAETIT II AS ATRISTAATABA vahizerqaaared: | mararearta area Se CCRCUCCUC EU OS Sloka 25.—The first decanate of Sagittarius is of the shape of a man with a body like that of a horse ===== стр 570 ===== Si. 26] aaftesena: 535 and holding a long bow in his hand. He stops in the hermitage and guards the several artic'es like the wooden ladles, etc,, required for sacrifice and also attends to the needs of the ascetics residing in the hermitage. NtTozs This decanate is a combination of a man and a quadruped and is armed, TONE: — TIT TIAAT NMAAATTACTTT: | waht omgqapagdtel Magy: TAY eT: I aRasI— qhaveaaaen Trg Zea TASH | wiafrararacean aga ana: ¢ WAC FETHEATT agiaa fagfa aeaeEq | agacaite fragaed aeTTAT TAT AE: 1 RE I Sloka 26.—The Middle decanate of Sagittarius is represented by a woman, very beautiful in form, bright ‘as gold or the Champaka flower, seated in a throne and middle in stature and separating the gems in the ocean. Te — ATA SARS MTIET F AANLAT T | agua aaa Horr al saa Bealaegenarey It ===== стр 571 ===== 536 TESA [Cx XXVIE anrasl— Meandyera KAA feast sy wage Nga HAlMNATa TA i! Hal A TWRAETIAY qed Tosa fag: | a ITHAISA 7 TAAST AAATT TA: =U Vo Il Sloka 27 —The third decanate of Sagittarius is symbolised by a man with long hairs, golden and Champaka-like in colour, seated in a chief and pro- minent place with a stick in hind. He wears silk cloths and also a deer skin, NotTEs This decanate is a male one and is armed, GTEC — Qedl Hut aulaot uqtaaaehoaaay soles: | aay aa Ti Ta seen Satara aTas— apreaage adi aad THaSh | BA TFA CTIA ARreeT tafiay aatreNtE: GAAAAMATAT: | ' . ' et ¢ tage weieg cil ===== стр 572 ===== St. 29) eaftantsea Sloka 28.—The first decanate of Capricagm, Js represented by a man full of hairs, with teeth similar to that of a crocodile and with a body like that of fa hog. He carries with him a rope (by which an animal is tied of a pole) and anet He is frightful to look at. Nores. This is a male decanate loaded with fetters. OUST: — Tada: Wacgeate Wawa awAMAyS: 1. VMSA EAM ara TA eHon HTT Ga: | anaes! — SqSPaYyS: Ta: ohare TsaTs: Raat wee ay fre eeasraqe: | HSA AHA SATA samt faReafit | ater | faryrnspaderal ara Aer aaTeT ASY l RQ Il Sloka 29.—The middle decanate of Capricorn is a woman skilled in all arts. with eyes as broad as the petal of a lotus, dark-blue in colour, aspiring for various things, decorated with ornaments and wearing ear- ornaments made of copper, gold or iron. TONGT: — ALYTVST! VOLT KSAT wpm aera 1 TEL TAHT TAT TernAsareatent: I 68 ===== стр 573 ===== 838 THAT (Cu. XXVII ee aRTaS— THTATAT MAY TS? TENTATIETA NAL | AGU Bat ae: Tee TAU: SAT II | feared: aera. TNAMIGITT: Ata: | eugaeta wafriia HTT ABTA Ro Ul Sloka 30 —The last decanate of Capricorn is a man with a body similar to that of a fae (Kinnara*) and wearing a woollen blanket over his person. He has got with him an armour anda quiver, and carries on his shoulders a pot inlaid with precious stones. Norrs This decanate is of the shape of a man and is armed. TOM HL— frag tat araseq: ward Ha Taras Tara: | IN GoM Bea fase qalaaawreVaana: | arate — are: aguam dete Rehegeer | wud frtenraaarahyt sages tl ‘* A mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse ( erage Aswamukha). . ’ ===== стр 574 ===== Si. 82] safeeiseaa: «BBD: CAT ATA TATA. SMENHIAA THIS: | | alaarcaadstaartaat Tigers qe: 1 32 tl Sloka 31.—The first decanate of Aquarius is repre- sented by a man anxious and troubled about procuring oil, liquor, water and food. He carries with him a blanket. He is clad in silk and also got with him the skin of a black antelope. He has a face similar to that of a vulture. NorEs. The Drekkana is of the shape of a man as well as a bird. PONT: — EGAMAT REST! Tee WR To | ASAS: PASTA: waa SVM Ga: II anitel— eharrasthyla: THAT TEA | nig: stg fat waargreaet oe: UI SY THF TTA SeTMELIsHaTTt | nfsaa qa daar wea tg qeTA: 1 BR Mh Sloka 32.—The second decanate of Aquarius is a female seated in a carriage partly burnt and carrying greet (Salmali) wood in it, She is collecting metals and she is seen in the forest dressed in dirty garments with pots on her head. ===== стр 575 ===== B40 TESTA [Cu. XXVIE. wn ee Notes. This decanate is of the shape of a woman who carries fire, TONE: — MMA THE TS Gheifer ater EA Tara | wba: factfenran @ safe free veh it aeraat-— BRT Tate We: figamereenaa: | eqeeaar atenrt aghra: eraheae g I TIA: aaa: ft eqraateraianeriatd | wesiia wtesatate frat AAT A AA IA | FZ Il Sloka 33. The last decanate of Aquarius is re- presented by a man black in colour, with hairs in his ears and wearing a crown or diadem; he is carrying (on his hand} metallic pots (vessels) containing barks (of trees), leaves) gum and fruits and which he is interchanging from one place to another. IRR: : Tadqucomlaza Vass: afSee: | APRVTANA ABS sad 4 sarwaqey | quae — aN: 2: Ta Setserang: Gaehay wea: | aerate Franttarae cataee It arms gery frag hat. ; - saitaaeed: ATT | | tle ===== стр 576 ===== Si. 35] SAPEMSATT: BAl aaa Prat TT STATATT HIT | AV Hl Sloka 34,—The first decanate of Pisces is sym- bolised by a man handling with hjs hands several articles consisting fox. the.. mast. part of ladles,. .pots, pearls, gems and conch shells and carrying ornaments. He crosses a lake (huge mass of water) by means of a boat for the sake of getting ornaments for his wife. TONER: — moos aenrventiteaan ae 7H Tre azaOH AT | attad wea Teanga gras: 1 arraast— aged Ra Reh aka | gaat dee Teagqne fated 1 A e makaacaaraagia Ta He rats aaa: TTT | qt aeTRRAT TAT PLATT fact Saaheay afafafedta: 1 84 I Sloka 35 —The ‘second decanate of Pisces is declared by sages to be a young female sailing with her retinue to the other side of the ocean in a boat witha banner mounted on a very tall flag-staff and with a facial colour resembling that of the Champaka flower. sPTST: — iy a . ; + . ae feferefra gaegure- aresretrat agate Ta ===== стр 577 ===== B42 elas [Cx. XXVII arieiare: at=sat = ean og Sha: Tyra: | SATS — AATACTAT ETAT? Tes Be | masafazhia azat ast fea g | araray attraearg qefidla: geqazeary dtuaseargioaeaten arasarTa aveT | 3g Il Sloka 36,—The last decanate of Pisces is a man standing naked ina forest near a hole with a serpent coiled round his body. He is very much agitated in mind being tormented by thieves and fire, and is weeping. NoTEs This dceanate is of the shape of a serpent and a man. TST: — spanead Miia baM Aswg Paaal Aa: | aigtasauge: at a MATA Maa: AI AAS — | VAUA: BAG MIM: TWAS TT | BAIN Haga Wess: II anata eatorearial Fa MEET: : aa dara wes FavHeG g He eva ; ===== стр 578 ===== CHAPTER XXVIII SIENA: ufiaatat aearaar Anfang fas: | AAT AMAT TAT- daifivrelsematde: 2 mastay AAT: BAT- meat are fevers sar: | TASTY Uae cee: daeaemarrasy watt: 1 2H AST Ta sas Bifaatar ray LAHTI THIN: | aeaaiat fafa: waraeat aeraaaa arate 3 tl Sloka 1-3.—In this, my work on Horoscopy, there are 25 Adhyayas,, oz, (1) uft9ae (Rasiprabheda) (2) geatfastg (Grahayonibheda), (3) farsa (Viyonijanma), (4) fates (Nisheka Kala), (5) aeafaftr ( Janma Vidhi), (6) eftsaaifts (Arishta Balarishta), (7) enyara (Ayur. daya), (8) amfaare (Dasavipaka), (9) esqay (Ashtaka- varga), (10) wate (Karmajeeva), (11) asin (Raja- yoga), (12) @amy (Khayoga) or apraaia (Nabhasayoga), (13) TELAT (Chandrayoga), (14) fasenfe (Dwigrahadi) gas, (15) ssa (Pravrajya) yogas, (16) ufsite (Rasi- seela), (17) efsaw@ (Drishtiphala), (18) aq (Bhava), (19) ===== стр 579 ===== 544 Tey [ Cu, XXVIII ema (Asraya), (20) waft (Prakirna), (21) erfs (Anishta). yogas, (22) ePayas (Stri Jataka), (23) fain (Niryana), (24) apenas (Nashta Jataka), (25) dejon: (Drekkanas). I shall nov mention a list of the subjects treated of in my work 4a! (Yatra). Notes ufsTae (Rasiprabheda)—the several divisions of the signs and their properties, agaifa az (Grahayonibheda)—the nature of the planets and their characteristics, etc, . fatfaaza (Viyonijanma)—animal and vegetable horoscopy. faraHays (Nishckakala)—time of conception, way ( Janma )—time of birth. . . agar (Sadyomaranam) —immediate death. oa (Ayurdaya)—the computation of .the period of longevity of a person. aaufane (Dasavipaka)—planetary divisions and sub-divi- sions of life known as dasas and antradasas. eppazay (Ashtakavarga)—the good and bad effects with reference to the 8 places—the 7 planets and the Lagna. earsra (Karmajeeva)—profession or occupation. umnain (Rajayoga)—yoga leading to Kingship. wai: (Khayogaha) or swe (Nabhasa) yagas. wiegara (Chandra yoga)—position. of planets with reference to the Moon—includes yogas such as eam (Anapha) Gat (Sunapha) and Sea (Durudhara), etc, . ; fiaeifeaten: (Dwigrahadiyogaha)—combinations of two or more planets,jn one house, ; re ssa] (Pravrajya) yogas—ascetic yogas. ziBrsiter (Rasiseela)—yogas formed by the planets, the Sun, the Moon, Mars,,etc,, in the seyesal, zodiacal signa» The 16th, 17th and 18th Adhyayas should haye, originally constituted. ===== стр 580 ===== Su. 36} aero: 545 one Adhyaya. The dispositions of the several signs of the zodiac when they are occupied by the various planets have been treated of in detail here, gies (Drishtiphala)—Effects of planetary aspects. wane (Bhavaphala)—The effects of planets in the several mundane houses, ejay (Asraya) yogas—The effects of planets by their being in the several Vargas, etc. meet (Prakirna)—miscellaneous yogas- etfas (Anishta) yogas—malefics yogas. @lnae (Stri Jataka)— Female horoscopes. rater (Niryana)— Death or exit from the world, asajae (Nashta Jataka)—lost horoscopes, ajo (Drikana)—On the drekkanas or decanates. senttati faa: aay aay Rat cry sae: | UCP AUIRP REE IAL fafeaaet aata sy Ws. Far YATRITA SNF wat aa: erafif: safe: | aay gemma fata mae fe: aga: 4 FATNTHT: BT TET | Th TASS WAT | carafetreatiaremest war aa taht flay 1g ===== стр 581 ===== 546 TEATS [ Cu. XXVIIE Sloka 4-6 —(The Chapters contained therein relate to) (1) saiv¥q (Prasnaprabheda), (2) free (Tithibalam), (3) @(Bham) Nakshatrabhidhanam, (4) feaa@ (Divasa) or ame (Varaphala), (5) ayy (Kshana) or agdfaga (Muburta nirdesa), (6) ag (Chandra) or wRas (Chandrabala) (7) fq (Vilagni) Lagna nischaya, (8) wav (Lagna bheda) that is the minute divisions of the same such as Hora, Drekkana, Navamsa, etc. (9) aeghr the exact positions of the planets with their effects, (10) eqaiz (Apavada), (11) fafitar (Vimisraka) miscellaneous, (12) agaga (Tanuvepanam) re: tremor in the body, (13) quagqaa (Guhyakapujanam), (14) ta¥ (Swapnam)— on dreams, (15) tarafafe (Snani Vidhi) rules of ablution, (16) ga (Grahi Yagna), (17) fata (Nirgama) Go.ing out—that is rules to find out the best or auspicious time for starting on a journey; (18) smgaq (Sakuna) Omens ; (19) faareate (Vivaha) Kalam)—auspicious time for performing a marriage, and (20) se@q (Graha- karana) — the method of calculating the accurate positions of the planets. . This last, viz., sgavot (Graha- karana) has been treated of in great detail in my work qzafeaifasy (Panchasiddhantika). Thus an epitome of the Science of Astrology has been prepared by me in three sections viz., Astronomy, Horoscopy and Samhita for the benefit of the Students of Astrology. Tyfeaaea: aAqacIATy ATFOYAN AATMGAT | patie fe aad Hfrerarat WH ARE UE Tat Beat aq ll wll ===== стр 582 ===== Si. 9] wees: 547 . Sloka 7.—This entire science of Astrology has treated of in great detail by (Yavana and) other ancient writers. To correctly bring out the essence contained in their works, I have written these brief works, With the help of these, intelligent students can sharpen their intellects still further. If there should be anything inconsistent in what I have said, I crave the indulgence of my learned readers WaT TeTATA SEA Hara SCARF ATT TAT | | Us Fal HHdaetaersa a aly aga ga site aq Ne I Sloka 8.—If any portion of the text be found to be omitted in the course of its communication by a teacher to his pupil] or its transcription by a copyist, the learned reader should leave off all feelings of jealousy and get the same rectified by a reference to persons well-versed in the science Further if there should be found in ihe text any errors, imperfections ‘or omissions due to my laches, the learned readers will kindly make the necessary corrections and supply the needful. i aamanckay FHae wNSTaal faery acag tqaafy aaa gaaa: | Raat snonahrest a sara a Tat: AT TaTghrg IIIs Il | MRAATAT ATTA: wifteat aftgasuataara: | marae graneaasted aeq- vere aerate arth wae 18 I ===== стр 583 ===== 548 Tray [Cu. XX Vik Sloka 9.—Varahamihira, the son of the Brahmin enfgazta (Adityadasa) received his education from his father and learned this science through the blessings of the Sun in the village of Kapittha, and while residing in era] (Avanti- Ujjain) wrote this beautiful work after a careful examination of the various works of ancient sages on the subject , UST: — aMasaraknehiat: BsacaAT- wahay aqItfeag anpalieanaga: | Havana fiaad Ferraz: ta aq GR: sal Sages ae oer: 11 AAAS ASAT IN Hag: saeataioeecahata: | MAPUSAAS FAATHT ama sanqegge: fafa 1 HAMIAIANASEAN TEV fea wag | faa 4 anaes aon era carat TAT UI Seal VII J NIMES asesras sqeamiafra vata gta aeaeratceat: | AGA TONS TTBS TA ST hacaacqdaahs saafiat May Raacghavamnaftinaparacaaacg | MAGATE AIST TAagea: | fo il Sloka 10.—Through the blessings obtained by the worship of the Sun and other planets, of Vasishta and | other sages, and of my father, the preceptor, this scientific work came to be written by me. Salutaion to the ancient writers of Astrology. ===== стр 584 ===== ===== стр 585 ===== ===== стр 586 ===== ===== стр 587 ===== ===== стр 588 =====